Page 1

â—? profiles for walls


PROJOLLY SQUARE POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PJQAC/S 045 PJQACML 045

H 4,5 mm

PJQAC/S 06 PJQACML 06

H 6 mm

PJQAC/S 08 PJQACML 08

H 8 mm

PJQAC/S 10 PJQACML 10

H 10 mm

PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of ceramic tiles. It is also used as a finishing square for finishing wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and baths, and is used as an edge and a skirting board for parquet, natural stone, moquette and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic merit. It strengthens tile edges with a square finish, protecting corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. This is required by the new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places.

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 12,5 15 mm - 54 LM) - 8/10 mm

PJQAC/S 11 & PJQACML 11 AVAILABLE in H 11 mm PJQAC/S 125 PJQACML 125

Article

H 12,5 mm

PJQAC/S 15 PJQACML 15 H 15 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 8/10 mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 12,5 - H 15 mm 54 LM) - 8/10 mm PJQACS 045 PJQACS 06 PJQACS 08 PJQACS 10 PJQACS 11 PJQACS 125 PJQACS 15

1. Choose a PROJOLLY SQUARE height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces.

H mm

PJQAC 045 PJQAC 06 PJQAC 08 PJQAC 10 PJQAC 11 PJQAC 125 PJQAC 15

H mm

Article

H mm

PJQACML 045 PJQACML 06 PJQACML 08 PJQACML 10 PJQACML 11 PJQACML 125 PJQACML 15

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

COLOURS

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AC - Polished stainless steel ACML - Super polished stainless ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A / PLASTIC

CAPSULES and END CAPS - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

CAPSULES and END CAPS - SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article CPJQACS 045/... CPJQACS 06/... CPJQACS 08/... CPJQACS 10/... CPJQACS 11/... CPJQACS 125/... CPJQACS 15/... TPJQACS 045-06-08-10-11-125-15/...

CAPSULE

Article

END CAP

GIJQ 045-06-08-10-11-125-15/... TPJQAC/S 045-06-08-10-11-125-15/...

2

10 pcs 2 pcs

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5 15 4,5-6-8-10-11-12,5-15

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQACS .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQACS .../2 (pack 2 pcs) JOINTS - PLASTIC

CPJQAC 045-06-08-10-11-125-15/... CPJQACS/ML 045-06-08-10-11-125-15/...

JOINT

H mm

GIJQ 045/... GIJQ 06/... GIJQ 08/... GIJQ 10/... GIJQ 11/... GIJQ 125/... GIJQ 15/...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

.

Article

H mm

CPJQAC 045/... CPJQAC 06/... CPJQAC 08/... CPJQAC 10/... CPJQAC 11/... CPJQAC 125/... CPJQAC 15/... TPJQAC 045-06-08-10-11-125-15/...

10 pcs 2 pcs

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5 15 4,5-6-8-10-11-12,5-15

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQAC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQAC .../2 (pack 2 pcs) CAPSULES - SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJQACML 045/... CPJQACML 06/... CPJQACML 08/... CPJQACML 10/... CPJQACML 11/... CPJQACML 125/... CPJQACML 15/...

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

10 pcs

2 pcs

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQACML .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQACML .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


● PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square-shaped profile in stainless steel AISI 304 / 1.4301 – V2A, in height 8, 10, 11 or 12.5 mm Two new patterns are available: embossed squares (2,5mm sided) and leather effect. The profile is supplied with a perforated flap that ensures perfect adhesion with the sealant used. The large range of finishes and heights, together with the availability of special pieces such as inside and outside capsules and end caps, make PROJOLLY SQUARE an elegant and sought off profile.

PROJOLLY SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A SQUARES / LEATHER EFFECT PJQAC... 08

H 8 mm

PJQAC... 10

H 10 mm

PJQAC... 11

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A SQUARES bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 12,5 mm - 54 LM) - 8/10 mm Article

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A LEATHER EFFECT bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 12,5 mm - 54 LM) - 8/10 mm

H mm

PJQACQ 08 PJQACQ 10 PJQACQ 11 PJQACQ 125

Article PJQACC 08 PJQACC 10 PJQACC 11 PJQACC 125

8 10 11 12,5

CAPSULES and END CAPS - STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJQACML 08/... CPJQACML 10/... CPJQACML 11/... CPJQACML 125/... TPJQAC 08-10-11-125/...

PJQAC... 125 H 12,5 mm

H mm 8 10 11 12,5

COLOURS

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

10 pcs 2 pcs

H mm

GIJQ 08-10-11-125/...

8 10 11 12,5

H 11 mm

10 pcs 2 pcs

8-10-11-12,5

Q - SQUARES

C - LEATHER

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

8-10-11-12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQAC.. .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQAC.. .../2 (pack 2 pcs) PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of ceramic tiles. It is also used as a finishing square for finishing wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and baths, and is used as an edge and a skirting board for parquet, natural stone, moquette and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic merit. It strengthens tile edges with a square finish, protecting corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. This is required by the new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places. POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs 108 LM (H 12,5 mm - 54 LM) - 8/10 mm Article

PJQACM 08 PJQACM 10 PJQACM 11 PJQACM 125

PROJOLLY SQUARE POLISHED, STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A PJQACM 08 H 8 mm

H mm 8 10 11 12,5

PJQACM 10

H 10 mm

PJQACM 11

COLOURS

H 11 mm

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) PJQACM 125

ACM - Polished stainless steel AISI 316L

H 12,5 mm

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints POLISHED, STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L / PLASTIC CAPSULES and END CAPS - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404 Article CPJQACM 08/... CPJQACM 10/... CPJQACM 11/... CPJQACM 125/... TPJQACM 08-10-11-125/...

H mm

10 pcs 2 pcs

8 10 11 12,5 8-10-11-12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQACM .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQACM .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQ 08/... GIJQ 10/... GIJQ 11/... GIJQ 125/...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

8 10 11 12,5

.

CPJQACM 08-1011-125/...

JOINTS

CAPS

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

= News 2015 available from March / April Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

3


4


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of ceramic tiles. It is also used as a finishing square for finishing wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and baths, and is used as an edge and a skirting board for parquet, natural stone, moquette and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic merit. It strengthens tile edges with a square finish, protecting corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. This is required by the new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places.

PROJOLLY SQUARE CHROMED BRASS PJQ... 045

H 4,5 mm

PJQOC 06

H 4,5 mm

PJQOC 08 H 8 mm

PJQOC 10 H 10 mm

CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PJQOC 045

PJQOC 125

s H 12,5 mm

4,5

PJQOC 06

6

PJQOC 08

8

PJQOC 10

10

PJQOC 125

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

12,5

COLOURS (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose a PROJOLLY SQUARE height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. Remove immediately all the remains of grout from the surface of the profile. IMPORTANT: Pay much attention to the external edges of Projolly in chrome brass. They must be protected against aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealing elements as well as against smoothing and scraping activities.

OC - Chromed brass

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints CHROMED BRASS - PLASTIC

JOINTS - PLASTIC

CAPSULES and END CAPS - CHROMED BRASS Article

H mm

CPJQOC 045/...

4,5

CPJQOC 06/...

6

CPJQOC 08/...

8

CPJQOC 10/...

10

CPJQOC 125/...

12,5

10 pcs

2 pcs

TPJQOC 045-06-08-10-125/...

Article

*

GIJQ 045/... GIJQ 06/... GIJQ 08/... GIJQ 10/... GIJQ 125/...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

4,5 6 8 10 12,5

.

JOINT

GIJQ 045-08-10-125/...

END CAP

CPJQOC 045-0810-125/...

TPJQOC 045-08-10-125/...

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQOC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQOC .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

= News 2015 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

5


PROJOLLY SQUARE ANODISED AND POLISHED ALUMINIUM PJQ... 045

PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of ceramic tiles. It is also used as a finishing square for finishing wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and baths, and is used as an edge and a skirting board for parquet, natural stone, moquette and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic merit. It strengthens tile edges with a square finish, protecting corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. This is required by the new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places.

H 4,5 mm

PJQ... 06

H 6 mm

PJQ... 08 H 8 mm

PJQ... 10 H 10 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed (silver-copper-titanium-black) bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

PJQ... 11 H 11 mm

PJQ... 125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose a PROJOLLY SQUARE height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium Projolly square. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

Article

H mm

PJQAA 045 (anod. silver) PJQAR 045 (anod. copper) PJQAT 045 (anod. titanium) PJQAA 06 (anod. silver) PJQAR 06 (anod. copper) PJQAT 06 (anod. titanium) PJQAA 08 (anod. silver) PJQAR 08 (anod. copper) PJQAT 08 (anod. titanium) PJQNE 08 (anod. black) PJQAA 10 (anod. silver) PJQAR 10 (anod. copper) PJQAT 10 (anod. titanium) PJQNE 10 (anod. black) PJQAA 11 (anod. silver) PJQAT 11 (anod. titanium) PJQNE 11 (anod. black) PJQAA 125 (anod. silver) PJQAR 125 (anod. copper) PJQAT 125 (anod. titanium) PJQNE 125 (anod. black )

s

4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5

COLOURS

POLISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed (chrome-titanium-copperblack) - bar length - 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

PJQBC 045 (polished chrome) PJQBT 045 (polished titanium) PJQBR 045 (polished copper) PJQBC 06 (polished chrome) PJQBT 06 (polished titanium) PJQBR 06 (polished copper) PJQBC 08 (polished chrome) PJQBT 08 (polished titanium) PJQBR 08 (polished copper) PJQBN 08 (polished black) PJQBC 10 (polished chrome) PJQBT 10 (polished titanium) PJQBR 10 (polished copper) PJQBN 10 (polished black) PJQBC 11 (polished chrome) PJQBT 11 (polished titanium) PJQBN 11 (polished black) PJQBC 125 (polished chrome) PJQBT 125 (polished titanium) PJQBR 125 (polished copper) PJQBN 125 (polished black )

4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5

s

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

POLISHED

AA - Anodised silver aluminium

AR - Anodized copper aluminium

BC - Polished chrome aluminium

BR - Polished copper aluminium

AT - Anodized titanium aluminium

NE - Aluminium anodize black

BT - Polished titanium aluminium

BN - Aluminium polished black

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints ANODISED and POLISHED ALUMINIUM / PLASTIC JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQ 045/... GIJQ 06/... GIJQ 08/... GIJQ 10/... GIJQ 11/... GIJQ 125/...

CAPSULES and END CAPS - ANODISED ALUMINIUM H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

CAPSULE

CPJQ... 045-06-08-10-11-125/..

6

JOINT

END CAP

GIJQ 045-06-08 TPJQ... 045-06-08-10-11-125/... -10-11-125

Article CPJQAA 045/... CPJQAR/AT 045/... CPJQAA 06/... CPJQAR/AT 06/... CPJQAA 08/... CPJQAR/AT 08/... CPJQNE 08/... CPJQAA 10/... CPJQAR/AT 10/... CPJQNE 10/... CPJQAA 11/... CPJQAT 11/... CPJQNE 11/... CPJQAA 125/... CPJQAR/AT 125/... CPJQNE 125/...

H mm

4,5 4,5 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 11 11 11 12,5 12,5 12,5 TPJQ... 045 -06 -08 -10 -125/... 4,5-6-8-10-12,5

. 10 pcs

CAPSULES and END CAPS - POLISHED ALUMINIUM 2 pcs

.

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQAA .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQAA .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Article CPJQBC 045/... CPJQBR/BT 045/... CPJQBC 06/... CPJQBR/BT 06/... CPJQBC 08/... CPJQBR/BT 08/... CPJQBN 08/... CPJQBC 10/... CPJQBR/BT 10/... CPJQBN 10/... CPJQBC 11/... CPJQBT 11/... CPJQBN 11/... CPJQBC 125/... CPJQBR/BT 125/... CPJQBN 125/...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

4,5 4,5 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 11 11 11 12,5 12,5 12,5 TPJQ... 045 -06 -08 -10 -125/... 4,5-6-8-10-12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQBC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQBC .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of ceramic tiles. It is also used as a finishing square for finishing wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and baths, and is used as an edge and a skirting board for parquet, natural stone, moquette and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic merit. It strengthens tile edges with a square finish, protecting corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. New TILTEX brushed finish.

PROJOLLY SQUARE POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM, AND ANODISED BRUSHED TILTEX PJQ... 06

H 6 mm

PJQ... 08 H 8 mm

PJQ... 10 H 10 mm

PJQ... 11

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed (silver-copper-titanium-black) bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

Article

H mm

4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5

PJQBX 06 (silver TILTEX) PJQRX 06 (copper TILTEX) PJQTX 06 (titanium TILTEX) PJQBX 08 (silver TILTEX) PJQRX 08 (copper TILTEX) PJQTX 08 (titanium TILTEX) PJQBX 10 (silver TILTEX) PJQRX 10 (copper TILTEX) PJQTX 10 (titanium TILTEX) PJQBX 11 (silver TILTEX) PJQTX 11 (titanium TILTEX) PJQBX 125 (silver TILTEX) PJQRX 125 (copper TILTEX) PJQTX 125 (titanium TILTEX)

6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 11 11 12,5 12,5 12,5

PJQBS 045 (brush. silver) PJQRS 045 (brush. copper) PJQTS 045 (brush. titanium) PJQBS 06 (brush. silver) PJQRS 06 (brush. copper) PJQTS 06 (brush. titanium) PJQBS 08 (brush. silver) PJQRS 08 (brush. copper) PJQTS 08 (brush. titanium) PJQNS 08 (brush. black) PJQBS 10 (brush. silver) PJQRS 10 (brush. copper) PJQTS 10 (brush. titanium) PJQNS 10 (brush. black) PJQBS 11 (brush. silver) PJQTS 11 (brush. titanium) PJQNS 11 (brush. black) PJQBS 125 (brush. silver ) PJQRS 125 (brush. copper) PJQTS 125 (brush. titanium) PJQNS 125 (brush. black)

COLOURS

PJQ... 125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose a PROJOLLY SQUARE height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium Projolly square. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

H 11 mm

ANOD. BRUSHED TILTEX ALUMINIUM thermo packed (silvercopper and titanium) - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

RS - Brushed copper alu.

BRUSHED

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

NS - Brushed black alu.

BX - silver TILTEX

T I LT E X

RX - copper TILTEX

TX - titanium TILTEX

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints ANODISED BRUSHED POLISHED ALUMINIUM, TILTEX / PLASTIC CAPSULES and END CAPS - POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM Article

H mm

CPJQ... 045/... 4,5 CPJQ... 06/... 6 CPJQ... 08/... 8 CPJQ... 10/... 10 CPJQ... 11/... 11 CPJQ... 125/... 12,5 CPJQNS 08-10-11-125/... 8-10-11-12,5 TPJQ... 045-06-08-10-11-125/... 4,5-6-8-10-12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

CAPSULES and END CAPS - ANOD. BRUSHED ALU. - TILTEX

.

Article

* * * *

Available in the finishes: BS - RS - TS - NS. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CPJQ... 08/... (chosen finish Brushed Copper) CPJQRS 08/2.

H mm

CPJQ... 06/... 6 CPJQ... 08/... 8 CPJQ... 10/... 10 CPJQ... 11/... 11 CPJQ... 125/... 12,5 TPJQ... 06-08-10-11-125/... 6-8-10-11-12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

JOINTS - PLASTIC .

Available in the finishes: BX - RX - TX. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CPJQ... 08/... (chosen finish Brushed Copper) CPJQRX 08/10.

Article

* * * *

GIJQ 045/... GIJQ 06/... GIJQ 08/... GIJQ 10/... GIJQ 11/... GIJQ 125/...

* *

= CPJQRX 06 - 08 - 10 - 125

Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

CAPSULES

= CPJQRS 045 - 06 - 08 - 125 Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

H mm

CPJQ... 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

END CAP

TPJQ... 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

JOINT

GIJQ 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

7


PROJOLLY SQUARE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM PJQA 045-...

PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of ceramic tiles. It is also used as a finishing square for finishing wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and baths, and is used as an edge and a skirting board for parquet, natural stone, moquette and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic merit. It strengthens tile edges with a square finish, protecting corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks.

H 4,5 mm

PJQA 08-... H 8 mm

PJQA 10-... H 10 mm

PJQA 11-... H 11 mm

VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs-54 LM (White colour 108 LM) PJQA 125-...

Article H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PJQA 045-01 PJQA 08-... PJQA 10-... PJQA 11-01 PJQA 125-01

H mm

(white varnished)

(white varnished) (white varnished)

TUSCANY LINE AND CREPE’ thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

PJQA 08-... PJQA 10-... PJQA 125-...

4,5 8 10 11 12,5

8 10 12,5

Available in the finishes: 03TU - 05TU - 20TU - CR. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJQA 08-... (chosen finish 03TU-Tuscany grey) PJQA 08-03TU.

0106 - 02 - 03 - 0211 - 0311 - 06 - 10 - 11 - 17 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) COLOURS

1. Choose a PROJOLLY SQUARE height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium Projolly square. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

01 - White varnished alu. (RAL 9016)

0106 - White Ivory varn. alu. (RAL 9001)

02 - Light Grey varnished alu. (RAL 7035)

06 - Ivory varnished alu. (RAL 1015)

10 - Klinker Red varnished alu. (RAL 8004)

11 - Black varnished alu. (RAL 9005)

03TU - Tuscany grey

05TU - Tuscany beige

20TU - Tuscany bronze

03 - Stone Grey varnished alu. 0211 - Quartz Grey varn. alu. 0311 - Asphalt Grey varn. alu. (RAL 7030) (RAL 7039) (RAL 7043)

PJQA 045-... PJQA 11-... & PJQA 125-... FOR COLOURS DIFFERENT FROM WHITE CONTACT THE COMPANY 17 - Beige bahama varnished alu. FOR QUANTITY AND PRICE (no RAL)

CR - Crepé black

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints

VARNISHED ALUMINIUM / PLASTIC JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQ 045/... GIJQ 08/... GIJQ 10/... GIJQ 11/... GIJQ 125/...

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

4,5 8 10 11 12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

CAPSULES

CPJQ... 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

CAPSULES - TUSCANY LINE/ CREPE’

CAPSULES and END CAPS - VARNISHED ALUMINIUM H mm

END CAP

TPJQ... 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

Article

H mm

CPJQA 045-01/... 4,5 CPJQA 08-.../... 8 CPJQA 10-.../... 10 CPJQA 11-01/... 11 CPJQA 125-01/... 12,5 TPJQA 045/08/10/125 -.../... 8-10-12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

Available upon request: 0106 - 02 - 03 - 0211 - 0311 - 06 - 10 - 11 - 17. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. Eg.: CPJQA ...-.../... (chosen finish BIANCO AVORIO) CPJQA 08-0106/10

Article CPJQA 08-.../... CPJQA 10-.../... CPJQA 125-.../...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

8 10 12,5

Available in the finishes: 03TU - 05TU - 20TU - CR. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. Eg.: CPJQA ...-.../... (chosen finish GRIGIO TUSCANY) CPJQA 08-03UT/10

JOINT

GIJQ 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

8 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI The PROJOLLY SQUARE, available IN 18 COLOURS, with EAN BAR CODE, facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. It is made in certificated impact-resistant non-toxic PVC. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available.

PROJOLLY SQUARE NON-TOXIC, IMPACT-RESISTANT COLOURED VINYL RESIN PJQ 06-...

H 6 mm

PJQ 08-... H 8 mm

PJQ 10-... H 10 mm

PJQ 125-...

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 54 LM (colour white Pack. 108 LM) Article PJQ 06-...

H mm 6

PJQ 08-...

8

PJQ 10-...

10

PJQ 125-...

H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

12,5

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-1314-15-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJQ 08... (chosen colour White) PJQ 08-01.

WHITE NOT FOR SALE SINGLY 1. Choose a PROJOLLY SQUARE height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

01 - White

0106 - White ivory

02 - Light Grey

03 - Cement Grey

04 - Light Beige

05 - Dark Beige

19 - Beige

20 - Dark Ivory

21 - Light Pink

06 - Ivory

07 - Pink

08 - Sky Blue

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

22 - Dark Pink

23 - Dark antique pink

24 - Dark Sky Blue

12 - Silver

13 - Gold

14 - Green

15 - Brown

16 - Blue

17 - Bahama Beige

25 - Brick red

26 - Turquoise green

27 - Dark Green

28 - Hazel brown

29 - Dark brown

18 - Grey

CAPSULES and tri-axial joints POLYPROPYLENE/POLYETYLENE UV RESISTANT

POLYPROPYLENE/POLYETYLENE UV RESISTANT Article CPJQ 06-.../...

Article IPJQ 06-.../...

H mm 6

IPJQ 08-.../...

8

IPJQ 10-.../...

10

IPJQ 125-.../...

. 20 pcs

5 pcs

.

. 20 pcs

5 pcs

.

6

CPJQ 08-.../...

8

CPJQ 10-.../...

10

CPJQ 125-.../...

POLYPROPYLENE/POLYETYLENE UV RESISTANT

H mm

CPJQ 06-.../... IPJQ 06-.../...

CPJQ 08-.../...

IPJQ 08-.../...

12,5

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-1314-15-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CPJQ 08-.../... (chosen colour White, 5 pcs) CPJQ 08-01/5. CPJQ 10-.../...

IPJQ 10-.../...

CPJQ 125-.../...

IPJQ 125-.../...

12,5 9


PROJOLLY QUART has been designed and conceived in still more squared form, with “a quarter” of circle shape, in order to offer an alternative to PROJOLLY SQUARE and PROJOLLY as well. It facilitates the laying process eliminating the fragile ceramic corner tiles. It’s used for the external corners of the tiles, in order to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. It guarantees the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. Thanks to the round finishing it strengthens the tile edge avoiding their chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places. Available in capsules and three-axial joints for internal and external angles, end caps and joints. Chromatic combining with PROLISTEL panelist in aisi 304/1.4301-V2A glossy, super polished or glazed stainless steel recommended. Besides the PROFINLIST and PROLISTEL aluminium panelists available in many finishing versions.

PROJOLLY QUART POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PJQTAC/S 045

H 4,5 mm

PJQTAC/S 06

H 6 mm

PJQTAC/S 08 H 8 mm

PJQTAC/S 10 H 10 mm

Available PJQTAC/S/ML 11 - H 11mm PJQTAC/S 125 H 12,5 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 10-11mm - 81 LM; H 12,5 mm - 54 LM) - 10/10 mm Article

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article

H mm

PJQTAC 045

H mm

PJQTACS 045

4,5

4,5

PJQTAC 06

6

PJQTACS 06

PJQTAC 08

8

PJQTACS 08

8

PJQTAC 10

10

PJQTACS 10

10

11

PJQTACS 11

PJQTAC 11 PJQTAC 125

PJQTACS 125

12,5

Article

6

11 12,5

COLOURS

SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10 mm H mm

PJQTACML 045

1. Choose the PROJOLLY QUART with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A - with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 10-11mm - 81 LM H 12,5 mm - 54 LM) - 10/10 mm

4,5

PJQTACML 06

6

PJQTACML 08

8

PJQTACML 10

10

PJQTACML 11

AC - Polished stainless steel ACML - Super polished stainless ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

11

PJQTACML 125

12,5

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints

POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A / PLASTIC CAPSULES and END CAPS - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJQTAC 045/... (outside) 4,5 IPJQTAC 045/... (inside) 4,5 CPJQTAC 06/... (outside) 6 IPJQTAC 06/... (inside) 6 CPJQTAC 08/... (outside) 8 IPJQTAC 08/... (inside) 8 CPJQTAC 10/... (outside) 10 IPJQTAC 10/... (inside) 10 CPJQTAC 11/... (outside) 11 IPJQTAC 11/... (inside) 11 CPJQTAC 125/... (outside) 12,5 IPJQTAC 125/... (inside) 12,5 TPJQTAC 045-06-08-10-125/... 4,5-6-8-10-12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQTAC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQTAC .../2 (pack 2 pcs) JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQT 045/... GIJQT 06/... GIJQT 08/... GIJQT 10/... GIJQT 11/... GIJQT 125/...

H mm 4,5 6 8 10 11 12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

CAPSULES and CAPS - SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJQTACS 045/... (outside) 4,5 IPJQTACS 045/... (inside) 4,5 CPJQTACS 06/... (outside) 6 IPJQTACS 06/... (inside) 6 CPJQTACS 08/... (outside) 8 IPJQTACS 08/... (inside) 8 CPJQTACS 10/... (outside) 10 IPJQTACS 10/... (inside) 10 CPJQTACS 11/... (outside) 11 IPJQTACS 11/... (inside) 11 CPJQTACS 125/... (outside) 12,5 IPJQTACS 125/... (inside) 12,5 TPJQTACS 045-06-08-10-125/... 4,5-6-8-10-12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

END CAP

Article

H mm

CPJQTACML 045/... (outside) IPJQTACML 045/... (inside) CPJQTACML 06/... (outside) IPJQTACML 06/... (inside) CPJQTACML 08/... (outside) IPJQTACML 08/... (inside) CPJQTACML 10/... (outside) IPJQTACML 10/... (inside) CPJQTACML 11/... (outside) IPJQTACML 11/... (inside) CPJQTACML 125/... (outside) IPJQTACML 125/... (inside)

4,5 4,5 6 6 8 8 10 10 11 11 12,5 12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJQTACML .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQTACML .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJQTACS .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQTACS .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

TPJQTAC/S 045-06-08-10-11-125

CAPSULES - SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

CPJQTAC.. 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

JOINT

GIJQT 045-06-08-10-11-125

INSIDE CAPSULES

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQT .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQT .../2 (pack 2 pcs) IPJQTAC.. 045-06-08-10-11-125/...

10 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY QUART in anodised aluminium (silver, titanium and gold), polished aluminium (chrome, titanium and gold). PROJOLLY QUART is a rounded profile conceived to protect the external corners of wall coverings and to cover perimeter joints. The special quarter-ofcircle shape of this profile, together with the range of finishes available and completing elements, such as inside/outside capsules and end caps make it a requested product, that can be used with any kind of wall and floor covering. Remove immediately the remains of glue or sealant from the profile surface, once the profile has been laid, otherwise this substances could lead to the formation of aluminium hydroxide, causing dark indelible stains on the profile surface.

PROJOLLY QUART ANODISED ALUMINIUM POLISHED ALUMINIUM PJQT... 06

H 6 mm

PJQT... 08

H 8 mm

PJQT... 10

H 10 mm

Available PJQT... 11 - H 11mm PJQT... 125 H 12,5 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver-titanium-gold) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM (for H 15 silver ANODISED ALU. Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM) Articolo H mm PJQTAA 06 (anod. siilver) 6 PJQTAO 06 (anod. gold) 6 PJQTAA 08 (anod. siilver) 8 PJQTAO 08 (anod. gold) 8 PJQTAT 08 (anod. titanium) 8 PJQTAA 10 (anod. siilver) 10 PJQTAO 10 (anod. gold) 10 PJQTAT 10 (anod. titanium) 10 PJQTAA 11 (anod. siilver) 11 PJQTAO 11 (anod. gold) 11 PJQTAT 11 (anod. titanium) 11 PJQTAA 125 (anod. siilver) 12,5 PJQTAO 125 (anod. gold) 12,5 PJQTAT 125 (anod. titanium) 12,5 PJQTAA 15 (anod. siilver) 15

Articolo H mm PJQTBC 06 (polish. chrome) 6 PJQTBO 06 (polish. gold) 6 PJQTBC 08 (polish. chrome) 8 PJQTBO 08 (polish. gold) 8 PJQTBT 08 (polish. titanium) 8 PJQTBC 10 (polish. chrome) 10 PJQTBO 10 (polish. gold) 10 PJQTBT 10 (polish. titanium) 10 PJQTBC 11 (polish. chrome) 11 PJQTBO 11 (polish. gold) 11 PJQTBT 11 (polish. titanium) 11 PJQTBC 125 (polish. chrome) 12,5 PJQTBO 125 (polish. gold) 12,5 PJQTBT 125 (polish. titanium) 12,5 PJQTBC 15 (polish. chrome) 15

COLOURS

AO -Gold anod. alu.

PJQT... 15 H 15 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) POLISHED

ANODISED

AA - Anod. Silver alu.

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome-titanium-gold) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 15 mm - 54 LM )

AT - Titanium anod. alu.

BC - Polish. chrome alu.

BO - Polish. gold alu.

BT - Polish. titanium alu.

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

1. Choose PROJOLLY QUART in the desired finish and in the required height, according to the thickness of the tile; 2. Cut PROJOLLY QUART to the desired length and apply the adhesive on the area where the profile will be installed; 3. Press the anchoring flange of PROJOLLY QUART into the adhesive; 4. Lay the tiles and align them, so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. leaving a 2mm joint. Remove immediately the remains of adhesive from the profile surface; 5. Fill the joints between the profile and the tiles with sealant, in order to avoid water stagnation. Remove immediately the remains of sealant from the profile surface.

CAPSULES, END CAPS & JOINTS/CONNECTOR for tri-axial joints

ANODISED, POLISHED ALUMINIUM, PLASTIC LEFT CAPSULES and END CAPS - ANODISED ALUMINIUM Article

H mm

CPJQTAA/AO 06/... (outside)

LEFT CAPSULES and END CAPS - POLISHED ALUMINIUM Article

H mm

6

CPJQTBC/BO 06/... (outside)

6

IPJQTAA/AO 06/... (inside)

6

IPJQTBC/BO 06/... (inside)

6

CPJQTAA/AO 08/... (outside)

8

CPJQTBC/BO 08/... (outside)

8

IPJQTAA/AO 08/... (inside)

8

IPJQTBC/BO 08/... (inside)

8

CPJQTAT 08/... (outside)

8

CPJQTBT 08/... (outside)

IPJQTAT 08/... (inside)

8

IPJQTBT 08/... (inside)

8

CPJQTAA/AO 10/... (outside)

10

CPJQTBC/BO 10/... (outside)

10

IPJQTAA/AO 10/... (inside)

10

IPJQTBC/BO 10/... (inside)

10

CPJQTAT10/... (outside)

10

CPJQTBT10/... (outside)

10

IPJQTAT 10/... (inside)

10

IPJQTBT 10/... (inside)

10

CPJQTAA/AO 11/... (outside)

11

CPJQTBC/BO 11/... (outside)

11

IPJQTAA/AO 11/... (inside)

11

IPJQTBC/BO 11/... (inside)

11

CPJQTAT11/... (outside)

11

CPJQTBT11/... (outside)

11

IPJQTAT 11/... (inside)

11

IPJQTBT 11/... (inside)

11

10 pcs

2 pcs

CPJQTBC/BO 125/... (outside) 12,5

IPJQTAA/AO 125/... (inside) 12,5

IPJQTBC/BO 125/... (inside)

12,5

CPJQTAT 125/... (outside)

12,5

CPJQTBT 125/... (outside)

12,5

IPJQTAT 125/... (inside)

12,5

IPJQTBT 125/... (inside)

12,5

CPJQTAA 15/... (outside)

15

CPJQTBC 15/... (outside)

15

IPJQTAA 15/... (inside)

15

IPJQTBC 15/... (inside)

15

Choose the deisred packaging. E.g.: CPJQTAA .../10 (Pack 10 pcs) CPJQTAA .../2 (Pack 2 pcs)

TPJQT... 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

Choose the deisred packaging. E.g.: CPJQTBC .../10 (Pack 10 pcs) CPJQTBC .../2 (Pack 2 pcs)

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

= News 2014 available from March

2 pcs

8

CPJQTAA/AO 125/... (outside) 12,5

TPJQT... 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

10 pcs

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQT 06/... GIJQT 08/... GIJQT 10/... GIJQT 11/... GIJQT 125/... GIJQT 15/...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

6 8 10 11 12,5 15

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQT .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQT .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

END CAP

JOINT

TPJQT 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

INSIDE CAPSULES

GIJQT 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

CPJQT.. 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

IPJQT.. 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

11


PROJOLLY QUART polished brushed aluminium (silver) and varnished aluminium available in 6 colors. PROJOLLY QUART is a rounded profile conceived to protect the external corners of wall coverings and to cover perimeter joints. The special quarter-of-circle shape of this profile, together with the range of finishes available and completing elements, such as inside/outside capsules and end caps make it a requested product, that can be used with any kind of wall and floor covering. Remove immediately the remains of glue or sealant from the profile surface, once the profile has been laid, otherwise this substances could lead to the formation of aluminium hydroxide, causing dark indelible stains on the profile surface.

PROJOLLY QUART POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM VARNISHED ALUMINIUM PJQT... 06

H 6 mm

PJQT... 08

H 8 mm

PJQT... 10

H 10 mm

PJQT... 11 H 11 mm

VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs-54 LM (White colour 108 LM)

POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

PJQT... 125

Article PJQTBS 08 PJQTBS 10 PJQTBS 11 PJQTBS 125

H 12,5 mm

Article H mm PJQTA 06-01 (white varn.) 6 PJQTA 08-... 8 PJQTA 10-... 10 PJQTA 11-01 (white varn.) 11 PJQTA 125-01 (white varn.) 12,5

H mm 8 10 11 12,5

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

With H 8 and 10 mm are available in the colours: 01 - 0106 - 02 - 03 - 11 - 17. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article corde. E.g.: PJQTA 08... (choose finish WHITE) PJQTA 08-01. COLOURS

COLOURS

BS -Polish. brush. silver alu.

01 - White varnished alu. (RAL 9016)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose PROJOLLY QUART in the desired finish and in the required height, according to the thickness of the tile; 2. Cut PROJOLLY QUART to the desired length and apply the adhesive on the area where the profile will be installed; 3. Press the anchoring flange of PROJOLLY QUART into the adhesive; 4. Lay the tiles and align them, so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. leaving a 2mm joint. Remove immediately the remains of adhesive from the profile surface; 5. Fill the joints between the profile and the tiles with sealant, in order to avoid water stagnation. Remove immediately the remains of sealant from the profile surface.

0106 - White Ivory varn. alu. (RAL 9001)

02 - Light Grey varn. alu. (RAL 7035)

03 - Stone Grey varnished alu. 11 - Black varnished alu. 17 - Beige bahama varn. alu. (RAL 7030) (RAL 9005) (no RAL) (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PJQTA 06-..., PJQTA 11-... & PJQTA 125-... FOR OTHER COLOURS, DIFFERENT FROM WHITE, PLEASE CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR QUANTITY AND PRICE

CAPSULES, END CAPS & JOINTS for tri- axial joints POLISHED BRUSHED, VARNISHED ALUMINIUM/ PLASTIC JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQT 06/... GIJQT 08/... GIJQT 10/... GIJQT 11/... GIJQT 125/...

LEFT CAPSULES & CAPS - POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

6 8 10 11 12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQT .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQT .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

END CAP

TPJQT... 06-08-10-11-125/...

JOINT

GIJQT 06-08-10-11-125/...

Article CPJQTBS 08/... (outside)

H mm

E/10 Pcs

LEFT CAPSULES & END CAPS - VARNISHED ALUMINIUM

E/2 Pcs

Article

H mm

8

CPJQTA 06-01/... (outside)

6

IPJQTBS 08/... (inside)

8

IPJQTA 06-01/... (inside)

6

CPJQTBS 10/... (outside)

10

CPJQTA 08-.../... (outside)

8

IPJQTBS 10/... (inside)

10

IPJQTA 08-.../... (inside)

8

CPJQTBS 11/... (outside)

11

CPJQTA 10-.../... (outside)

10

11

IPJQTBS 11/... (inside)

IPJQTA 10-.../... (inside)

10

CPJQTBS 125/... (outside)

12,5

CPJQTA 11-.../... (outside)

11

IPJQTBS 125/... (inside)

12,5

IPJQTA 11-.../... (inside)

11

TPJQTBS 08-10-11-125/...

CPJQTA 125-01/... (outside) 12,5

Choose the deisred packaging. E.g.: CPJQTBS .../10 (Pack 10 pcs) CPJQTBS .../2 (Pack 2 pcs)

IPJQTA 125-01/... (inside)

E/10 Pcs

E/2 Pcs

12,5

TPJQTA 06-08-10-11-125-.../...

Choose the deisred packaging. E.g.: CPJQTA ...-.../10 (Pack 10 pcs) CPJQTA ...-.../2 (Pack 2 pcs)

OUTSIDE CAPSULES CPJQT... 06-01/... CPJQT... 08/... CPJQT... 10/...

CPJQT... 11/...

CPJQT... 125/...

IPJQT... 11/...

IPJQT... 125/...

INSIDE CAPSULES = News 2015 available IPJQT... 06-01/...

IPJQT... 08/... IPJQT... 10/...

12 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

= News 2014 available from March


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI The PROJOLLY, available IN 18 COLOURS, with EAN BAR CODE, facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. It is made in certificated impact-resistant non-toxic PVC. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available.

PROJOLLY QUART NON-TOXIC, IMPACT RESISTANT COLOURED VINYL RESIN PJQT 08H 8 mm

PJQT 10H 10 mm

PJQT 125H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 54 LM (white colour Pack. 108 LM) Article PJQT 08-... PJQT 10-... PJQT 125-...

H mm 8 10 12,5

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-1314-15-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJQT 08... (chosen colour White) PJQT 08-01.

WHITE NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROJOLLY QUART with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

01 - White

0106 - White ivory

02 - Light Grey

03 - Cement Grey

04 - Light Beige

05 - Dark Beige

19 - Beige

20 - Dark Ivory

21 - Light Pink

06 - Ivory

07 - Pink

08 - Sky Blue

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

22 - Dark Pink

23 - Dark antique pink

24 - Dark Sky Blue

12 - Silver

13 - Gold

14 - Green

15 - Brown

16 - Blue

17 - Bahama Beige

25 - Brick red

26 - Turquoise green

27 - Dark Green

28 - Hazel brown

29 - Dark brown

18 - Grey

CAPSULES for tri-axial joints

POLYPROPYLENE/POLYETYLENE UV RESISTANT POLYPROPYLENE/POLYETYLENE UV RESISTANT Article CPJQT 08-.../... (outside)

H mm

e

E/cond. 20 pces

E/cond. 5 pces

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

8

IPJQT 08-.../... (inside)

8

CPJQT 10-.../... (outside)

10

IPJQT 10-.../... (inside)

10

CPJQT 125-.../... (outside)

12,5

IPJQT 125-.../... (inside)

12,5

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-13-1415-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CPJQT 08-.../... (chosen colour White) CPJQT 08-01/20.

CPJQT 08-.../...

CPJQT 10-.../...

CPJQT 125-.../...

IPJQT 10-.../...

IPJQT 125-.../...

INSIDE CAPSULES

IPJQT 08-.../...

13 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. Available PROJOLLY MIRROR LINE Hand polished to create a SUPER SHINY finish, to respond to modern/high tech needs and requirements with aesthetic and decorative finishes. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available. Match with the PROLISTEL strips in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with polished or satin finish.

PROJOLLY

POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PJAC/S/ML 06

H 6 mm

PJAC/S/ML 08

H 8 mm

PJAC/S/ML 10

H 10 mm

Available PJAC/S/ML 11 - H : 11mm PJAC/S/ML 125

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 10 - 11 mm - 81 LM - H 12,5 - H 15 mm - 54 LM) - 10/10 mm Article

H mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 10 - 11 mm 81 LM - H 12,5 - H 15 mm - 54 LM) - 10/10 mm Article

H mm

PJAC 06

6

PJACS 06

6

PJAC 08

8

PJACS 08

8

PJAC 10

10

PJACS 10

10

PJAC 11

11

PJACS 11

PJAC 125 PJAC 15

PJACS 125

12,5

Article

6 8

PJACML 10

10

PJACML 125 PJACML 15

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

15

H mm

PJACML 08 PJACML 11

11

COLOURS

SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10 mm PJACML 06

PJAC/S/ML 15 H 15 mm

12,5

PJACS 15

15

H 12,5 mm

AC - Polished stainless steel ACML - Super polished stainless ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

11 12,5 15

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

1. Choose a PROJOLLY height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces.

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A / PLASTIC CAPSULES & END CAPS - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJAC 06/... (outside) 6 IPJAC 06/... (inside) 6 CPJAC 08/... (outside) 8 IPJAC 08/... (inside) 8 CPJAC 10/... (outside) 10 IPJAC 10/... (inside) 10 CPJAC 11/... (outside) 11 IPJAC 11/... (inside) 11 CPJAC 125/... (outside) 12,5 IPJAC 125/... (inside) 12,5 CPJAC 15/... (outside) 15 IPJAC 15/... (inside) 15 TPJAC 06-08-10-125-15/... 6-8-10-12,5-15

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

Article

GIJAC 06/... GIJAC 08/... GIJAC 10/... GIJAC 11/... GIJAC 125/... GIJAC 15/...

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

.

6 8 10 11 12,5 15

END CAP

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

JOINT

INSIDE CAPSULES

TPJAC/S 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

CAPSULES - SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJACML 06/... (outside) 6 IPJACML 06/... (inside) 6 CPJACML 08/... (outside) 8 IPJACML 08/... (inside) 8 CPJACML 10/... (outside) 10 IPJACML 10/... (inside) 10 CPJACML 11/... (outside) 11 IPJACML 11/... (inside) 11 CPJACML 125/... (outside) 12,5 IPJACML 125/... (inside) 12,5 CPJACML 15/... (outside) 15 IPJACML 15/... (inside) 15

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJACS .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJACS .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

JOINTS - PLASTIC H mm

H mm

CPJACS 06/... (outside) 6 IPJACS 06 /...(inside) 6 CPJACS 08 /...(outside) 8 IPJACS 08/... (inside) 8 CPJACS 10/... (outside) 10 IPJACS 10/... (inside) 10 CPJACS 11/... (outside) 11 IPJACS 11/... (inside) 11 CPJACS 125/... (outside) 12,5 IPJACS 125/... (inside) 12,5 CPJACS 15/... (outside) 15 IPJACS 15/... (inside) 15 TPJAC 06-08-10-125-15/... 6-8-10-12,5-15

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJAC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJAC .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Article

CAPSULES & END CAPS - SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJACML .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJACML .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

CPJAC.. 06-08-10-11-125-15/... GIJAC 06-08-10 -11-125-15/...

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJACAC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJACAC .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

IPJAC.. 06-08-10-11-125-15/...

15 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROJOLLY are manufactured with the same forms and sections, as well as in the very resistant material, the stainless shiny steel 316L/1.4401-V4A, suitable for outdoors and marine environment with much presence of saltiness and considerable atmospheric agents. They are used as protection for the external angles of tiles, in order to separate or to create the separating joints in the pavements, to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. They guarantee the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. They strengthen the tile edge and prevents from chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places. Available in capsules and three-axial joints for internal and external angles in stainless aisi 304/1.4301-V2A steel.

PROJOLLY POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A PJACM 06

H 6 mm

PJACM 08 H 8 mm

PJACM 10 H 10 mm

Available PJACM 11 - H : 11mm PJACM 125 H 12,5 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 10 - 11 mm - 81 LM - H 12,5 mm - 54 LM) - 10/10 mm Article PJACM 06

H mm 6

PJACM 08

8

PJACM 10

10

PJACM 11 PJACM 125

COLOURS

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

11 12,5

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

CAPSULES for tri-axial joints POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A Article

H mm

CPJACM 06/... (outside)

6

IPJACM 06/... (inside)

6

CPJACM 08/... (outside)

8

2 pcs

.

8

CPJACM 08/... CPJACM 10/...

CPJACM 10/... (outside)

10

INSIDE CAPSULES

IPJACM 10/... (inside)

10

CPJACM 11/... (outside)

11 11

CPJACM 125/... (outside)

12,5

IPJACM 125/... (inside)

12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJACM .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJACM .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

PROTERMINAL

CPJACM 06/...

IPJACM 08/... (inside)

IPJACM 11/... (inside)

CPJACM 11/...

CPJACM 125/...

IPJACM 11/...

IPJACM 125/...

IPJACM 06/...

IPJACM 08/... IPJACM 10/...

PROTERMINAL are manufactured with the same forms and sections, as well as in the very resistant material, the stainless shiny steel 316/1.4401V4A, suitable for outdoors and marine environment with much presence of saltiness and considerable atmospheric agents. They are used as protection for the external angles of tiles, in order to separate or to create the separating joints in the pavements, to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. They guarantee the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. They strengthen the tile edge and prevents from chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places.

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A 3

PTACM 06

. 10 pcs

H 6 mm

PTACM 08 H 8 mm

PTACM 10 H 10 mm

PTACM 125 H 12,5 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10 mm Article PTACM 06

H mm 6

PTACM 08

8

PTACM 10

10

PTACM 125

COLOURS

12,5

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS 16 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


● PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY in polished painted and chromed brass, it has been produced to give a very shiny finish with a high superficial resistance. PROJOLLY facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available. Matching with PROLISTEL strips in AISI 304/1.4301-V2A polished, Chromed polished aluminium and Chromed Brass is recommended.

PROJOLLY

NATURAL, POLISHED VARNISHED AND CHROMED BRASS (SUPER POLISHED - MIRROR LINE) PJO... 06

H 6 mm

PJO... 08 H 8 mm

PJO... 10 H 10 mm

PJO... 125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 pc bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

VARNISHED POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm

PJON 08 PJON 10 PJON 125

Article

H mm

PJOL 06 PJOL 08 PJOL 10 PJOL 125

8 10 12,5

6 8 10 12,5

Varnished polished brass is not suitable for frequent pedestrian traffic places and/or scratching. CHROMED BRASS (SUPER POLISHED) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

COLOURS

H mm

PJOC 06 PJOC 08 PJOC 10 PJOC 125

6 8 10 12,5

ON - Natural Brass

OL - Varnished Pol. Brass

1. Choose the PROJOLLY with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. Oxidation marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the polished painted and chromed brass Projolly. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

OC - Chromed Brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints POLISHED VARNISHED BRASS and CHROMED BRASS EFFECT / PLASTIC

LEFT CAPSULES - POLISHED BRASS COATED

CAPS and JOINTS - CHROMED BRASS / PLASTIC Article

H mm

TPJOC 06-08-10-125/... 6-8-10-12,5 GIJA 06-08-10-125/... 6-8-10-12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJA .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJA .../2 (pack 2 pcs) END CAP

TPJOC 06-08-10-125/...

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

CPJOL 06-08-10-125/...

CPJDOL 06-08-10-125/...

JOINT

GIJA 06-08-10-125/...

INSIDE CAPSULES

IPJDOL 06-08-10-125/...

IPJOL 06-08-10-125/...

IPJDOC 06-08-10-125/...

IPJOC 06-08-10-125/...

Article

H mm

CPJOL 06/... (outside) IPJOL 06/... (inside) CPJOL 08/... (outside) IPJOL 08/... (inside) CPJOL 10/... (outside) IPJOL 10/... (inside) CPJOL 125/... (outside) IPJOL 125/... (inside)

6 6 8 8 10 10 12,5 12,5

. 10 pcs

LEFT CAPSULES - CHROMED BRASS 2 pcs

.

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJOL .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJOL .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Article

CPJDOC 06-08-10-125/...

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJOC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJOC .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

The right capsules are available on demand and must be used only in the following cases: A) when you are laying the cut base of the profile perpendicularly on the floor;

B) as an alternative to end-caps (right side).

Add “D” to the article code. For Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDOL 06. example: IPJDOL 06.

Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDOC 06.

LEFT CAPSULES CPJOC 06-08-10-125/...

H mm

CPJOC 06/... (outside) 6 IPJOC 06/... (inside) 6 CPJOC 08/... (outside) 8 IPJOC 08/... (inside) 8 CPJOC 10/... (outside) 10 IPJOC 10/... (inside) 10 CPJOC 125/... (outside) 12,5 IPJOC 125/... (inside) 12,5

RIGHT CAPSULES

17 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


The PROJOLLY line in anodised aluminium offer innumerable opportunities of combining them with ceramics, wood, marble, etc. It facilitates the laying process eliminating the fragile ceramic corner tiles. It is also used for external angles of tiles, in order to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. It guarantees the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. Thanks to its round finishing it strengthens the tile edge and prevents from their chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places. Available in capsules and three-axial joints for internal and external angles. Chromatic combining with PROLISTEL and PROLISTEL panelists in anodised aluminium recommended.

PROJOLLY ANODISED ALUMINIUM BLACK-SILVER-COPPER-TITANIUM-GOLD PJ... 03

PJ... 045

H 3 mm

H 3 mm details at page 57

H 4,5 mm

H 4,5 mm details at page 57

PJ... 06

H 6 mm

PJ... 08 H 8 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium-gold- black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 15 alu. anodised Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM)

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS PJ... 10 H 10 mm

PJ... 125 H 12,5 mm

1. Choose the PROJOLLY with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium Projolly. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

PJ... 15 H 15 mm

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

Article PJAA 06 (anod. silver) PJAO 06 (anod. gold) PJAA 08 (anod. silver) PJAR 08 (anod. copper) PJAT 08 (anod. titanium) PJAO 08 (anod. gold) PJNE 08 (anod. black) PJAA 10 (anod. silver) PJAR 10 (anod. copper) PJAT 10 (anod. titanium) PJAO 10 (anod. gold) PJNE 10 (anod. black) PJAA 125 (anod. silver) PJAR 125 (anod. copper) PJAT 125 (anod. titanium) PJNE 125 (anod. black) PJAA 15 (anod. silver)

H mm 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 15

PJAO 15 available upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

AA - Anod. silver aluminium AR - Anod. copper aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium AO - Anod. gold aluminium

NE - anod. black aluminium

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver, copper, titanium, gold and black) / PLASTIC LEFT CAPSULES ANODISED silver, copper, titanium and gold ALUMINIUM Article

H mm

CPJAA/AO 06/... (outside) IPJAA/AO 06/... (inside) CPJAA/AO 08/... (outside) IPJAA/AO 08/... (inside) CPJAR 08/... (outside) IPJAR 08/... (inside) CPJAT 08/... (outside) IPJAT 08/... (inside) CPJAA/AO 10/... (outside) IPJAA/AO 10/... (inside) CPJAR 10/... (outside) IPJAR 10/... (inside) CPJAT 10/... (outside) IPJAT 10/... (inside) CPJAA 125 /...(outside) IPJAA 125/... (inside) CPJAR 125/... (outside) IPJAR 125/... (inside) CPJAT 125/... (outside) IPJAT 125/... (inside) CPJAA 15/... (outside) IPJAA 15/...(inside)

6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 15 15

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJAA .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJAA .../2 (pack 2 pcs) 18

.

The right capsules are available on demand and must be used only in the following cases:

LEFT CAPSULES ANODISED ALUMINIUM black Article CPJNE 08/... IPJNE 08/... CPJNE 10/... IPJNE 10/... CPJNE 125/... IPJNE 125/...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

8 8 10 10 12,5 12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJNE .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJNE .../2 (pack 2 pcs) CAPS - ANODISED ALUMINIUM silver, copper, titanium ,gold, black Article H mm . . TPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/... 6-8-10-12,5-15

10 pcs

2 pcs

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

A) when you are laying the cut base of the profile perpendicularly on the floor;

Add “D” to the article code. For Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDAA 06. example: IPJDAA 06.

B) as an alternative to end-caps (right side).

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

H mm

GIJA 06-08-10-125-15/... 6-8-10-12,5-15

.

LEFT CAPSULES

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

RIGHT CAPSULES

Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDAA 06. CPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/...

CPJD... 06-08-10-125-15/...

IPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/...

IPJD... 06-08-10-125-15/...

INSIDE CAPSULES TPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/...

GIJA 06-08-10-125-15/...

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


● PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI The PROJOLLY line in polished aluminium offer innumerable opportunities of combining them with ceramics, wood, marble, etc. It facilitates the laying process eliminating the fragile ceramic corner tiles. It is also used for external angles of tiles, in order to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. It guarantees the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. Thanks to its round finishing it strengthens the tile edge and prevents from their chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places. Available in capsules and three-axial joints for internal and external angles. Chromatic combining with PROLISTEL and PROLISTEL panelists in polished aluminium recommended.

PROJOLLY POLISHED ALUMINIUM CHROME-COPPER-TITANIUM-GOLD-BLACK PJ... 03

PJ... 045

H 3 mm

H 3 mm details at page 57

H 4,5 mm

H 4,5 mm details at page 57

PJ... 06

H 6 mm

PJ... 08 H 8 mm

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome-copper-titanium-gold-black) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 15 mm - 54 LM) Article PJBC 06 (polished chrome) PJBO 06 (polished gold) PJBR 08 (polished copper) PJBT 08 (polished titanium) PJBO 08 (polished gold) PJBC 08 (polished chrome) PJBN 08 (polished black) PJBR 10 (polished copper) PJBT 10 (polished titanium) PJBO 10 (polished gold) PJBC 10 (polished chrome) PJBN 10 (polished black) PJBR 125 (polished copper) PJBT 125 (polished titanium) PJBO 125 (polished gold) PJBC 125 (polished chrome) PJBN 125 (polished black) PJBC 15 (polished chrome)

H mm 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 15

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS PJ... 10 H 10 mm

PJ... 125 H 12,5 mm

1. Choose the PROJOLLY with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium Projolly. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

COLOURS

PJBC 15 H 15 mm

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) POLISHED

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BR - Polished copper alu.

BT - Polished titanium alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

BN - Polished black alu.

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome, copper, titanium, gold, black ) / PLASTIC END CAPS - POLI. ALUMINIUM chrome, copper, titanium, gold, black Article

H mm

TPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/... 6-8-10-12,5-15

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

LEFT CAPSULES POLISHED ALUMINIUM chrome, copper, titanium and gold .

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

H mm

GIJA 06-08-10-125-15/... 6-8-10-12,5-15

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJA .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJA .../2 (pack 2 pcs) END CAP

TPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/...

JOINT

GIJA 06-08-10-125-15/...

OUTSIDE CAPSULES CPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/...

CPJD... 06-08-10-125-15/...

INSIDE CAPSULES

.

Article

H mm

CPJBC/BO 06/... (outside) IPJBC/BO 06/... (inside) CPJBC/BO 08/... (outside) IPJBC/BO 08/... (inside) CPJBR 08/... (outside) IPJBR 08/... (inside) CPJBT 08/... (outside) IPJBT 08/... (inside) CPJBC/BO 10/... (outside) IPJBC/BO 10/... (inside) CPJBR 10/...(outside) IPJBR 10/... (inside) CPJBT 10/... (outside) IPJBT 10/... (inside) CPJBC/BO 125/... (outside) IPJBC/BO 125/... (inside) CPJBR 125/... (outside) IPJBR 125/... (inside) CPJBT 125/... (outside) IPJBT 125/... (inside) CPJBC 15/... (outside) IPJBC 15/... (inside)

6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 15 15

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJBC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJBC .../2 (pack 2 pcs) IPJ... 06-08-10-125-15/...

IPJD... 06-08-10-125-15/...

LEFT CAPSULES POLISHED ALUMINIUM black .

Article CPJBN 08/... IPJBN 08/... CPJBN 10/... IPJBN 10/... CPJBN 125/... IPJBN 125/...

H mm

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

8 8 10 10 12,5 12,5

The right capsules are available on demand and must be used only in the following cases: A) when you are laying the cut base of the profile perpendicularly on the floor;

Add “D” to the article code. For Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDBC 06. example: IPJDBC 06.

B) as an alternative to end-caps (right side).

LEFT CAPSULES

RIGHT CAPSULES

Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDBC 06. 19

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROJOLLY facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available. Match with the PROLISTEL strips in anodised or polished aluminium.

PROJOLLY POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM BLACK-SILVER-COPPER-TITANIUM PJ... 03

PJ... 045

H 3 mm

H 3 mm details at page 57

H 4,5 mm

H 4,5 mm details at page 57

PJ... 08 H 8 mm

PJ... 10 H 10 mm

POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titaniumblack) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

PJ... 125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm

PJBS 08

8

PJRS 08

8

PJTS 08

8

PJNS 08

8

PJBS 10

10

PJRS 10

10

PJTS 10

10

PJNS 10

10

PJBS 125

12,5

PJRS 125

12,5

PJTS 125

12,5

PJNS 125

12,5

1. Choose the PROJOLLY with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium Projolly. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) POLISHED BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

NS - Brushed black alu.

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium-black) / PLASTIC

LEFT CAPSULES BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium-black) Article

H mm

CPJBS 08/... (outside) IPJBS 08/... (inside) CPJRS 08/... (outside) IPJRS 08/... (inside) CPJTS 08/... (outside) IPJTS 08/... (inside) CPJNS 08/... (outside) IPJNS 08/... (inside) CPJBS 10/... (outside) IPJBS 10/... (inside) CPJRS 10/... (outside) IPJRS 10/... (inside) CPJTS 10/... (outside) IPJTS 10/... (inside) CPJNS 10/... (outside) IPJNS 10/... (inside) CPJBS 125/... (outside) IPJBS 125/... (inside) CPJRS 125/... (outside) IPJRS 125/... (inside) CPJTS 125/... (outside) IPJTS 125/... (inside) CPJNS 125/... (outside) IPJNS 125/... (inside)

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJBS .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJBS .../2 (pack 2 pcs) 20

END CAPS - BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium-black)

.

Article

H mm

TPJ... 08-10-125/...

* *

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

8-10-12,5

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

H mm

GIJA 08-10-125/...

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

The right capsules are available on demand and must be used only in the following cases: A) when you are laying the cut base of the profile perpendicularly on the floor;

8-10-12,5

END CAP

JOINT

Add “D” to the article code. For Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDBS 08. example: IPJDBS 08.

*

TPJ... 08-10-125/...

GIJA 08-10-125/...

B) as an alternative to end-caps (right side).

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

CPJ... 08-10-125/...

* *

CPJD... 08-10-125/...

IPJ... 08-10-125/...

*

LEFT CAPSULES

RIGHT CAPSULES

Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDBS 08.

INSIDE CAPSULES

IPJD... 08-10-125/...

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


● PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available.

PROJOLLY VARNISHED ALUMINIUM PJA 06-...

H 6 mm

PJA 08-... H 8 mm

PJA 10-... H 10 mm

PJA 125-...

VARNISHED ALUMINIUM (HOT-WORKED 200°) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs-54 LM (White colour 108 LM) Article PJA 06-01

6

PJA 08...

8

PJA 10...

10

PJA 125-01

H 12,5 mm

H mm (white)

(white)

12,5

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

With H 8 and 10 mm available in the colours: 01 - 0106 - 02 - 03 0211 - 0311 - 06 - 10 - 11 - 17. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJA 08... (chosen colour White) PJA 08-01.

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMAL QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

01 - White varnished alu. (RAL 9016)

0106 - White Ivory varn. alu. (RAL 9001)

02 - Light Grey varnished alu. (RAL 7035)

06 - Ivory varnished alu. (RAL 1015)

10 - Klinker Red varnished alu. (RAL 8004)

11 - Black varnished alu. (RAL 9005)

03 - Stone Grey varnished alu. 0211 - Quartz Grey varn. alu. 0311 - Asphalt Grey varn. alu. (RAL 7030) (RAL 7039) (RAL 7043)

17 - Beige bahama varnished alu. (no RAL)

PJA 06-... & PJA 125-... FOR COLOURS DIFFERENT FROM WHITE CONTACT THE COMPANY FOR QUANTITY AND PRICE

1. Choose the PROJOLLY with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium Projolly. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS for tri-axial joints VARNISHED ALUMINIUM / PLASTIC LEFT CAPSULES VARNISHED ALUMINIUM (HOT-WORKED 200°) Article

H mm

CPJA 06-01/... (outside) 6 IPJA 06-01/... (inside) 6 CPJA 08-.../... (outside) 8 IPJA 08-.../... (inside) 8 CPJA 10-.../... (outside) 10 IPJA 10-.../... (inside) 10 CPJA 125-01/... (outside) 12,5 IPJA 125-01/... (inside) 12,5

. 10 pcs

The right capsules are available on demand and must be used only in the following cases:

END CAPS - VARNISHED ALUMINIUM (HOT-WORKED 200°) 2 pcs

.

With H 8 and 10 mm available in the colours: 01 - 0106 - 02 - 03 0211 - 0311 - 06 - 10 - 11 - 17. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CPJA 08-.../... (chosen colour White) CPJA 08-01/10.

Article

H mm

TPJA... 06/... TPJA... 08/... TPJA... 10/... TPJA... 125/...

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

. 10 pcs

2 pcs

.

6 8 10 12,5

H mm

GIJA 06/... GIJA 08/... GIJA 10/... GIJA 125/...

6 8 10 12,5

.

A) when you are laying the cut base of the profile perpendicularly on the floor;

Add “D” to the article code. For Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDA 06-01. example: IPJDA 06-01.

B) as an alternative to end-caps (right side).

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJA .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJA .../2 (pack 2 pcs) LEFT CAPSULES

RIGHT CAPSULES

Add “D” to the article code. For example: CPJDA 06-01. END CAP

TPJA... 06-08-10-125/...

JOINT

GIJA 06-08-10-125/...

OUTSIDE CAPSULES CPJA... 06-08-10-125/...

CPJDA... 06-08-10-125/...

IPJA... 06-08-10-125/...

IPJDA... 06-08-10-125/...

INSIDE CAPSULES

21 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


The PROJOLLY, available in 18 COLOURS, with EAN BAR CODE, facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. It is made in certificated impact-resistant non-toxic PVC. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available.

PROJOLLY IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COLOURED VINYL RESIN PJ 06-... PJML 06-...

H 6 mm

PJ 08-... PJML 08-...

H 8 mm

PJ 10-... PJML 10-...

H 10 mm

PJ 125-... PJML 125-... H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 54 LM (colour white Pack. 108 LM) Article

H mm

PJ 06-...

6

PJ 08-...

8

PJ 10-...

10

PJ 125-...

1. Choose the PROJOLLY with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

COLOURS

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT VINYL RESIN Mirror Line extra polished bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 54 LM (colour white Pack. 108 LM) Article PJML 06-...

12,5

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-1314-15-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJ -...06 (chosen colour White) PJ 06-01.

WHITE NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

H mm 6

PJML 08-...

8

PJML 10-...

10

FINISHING NR 12 AND 13 EXCLUDED

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-1415-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJ 06... (chosen colour White) PJ 06-01. Prices per metre are approximate. Articles not for sale singly.

WHITE NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

01 - White

0106 - White ivory

02 - Light Grey

03 - Cement Grey

04 - Light Beige

05 - Dark Beige

19 - Beige

20 - Dark Ivory

21 - Light Pink

06 - Ivory

07 - Pink

08 - Sky Blue

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

22 - Dark Pink

23 - Dark antique pink

24 - Dark Sky Blue

12 - Silver

13 - Gold

14 - Green

15 - Brown

16 - Blue

17 - Bahama Beige

25 - Brick red

26 - Turquoise green

27 - Dark Green

28 - Hazel brown

29 - Dark brown

18 - Grey

CAPSULES for tri-axial joints POLYPROPYLENE/POLYETYLENE UV RESISTANT POLYPROPYLENE/POLYETYLENE UV RESISTANT Article

H mm

CPJ 06-.../... (outside)

6

IPJ 06-.../... (inside)

6

CPJ 08-.../... (outside)

8

IPJ 08-.../... (inside)

8

CPJ 10-.../... (outside)

10

IPJ 10-.../... (inside)

10

CPJ 125-.../... (outside)

12,5

IPJ 125-.../... (inside)

12,5

. 20 pcs

5 pcs

.

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

CPJ 06-.../...

CPJ 08-.../...

CPJ 10-.../...

CPJ 125-.../...

INSIDE CAPSULES

IPJ 06-.../...

IPJ 08-.../...

IPJ 10-.../...

IPJ 125-.../...

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-13-14-15-16-17-18-0106 (not available 19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CPJ 06-.../... (chosen colour White) CPJ 06-01/20. 22 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY MARBLE is a range of decorative products covered with a strong marbled PVC film in various finishes: white (Carrara) marble, green (Guatemalan) marble, beige (royal yellow) marble, blue marble, pink (Portuguese) marble, green (aquamarine) marble, light and dark travertine, in normal and shaded-off versions. PROJOLLY MARBLE facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim in completing the finish of wall coverings and vertical or horizontal coverings, etc. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. Excellent resistance. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect.

PROJOLLY MARBLE IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC MARBLED VINYL RESIN - 12 FINISHES PJ...06

H 6 mm

PJ...08 H 8 mm

PJ...10 H 10 mm

PJ...125 H 12,5 mm

MARBLED NON-TOXIC VYNIL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PJ... 06

H mm 6

PJ... 08

8

PJ... 10

10

PJ... 125

EXEMPLES OF LAYING LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

12,5

Available in the colours: MC - MB - MR - MA - MV - MVA - MAS MBS - MRS - MVAS - MTC - MTS (MAB - MBC - MBO - MAM - MBD - MCRI - MCRC - MBDX - MGV - MGVC - MNA - MBPS - MVBL available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJ... 06 (chosen colour white carrara) PJMC 06.

1. Choose the PROJOLLY MARBLE with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the Projolly Marble. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

MC - White Carrara

MB - Real Yellow Beige

MA - Sky Blue

MVAS - Soft Green

MTC - Travertino Light

MTS - Travertino Dark

MR - Pink Portugal

MV - Green Guatemalan

MVA - Green Aquamarine

MAS - Soft Blue

MRS - Soft Pink

MBS - Soft Beige

MBPS - Salt-and-pepper beige

MVBL - Brazil green

MCRI - Ivory cream

MCRC - Light cream

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

MNA - Navona

MBC - Polished chrome

MBD - Bardiglio

MGV - Veined Grey

MBO - Polished gold

MAM - Macauba blue

MAB - Blue

MBDX - Burgundy

MGVC - Light Veined Grey

PROJOLLY OPEN

PROJOLLY OPEN facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. It is made in certificated impact-resistant non-toxic PVC. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. WHITE VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 80 Pcs - 216 LM Article

IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COLOURED VINYL RESIN PJP 06-01 H 6 mm

H mm

PJP 06-01

6

PJP 09-01

9

PJP 09-01 H 9 mm

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

OTHER COLOURS ON REQUEST FOR A MINIMUM OF 1080 LM EXEMPLES OF LAYING

COLOURS

01 - White

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the PROJOLLY OPEN with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. 23

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


The PROJOLLY ECO, available in 18 COLOURS, with EAN BAR CODE, facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim. It is used for outside corners of tiles to complete the finish of wall coverings, decking, steps, bathtubs, etc. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. It is made in certificated impact-resistant non-toxic PVC. Required by European standards for safety and hygiene in public and private environments. End caps and three-way inside and outside corner linking elements are available. (finishing nr 12 and 13 excluded).

PROJOLLY ECO NON-TOXIC IMPACT RESISTANT COLOURED RIGID VINYL RESIN PJE 06-...

H 6 mm

PJE 07-... H 7 mm

PJE 08-... H 8 mm

PJE 09-... H 9 mm

COLOURED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 80 Pcs - 216 LM

COLOURED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 80 Pcs - 216 LM

PJE 10-...

PJE 06-01/06/07/18

6

PJE 07-...

7

PJE 08-...

8

PJE 09-...

9

PJE 10-...

10

PJE 125-...

H 125 mm

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

12,5

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm

H mm

H 10 mm

PJE 125-...

Article

Article

H 6 mm available in 01-06-07-18 , Other colours on demand. Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-1314-15-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJE 08... (chosen colour White) PJE 08-01.

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST MINIMUM QUANTITY 5400 LM by colour and height (delivery time to be agreed)

Available in the colours: 01 - 02 - 03 - 04 - 05 - 06 - 07 - 08 - 09 - 10 - 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 15 - 16 - 17 - 18 - 19 - 20 - 21 - 22 - 23 24 - 25 - 26 - 27 - 28 - 29 - 0106 available with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: Pje 07-... (chosen colour White) PJE 07-01.

1. Choose the PROJOLLY ECO with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

01 - White

0106 - White ivory

02 - Light Grey

03 - Cement Grey

04 - Light Beige

05 - Dark Beige

19 - Beige

20 - Dark Ivory

21 - Light Pink

06 - Ivory

07 - Pink

08 - Sky Blue

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

22 - Dark Pink

23 - Dark antique pink

24 - Dark Sky Blue

12 - Silver

13 - Gold

14 - Green

15 - Brown

16 - Blue

17 - Bahama Beige

25 - Brick red

26 - Turquoise green

27 - Dark Green

28 - Hazel brown

29 - Dark brown

18 - Grey

CAPSULES for tri-axial joints COLOURED PLASTIC

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

COLOURED PLASTIC Article CPJE 06-01/06/07/18 /.. (outside) CPJE 08-.../... (outside) CPJE 10-.../... (outside) CPJE 125-.../... (outside)

H mm 6 8 10 12,5

. 20 pcs

5 pcs

. CPJE 06-.../... CPJE 08-.../...

CPJE 10-.../...

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-1213-14-15-16-17-18-0106 (not available 19-20-21-22-23-24-2526-27-28-29). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CPJE 08-.../... (chosen colour White) CPJE 08-01/20.

= News 2015

24 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY ECO MARBLE is a range of decorative products covered with a strong marbled film in various finishes: white (Carrara) marble, green (Guatemalan) marble, beige (royal yellow) marble, blue marble, pink (Portuguese) marble, green (aquamarine) marble, light and dark travertine, in normal and shaded-off versions. PROJOLLY ECO MARBLE facilitates installation, eliminating the fragile ceramic trim in completing the finish of wall coverings, decking, bathtubs, etc. It strengthens the tile edge, thereby preventing chipping and breakages. Excellent resistance. Impeccable, precise work is ensured with a superior aesthetic effect, to be combined with PROLISTEL MARBLE.

PROJOLLY ECO MARBLE NON-TOXIC IMPACT RESISTANT MARBLED VINYL RESIN PJE... 06

H 6 mm

PJE... 07 H 7 mm

PJE... 08 H 8 mm

PJE... 09 H 9 mm

IMPACT-RESISTANT MARBLED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 80 Pcs - 216 LM Article PJE... 06

IMPACT-RESISTANT MARBLED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 80 Pcs - 216 LM

H mm

*

6

PJE... 08

8

PJE... 10

10

PJE... 125 available upon request. Available in the colours: MC - MB - MR - MA - MV - MVA - MAS MBS - MRS - MVAS - MTC - MTS (MAB - MABC - MABO - MAM - MDB - MCI - MCRC - MDBX - MGV - MNA - MPSB - MVBL available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJE... 06 (chosen colour white carrara) PJEMC 06.

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

Article

PJE... 10 H 10 mm

H mm

PJE... 07

7

PJE... 09

9

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY PRODUCTION ON REQUEST MINIMUM QUANTITY 5400 LM by colour and height

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

(delivery time to be agreed)

Available in the colours: MC - MB - MR - MA - MV - MVA - MAS - MBS - MRS - MVAS - MTC - MTS - MAB - MBC - MBO - MAM - MBD - MCRI - MCRC - MBDX - MGV - MGVC - MNA - MBPS MVBL available with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PJE... 06 (chosen colour white carrara) PJEMC 06.

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROJOLLYECO MARBLE with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the Projolly Marble. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

MC - White Carrara

MB - Real Yellow Beige

MA - Sky Blue

MVAS - Soft Green

MTC - Travertino Light

MTS - Travertino Dark

MR - Pink Portugal

MV - Green Guatemalan

MVA - Green Aquamarine

MAS - Soft Blue

MRS - Soft Pink

MBS - Soft Beige

MBPS - Salt-and-pepper beige

MVBL - Brazil green

MCRI - Ivory cream

MCRC - Light cream

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

*

MNA - Navona

MBC - Polished chrome

MBD - Bardiglio

MGV - Veined Grey

MBO - Polished gold

MAM - Macauba blue

MAB - Blue

MBDX - Burgundy

MGVC - Light Veined Grey

= Upon request, delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

25


PROJOLLY TRIANGLE POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

PROJOLLY TRIANGLE is a profile in polished, super polished and satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with a triangular shape. It is suitable for protecting the outside corners of the coverings and for their perimetrical and vertical closing. Its particular section and the availability in different finishes and special pieces, as inside and outside capsules, end caps and junctions, make PROJOLLY TRIANGLE a much-sought profile that allows a perfect laying also in the environments where high mechanical stresses are provided.

PJTRAC... 06 45°

H 6 mm

PJTRAC... 08 45° H 8 mm

PJTRAC... 10 45° H 10 mm

PJTRAC... 11 45° H 11 mm

PJTRAC... 125 45° H 12,5 mm

PJTRAC... 15 45° H 15 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM 8/10 mm (H 12,5 mm - 15mm - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM) Article PJTRAC 06 PJTRAC 08 PJTRAC 10 PJTRAC 11 PJTRAC 125 PJTRAC 15

H mm 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10 mm (H 12,5 mm - 15mm - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM) Article PJTRACS 06 PJTRACS 08 PJTRACS 10 PJTRACS 11 PJTRACS 125 PJTRACS 15

H mm 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 8/10 mm Article PJTRACML 06 PJTRACML 08 PJTRACML 10 PJTRACML 11 PJTRACML 125 PJTRACML 15

H mm 6 8 10 11 12,5 15

COLOURS

AC - Polished stainless steel ACML - Super polished stainless ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

1. Choose PROJOLLY TRIANGLE according to the thickness of the tile and in the desired finish. 2. Cut PROJOLLY TRIANGLE to the desired length and apply the adhesive on the support where the profile will be laid. 3. Press the anchoring flange of PROJOLLY TRIANGLE into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with the profile and leaving a 2 mm joint. 5. Fill the joints between the profile and the tiles with plaster, in order to avoid water stagnation.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS

POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A / PLASTIC OUTSIDE/ INSIDE/ TRI-AXIAL CAPSULES AND END CAPS – POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL Article

H mm

10 pcs

OUTSIDE/ INSIDE/ TRI-AXIAL CAPSULES AND END CAPS – SATINED STAINLESS STEEL Article

2 pcs

H mm

10 pcs

CPJTRAC 06 ÷ 15 (outside)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

CPJTRACS 06 ÷ 15 (outside)

IPJTRAC 06 ÷ 15

06-08-10-11-12,5-15 06-08-10-11-12,5-15

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

IPJTRACS 06 ÷ 15

CTPJTRAC 06 ÷ 15 (tri-axial)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

CTPJTRACS 06 ÷ 15 (tri-axial)

TPJTRAC 06 ÷ 15 (caps)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

TPJTRACS 06 ÷ 15 (caps)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

(inside)

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJTRAC-.../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJTRAC-.../2 (pack 2 pcs) Articles not for sale singly.

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJTRACS-.../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJTRACS-.../2 (pack 2 pcs) Articles not for sale singly.

OUTSIDE/ INSIDE / TRI-AXIAL CAPSULES AND END CAPS – SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL Article

H mm

CPJTRACML 06 ÷ 15 (outside)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

IPJTRACML 06 ÷ 15

(inside)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

CTPJTRACML 06 ÷ 15 (tri-axial)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

TPJTRACML 06 ÷ 15 (caps)

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

(inside)

2 pcs

10 pcs

2 pcs

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJTRA 06 ÷ 15/...

H mm

10 pcs

2 pcs

06-08-10-11-12,5-15

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJTRA-.../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJTRA-.../2 (pack 2 pcs) Articles not for sale singly.

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJTRACML-.../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJTRACML-.../2 (pack 2 pcs) Articles not for sale singly.

= News 2015 available from April

CPJTRAC ...

IPJTRAC ...

CTPJTRAC ...

TPJTRAC ...

GIJTRA ...

26 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


● PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROJOLLY TRIANGLE is a profile in anodised, polished and brushed aluminium, triangular shaped, suitable for protecting the outside corners of coverings and for their perimetrical and vertical closing. Its particular section and the availability in different finishes and special pieces, as inside and outside capsules, end caps and junctions, make PROJOLLY TRIANGLE a very elegant profile, easy to match with every type of covering and that allows a perfect pose.

PROJOLLY TRIANGLE ANODISED, POLISHED POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM PJTR... 08 45°

H 8 mm

PJTR... 10 45°

H 10 mm

PJTR... 125 45°

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver-titanium-gold) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PJTRAA 08 PJTRAT 08 PJTRAO 08 PJTRAA 10 PJTRAT 10 PJTRAO 10 PJTRAA 125 PJTRAT 125 PJTRAO 125

H mm 8 8 8 10 10 10 12,5 12,5 12,5

Article PJTRBC 08 PJTRBT 08 PJTRBO 08 PJTRBC 10 PJTRBT 10 PJTRBO 10 PJTRBC 125 PJTRBT 125 PJTRBO 125

H mm 8 8 8 10 10 10 12,5 12,5 12,5

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PJTRBS 08 PJTRBS 10 PJTRBS 125

1. Choose PROJOLLY TRIANGLE according to the thickness of the tile and in the desired finish. 2. Cut PROJOLLY TRIANGLE to the desired length and apply the adhesive on the support where the profile will be laid. 3. Press the anchoring flange of PROJOLLY TRIANGLE into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with the profile and leaving a 2 mm joint. Remove immediately all the remains of adhesive from the surface of the profile. 5. Fill the joints between the profile and the tile with plaster in order to avoid water stagnation. Remove immediately all the remains of plaster from the surface of the profile.

H mm 8 10 12,5

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMAL QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE. COLOURS ANODISED

AA - Anodised silver aluminium AT - Anodized titanium aluminium

H 12,5 mm

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome-titanium-gold) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

POLISHED

BC - Polished chrome aluminium BT - Polished titanium aluminium

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

CAPSULES, END CAPS and JOINTS

POLISHED

BO - Polished gold aluminium

BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver aluminium

ANODISED, POLISHED, POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM / PLASTIC OUTSIDE/ INSIDE/ TRI-AXIAL CAPSULES AND END CAPS – ANODISED ALUMINIUM Article

H mm

10 pcs

OUTSIDE/ INSIDE/ TRI-AXIAL CAPSULES AND END CAPS – POLISHED ALUMINIUM

2 pcs

Article

H mm

CPJTR... 08/... (outside)

8

CPJTR... 08/... (outside)

8

IPJTR.. 08/...

8

8

IPJTR... 08/... (inside)

CTPJTR... 08/... (tri-axial)

8

CTPJTR... 08/... (tri-axial)

8

CPJTR... 10/...

10

CPJTR.. 10/...

10

(inside)

IPJTR... 10/...

10

IPJTR.. 10/...

CTPJTR... 10/...

10

CTPJTR... 10/...

10

CPJTR... 125/...

12,5

CPJTR... 125/...

12,5

IPJTR... 125/...

12,5

IPJTR... 125/...

12,5

CTPJTR... 125/...

12,5

CTPJTR... 125/...

TPJTR... 08-10-125/... (caps)

2 pcs

10

12,5

TPJTR... 08-10-125/... (caps)

8 - 10 - 12,5

10 pcs

8 - 10 - 12,5

Available in the colours : AA-AT-AO Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJTRAA-.../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJTRAA-.../2 (pack 2 pcs) Articles not for sale singly.

Available in the colours : BC-BT-BO. Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJTRBC-.../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJTRBC-.../2 (pack 2 pcs) Articles not for sale singly.

OUTSIDE/ INSIDE/ TRI-AXIAL CAPSULES AND END CAPS – POLISHED BRUSHED ALUM.

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

H mm

CPJTRBS 08/... (outside)

8

GIJTRA 8-10-125/...

8-10-12,5

IPJTRBS 08/...

8

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJTRA.../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJTRA.../2 (pack 2 pcs) Articles not for sale singly.

Article

(inside)

H mm

CTPJTRBS 08/... (tri-axial)

8

CPJTRBS 10/...

10

IPJTRBS 10/...

10

CTPJTRBS 10/...

10

CPJTRBS 125/...

12,5

IPJTRBS 125/...

12,5

CTPJTRBS 125/... TPJTRBS 08-10-125/... (caps)

12,5 8 - 10 - 12,5

10 pcs

2 pcs

CPJTR...

Articles not for sale singly. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

IPJTR...

CTPJTR...

10 pcs

2 pcs

TPJTR... GIJTR... = News 2015 available from April

27


PROINTER AC is a small inner connector for tile, wood and marble coverings and floors. It facilitates cleaning by preventing dust, dirt and moisture penetrating corners, and allows the necessary expansion of inner corners in relation to an adjacent structure. It is durable and aesthetically pleasing. Available in several sizes and finishes. In AISI stainless steel 304 – 1.4301 10/10 thickness in the following finishes: Polished – Super Polished – Mirror Line – Satin. The PROINTER AC is very resistant to corrosion and oxidation, detergents, solvents and acids. It can also be used to join coverings with baths, sinks and toilets, and shower units by applying silicone to the upper and lower parts of the square, preventing the appearance of ugly silicone that has been yellowed and blackened by time.

PROINTER AC POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 V2A PIAC/S/ML 08

15 mm

PIAC/S/ML 10 H 8 mm

PIAC/S/ML 125 H 10 mm

PIAC/S/ML 15 H 12,5 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10 mm Article H 15 mm

H mm 8

PIACS 08

PIAC 10

10

PIACS 10 PIACS 125

12,5

PIAC 15

SILICONE

Article

PIAC 08 PIAC 125

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10 mm

PIACS 15

15

H mm 8 10 12,5 15

SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10 mm Article

H mm

PIACML 08

8

PIACML 10

10

PIACML 125

12,5

PIACML 15

15

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS COLOURS 1. Choose the PROINTER AC with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles under the curvature of PROINTER AC and align them so that the outer curved part of the profile covers the perpendicular tiles. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. (When laying on bathtubs, sanitary ware and shower trays, fill the rear part of the profile on both sides with silicone to prevent infiltration of water).

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AC - Polished stainless steel ACML - Super polished stainless ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

JOINTS

VARNISHED PLASTIC POLISHED/ SATINED STEEL EFFECT To facilitate and complete the application of PROINTER in PIAC, PIACML and PIACS stainless steel, internal and external corners are available to seamlessly connect the wall lining to ceramic tiles, wooden floors, parquet, etc. PROINTER can also be used to connect PROJOLLY.

INSIDE, OUTSIDE, THREE-WAY CORNER JOINTS VARNISHED PLASTIC for POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Pack. 10 Pcs Article REPIAC (outside corner) RIPIAC (two ways corner) RITPIAC (three-ways corner)

COLOURS

INSIDE, OUTSIDE, THREE-WAY CORNER JOINTS VARNISHED PLASTIC for SATINED STAINLESS STEEL - Pack. 10 Pcs Article

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

REPIACS (outside corner) RIPIACS (two ways corner) RITPIACS (three-ways corner)

28 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROINTER AL is a small inner aluminium connector for tile, wood and marble coverings and floors. It facilitates cleaning by preventing dust, dirt and moisture penetrating corners, and allows the necessary expansion of inner corners in relation to an adjacent structure. Available in four finishes:2 Shiny: Polished Chrome and Gold and 2 matt Silk and Gold.

PROINTER AL ANODISED POLISHED ALUMINIUM PI... 08

H 8 mm

PI... 10

H 10 mm

GOLD or SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

GOLD or CHROMED POLISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

PIAA 08

8

PIBC 08

8

PIAO 08

8

PIBO 08

8

PIAA 10

10

PIBC 10

10

PIAO 10

10

PIBO 10

10

COLOURS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm SILICONE

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ANODISED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

POLISHED

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

1. Choose the PROINTER AL with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles under the curvature of PROINTER AL and align them so that the outer curved part of the profile covers the perpendicular tiles. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. (When laying on bathtubs, sanitary ware and shower trays, fill the rear part of the profile on both sides with silicone to prevent infiltration of water). IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the Prointer. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

JOINTS

VARNISHED PLASTIC ANODISED AND POLISHED ALUMINIUM EFFECT To facilitate and complete the application of PROINTER in PIAA - PIAO - PIBC - PIBO aluminium internal and external corners are available to seamlessly connect the wall lining to ceramic tiles, wooden floors, parquet, etc. The connections are available with different finishes: Polished chrome & gold for PIBC - PIBO, anodised silver & gold for PIAA - PIAO. PROINTER can also be used to connect PROJOLLY. INSIDE, OUTSIDE, THREE-WAY CORNER JOINTS VARNISHED PLASTIC for ALUMINIUM - Pack. 10 Pcs Article REPI... (outside corner) RIPI... (inside corner) RITPI... (three-way corner)

Available in the finishes: BC - BO - AA - AO. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. Example for metal: RIPI... (chosen finish Polished Chrome BC) RIPIBC.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ANODISED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

POLISHED

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

29 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROINTER is a small cove-shaped inside joint for installing between tiled floors and abutting surfaces. It facilitates cleaning, preventing dust, dirt and damp from accumulating in the corner, and allows the necessary expansion in inside corners adjoining another structure. This attractive joint comes in various colours and sizes and is made in non-toxic, impact-resistant, detergent and solvent-resistant vinyl resin. It may also be used for joining wall coverings to the bathtub, sanitary fittings and shower tray with the application of silicone on the back of the profile.

PROINTER IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN (PVC) - 19 COLOURS PI 06-01 L 12 mm

PI 07-...

H6 mm

H7 mm

PI 08-...

PI 09-...

H8 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H9 mm

PI 10-...

H 10 mm

PI 07-... e PI 09-... PRODUCTION ON REQUEST MINIMUM QUANTITY 5400 LM by colour and height (delivery time to be agreed)

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROINTER with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles under the curvature of PROINTER and align them so that the outer curved part of the profile covers the perpendicular tiles. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. (When laying on bathtubs, sanitary ware and shower trays, fill the rear part of the profile on both sides with silicone to prevent infiltration of water).

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-PROOF VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 54 LM (colour white Pack. 108 LM) Article PI 06-01 PI 07-... PI 08-... PI 09-... PI 10-...

H mm 6 7 8 9 10

*

H 6 mm available in White. Other colours on demand. Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-1314-15-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PI 06-... (chosen colour White) PI 06-01.

WHITE NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

01 - White

0106 - White ivory

02 - Light Grey

03 - Cement Grey

04 - Light Beige

05 - Dark Beige

19 - Beige

20 - Dark Ivory

21 - Light Pink

06 - Ivory

07 - Pink

08 - Sky Blue

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

22 - Dark Pink

23 - Dark antique pink

24 - Dark Sky Blue

12 - Silver

13 - Gold

14 - Green

15 - Brown

16 - Blue

17 - Bahama Beige

25 - Brick red

26 - Turquoise green

27 - Dark Green

28 - Hazel brown

29 - Dark brown

18 - Grey

JOINTS 19 COLOURS

To facilitate and complete the application of PROINTER in PI.. plastic internal and external corners are available to seamlessly connect the wall lining to ceramic tiles, wooden floors, parquet, etc. The connections are available with different finishes: all the solid colour finishes (18 finishes) for non-toxic, impact-resistant, vinyl resin PROINTER. PROINTER can also be used to connect PROJOLLY. INSIDE, OUTSIDE, THREE-WAYS CORNER JOINTS VARNISHED PLASTIC (Vinyl Resin) - Pack. 10 Pcs

Available in the colours: from 01 to 18 and 0106. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. Example: RIPI ... (chosen colour Ivory 06) RIPI 06. PLEASE CHOOSE THE DESIRED COLOUR CODE FROM OUR COLOUR CHART. SPECIFICATION OF THE HEIGHT IS NOT REQUIRED.

Article REPI ... (outside corner) RIPI ... (inside corner) RITPI ... (three-way corner)

COLOURS

30

*

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

01 - White

0106 - White ivory

02 - Light Grey

03 - Cement Grey

04 - Light Beige

05 - Dark Beige

06 - Ivory

07 - Pink

08 - Sky Blue

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

12 - Silver

13 - Gold

14 - Green

15 - Brown

16 - Blue

17 - Bahama Beige

18 - Grey

= Other colours upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROINTER MARBLE. A range of transition profiles made in non-toxic impact-resistant PVC coated with a strong decorative marbled PVC film in 12 finishes, designed to comply with hygiene standards. Ideal for joining inside corner joints between wall coverings in tiles and marble, allowing the necessary expansion in the inside corners to an adjacent structure. The profile with punched/perforated flange must be applied under the wall or floor tile. This profile makes cleaning easy by preventing dust, dirt and damp from accumulating in the corner. Available in the heights 6, 8 and 10 mm Match with PROJOLLY MARBLE (for outside corners and edges) and with PROLISTEL MARBLE (strips/pencil strips).

PROINTER MARBLE IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC MARBLED VINYL RESIN PI... 07

L 12 mm

H7 mm

PI... 08

H8 mm

PI... 09

IMPACT RESISTANT MARBLED NON-TOXIC VYNIL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

PI... 07

7

PI... 08

8

PI... 09

9

PI... 10

10

H9 mm

PI... 10

(delivery time to be agreed)

Available in the colours: MC-MB-MR-MA-MV-MVA-MAS-MBSMRS-MVAS-MTC-MTS (MAB - MBC - MBO - MAM - MBD MCRI - MCRC - MBDX - MGV - MGVC - MNA - MBPS - MVBL available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PI... 07 (chosen colour White Carrara) PIMC 07.

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST

COLOURS

PI 07-... e PI 09-... PRODUCTION UPON REQUEST MINIMUM QUANTITY 5400 LM by colour and height

H 10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

MC - White Carrara

MB - Real Yellow Beige

MA - Sky Blue

MR - Pink Portugal

MV - Green Guatemalan

MVA - Green Aquamarine

MAS - Soft Blue

MRS - Soft Pink

MBS - Soft Beige

MVAS - Soft Green

MTC - Travertino Light

MTS - Travertino Dark

AVAILABLE minimum quantity 5400 LM by colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed)

MNA - Navona

MBC - Polished chrome

MBD - Bardiglio

MGV - Veined Grey

MGVC - Light Veined Grey

MBPS - Salt-and-pepper beige

MCRI - Ivory cream

MCRC - Light cream

MBO - Polished gold

MAM - Macauba blue

MAB - Blue

MBDX - Burgundy

1. Choose the PROINTER with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles under the curvature of PROINTER and align them so that the outer curved part of the profile covers the perpendicular tiles. 6. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. (When laying on bathtubs, sanitary ware and shower trays, fill the rear part of the profile on both sides with silicone to prevent infiltration of water).

MVBL - Brazil green

31 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile used mainly to join similar or different floor materials (e.g. tiles/tiles – tiles/parquet/ marble/laminates/carpeting /linoleum, etc.) of differing thickness. PROTERMINAL in stainless steel is also used to protect steps and decking, as a floor edging profile and skirting covering. Match with PROLISTEL strips in stainless steel AISI 304-1.4301 V2A with polished or satin finish and in aluminium with anodised or polished chrome finish.

PROTERMINAL POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A 3

PTAC/S 06

H 6 mm

PTAC/S 08 H 8 mm

PTAC/S 10 H 10 mm

PTAC/S 11 H 11 mm

PTAC/S 125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10 mm Article PTAC 06 PTAC 08 PTAC 10 PTAC 11 PTAC 125

H mm 6 8 10 11 12,5

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10 mm Article PTACS 06 PTACS 08 PTACS 10 PTACS 11 PTACS 125

H mm 6 8 10 11 12,5

COLOURS 1. Choose the PROTERMINAL with the same height as the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

AC - Polished stainless steel ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

CURVE available, see page 172

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROTERMINAL POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316/1.4404-V4A 3

PTAC/S 06

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROTERMINAL are manufactured with the same forms and sections, as well as in the very resistant material, the stainless shiny steel 316/1.4401V4A, suitable for outdoors and marine environment with much presence of saltiness and considerable atmospheric agents. They are used as protection for the external angles of tiles, in order to separate or to create the separating joints in the pavements, to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. They guarantee the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. They strengthen the tile edge and prevents from chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places.

H 6 mm

PTACM 08 H 8 mm

PTACM 10 H 10 mm

PTACM 125 H 12,5 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316/1.4404-V4A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10 mm Article PTACM 06

H mm 6

PTACM 08

8

PTACM 10

10

PTACM 125 32

COLOURS

12,5

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


● PROFILI PER RIVESTIMENTI PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile used mainly to join similar or different floor materials (e.g. tiles/tiles – tiles/parquet/ marble/granite, etc.) of differing thickness. PROTERMINAL in chromed brass is mainly used to protect and decorate the outside corners of tile coverings. The particular shape and design of the profile protect the tile edge and absorb any stress.

PROTERMINAL CHROMED BRASS 3

PTOC 06

H 6 mm

PTOC 08 H 8 mm

PTOC 10 H 10 mm

PTOC 125

CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PTOC 06 PTOC 08 PTOC 10 PTOC 125

H 12,5 mm

COLOURS

H mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

6 8 10 12,5

OC - Chromed brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROTERMINAL

PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile designed to protect and decorate the outside corners of tile, mosaic and marble coverings of differing thickness. PROTERMINAL in aluminium is also used to join different floor materials and to protect steps and decking. Excellent as the edging trim skirtings and for bathroom and kitchen wall coverings. Match with PROLISTEL ALL strips in anodised aluminium with silver and polished chrome finish and with PROLISTEL ACC strips in AISI 304-1.4301 stainless steel with polished or satin finish.

ANODISED ALUMINIUM 3

PT... 06 H 6 mm

PT... 08

H 8 mm

PT... 10 H 10 mm

PT... 11 H 11 mm

ANODISED SILVER / GOLD ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

ANODISED BLACK / TITANIUM / COPPER ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

PTAO 06 (Anod. gold)

6

PTAT 08 (anod. titanium)

8

PTAA 06 (Anod. silver)

6

PTAR 08 (anod. copper)

8

PTAO 08 (Anod. gold)

8

PTNE 08 (anod. black)

8

PTAA 08 (Anod. silver)

8

PTAT 10 (anod. titanium)

10

PTAO 10 (Anod. gold)

10

PTAR 10 (anod. copper)

10

PTAA 10 (Anod. silver)

10

PTNE 10 (anod. black)

10

PTAO 11 (Anod. gold)

11

PTAT 11 (anod. titanium)

11

PTAA 11 (Anod. silver)

11

PTAT 125 (anod. titanium)

12,5

PTAO 125 (Anod. gold)

12,5

PTAR 125 (anod. copper)

12,5

PTAA 125 (Anod. silver)

12,5

PTNE 125 (anod. black)

12,5

PTAA 15 (Anod. silver)

15

PTAA 20 (Anod. silver)

20

COLOURS

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMAL QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

NE - Anod. black aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium AR - Anod. copper aluminium

PT...125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the PROTERMINAL with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium PROTERMINAL. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

= News 2015 available

33 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile designed to protect and decorate the outside corners of tile, mosaic and marble coverings of differing thickness. PROTERMINAL in aluminium is also used to join different floor materials and to protect steps and decking. Excellent as the edging trim baseboards and for bathroom and kitchen wall coverings. Match with PROLISTEL ALL strips in anodised aluminium with silver and polished chrome finish and with PROLISTEL ACC strips in AISI 304-1.4301 stainless steel with polished or satin finish.

PROTERMINAL

POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM AND COATED ALUMINIUM (200°) 10 COLOURS

3 mm

PT... 06 H 6 mm

PT... 08

H 8 mm

PT... 10 H 10 mm

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome-titanium-black-gold) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

PT... 11 H 11 mm

Article PT... 125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the PROTERMINAL with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium ’PROTERMINAL. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

Article

6

PTBS 08

8

PTBO 06

6

PTTS 08

8

PTBC 08

8

PTNS 08

8

PTBO 08

8

PTRS 08

8

PTBN 08

8

PTBS 10

10

PTBT 08

8

PTTS 10

10

PTBR 08

8

PTNS 10

10

PTBC 10

10

PTRS 10

10

PTBO 10

10

PTBS 11

11

PTBN 10

10

PTTS 11

PTBT 10

10

PTBS 125

12,5

PTBR 10

10

PTBC 11

11

PTTS 125

12,5

11

PTNS 125

12,5

PTBO 11

11

PTRS 125

12,5

PTBT 11

11

PTBC 125

12,5

PTBO 125

12,5

PTBN 125

12,5

PTBT 125

12,5

PTBR 125

12,5

Article PTA 08-... PTA 10-... PTA 125-...

COATED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (White colour 40 Pc -108 LM)

H mm 8 10 12,5

PTA PTA PTA PTA PTA

Article

H mm

06-01 08-... 10-... 11-01 125-01

6 8 10 11 12,5

H 8 and H 10 available in the colours: 01 - 0106 - 02 - 03 - 0211 0311 - 06 - 10 - 11 - 17. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTA 08-... (chosen colour Klinker Red) PTA 08-10.

Available in the finishes: 03TU - 05TU - 20TU. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTA 08-... (chosen finish 03TU-Tuscany grey) PTA 08-03TU. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

COLOURS

01 - White coated alu. (RAL 9016)

H mm

PTBC 06

TUSCANY LINE thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM = News 2015

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver copper-titanium-black) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm

0106 - White Ivory coated alu. (RAL 9001)

02 - Light Grey coated alu. (RAL 7035)

03 - Stone Grey coated alu. (RAL 7030)

0211 - Quartz Grey coated alu. 0311 - Asphalt Grey coated alu. (RAL 7039) (RAL 7043)

06 - Ivory coated alu. (RAL 1015)

10 - Klinker Red coated alu. (RAL 8004)

11 - Black coated alu. (RAL 9005)

BT - Polished titanium alu.

BR - Polished copper alu.

17 - Beige bahama coated alu. (no RAL) BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

TUSCANY

03TU - Tuscany grey

05TU - Tuscany beige

POLISHED

NS - Brushed black alu.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

BN - Polished black alu.

PTA 06-... & PTA 125-... FOR COLOURS OTHER THAN WHITE, PLEASE CONTACT US TO AGREE PRICES AND MINIMUM QUANTITY 20TU - Tuscany bronze

34 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTERMINAL

PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile in impact-resistant non-toxic vinyl resin. It is used to complete the laying of outside corners when tiling, protecting the external edges against impact and chipping. PROTERMINAL may also be used as an edging trim for skirtings, carpeting, for epoxy resin coatings or for bathroom and kitchen wall coverings. (PVC).

IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COLOURED VINYL RESIN 3

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT COLOURED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 54 LM (colour white Pack. 108 LM) Article PT 06-...

H mm 8

PT 10-...

10

H 8 mm

PT 10-...

12,5

H 10 mm

Available in the colours: 01-02-03-04-05-06-07-08-09-10-11-12-1314-15-16-17-18-0106 (19-20-21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29 available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 5400 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PT 06-... (chosen colour White) PT 06-01.

PT 125-... H 12,5 mm

WHITE NOT FOR SALE SINGLY COLOURS

H 6 mm

PT 08-...

6

PT 08-... PT 125-...

PT 06-...

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

01 - White

0106 - White ivory

02 - Light Grey

03 - Cement Grey

04 - Light Beige

05 - Dark Beige

06 - Ivory

07 - Pink

08 - Sky Blue

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

12 - Silver

13 - Gold

14 - Green

15 - Brown

16 - Blue

17 - Bahama Beige

18 - Grey

AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST. Minimum quantity 5400 LM per colour and height (price and delivery time to be agreed).

19 - Beige

20 - Dark Ivory

21 - Light Pink

22 - Dark Pink

23 - Dark antique pink

24 - Dark Sky Blue

25 - Brick red

26 - Turquoise green

27 - Dark Green

28 - Hazel brown

29 - Dark brown

35 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLISTEL ACC

POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A SQUARES AND LEATHER EFFECT 10

PLTAC/S 10 H 10 mm

10

PLTAC/S 15

R1

R1

H 15 mm

PLTAC/S 20

PROLISTEL ACC is a range of decorative profiles/strips that are ideal for easily creating chromatic effects on ceramic tile/marble/ mosaic coverings or, in the stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A range, for creating separations and decorations between floors in the same or differing material. Thanks to their design, shape and thickness of 4.5 and 10 mm, may be laid using the same adhesive to create horizontal and vertical lines, on the wall or on the floor, irrespective of the thickness of the covering. Various finishes and widths available in stainless steel AISI 04/1.4301-V2A, polished and satin. Match with the same basic colours in the PROJOLLY, PROTERMINAL and PROJOLLY SQUARE and the new PROKERLAM SQUARE-LINE-JOLLY range.

PLTAC/S 25 R1

R1

H 20 mm H 25 mm

4,5

PLTAC/S 1045

PLTAC/S 2545 R1

H 10 mm

R1

H 25 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

- INTERNAL USE

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article

1. Choose the PROLISTEL in the required width. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing it into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. Pay attention to the external edges of the PROLISTEL. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

PLTAC PLTAC PLTAC PLTAC PLTAC PLTAC

10 1045 15 20 25 2545

PLTACQ 10 PLTACQ 25

AC - Polished stainless steel ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

C - Leather effect

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

HxW mm 10 x 10 25 x 10

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A - INTERNAL USE with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article

Q - Squares

10 x 10 10 x 4,5 15 x 10 20 x 10 25 x 10 25 x 4,5

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A SQUARES with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article

COLOURS

HxW mm

PLTACI PLTACI PLTACI PLTACI PLTACI PLTACI

10 1045 15 20 25 2545

HxW mm 10 x 10 10 x 4,5 15 x 10 20 x 10 25 x 10 25 x 4,5

PRODUCTION ON DEMAND = News 2015 available from March / April

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article PLTACS PLTACS PLTACS PLTACS PLTACS PLTACS

10 1045 15 20 25 2545

HxW mm 10 x 10 10 x 4,5 15 x 10 20 x 10 25 x 10 25 x 4,5

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A LEATHER EFFECT with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article PLTACC 10 PLTACC 25

HxW mm 10 x 10 25 x 10

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A - INTERNAL USE - with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article PLTACSI PLTACSI PLTACSI PLTACSI PLTACSI PLTACSI

10 1045 15 20 25 2545

HxW mm 10 x 10 10 x 4,5 15 x 10 20 x 10 25 x 10 25 x 4,5

PRODUCTION ON DEMAND

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

36 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLISTEL ACC is a range of decorative profiles/strips that are ideal for easily creating chromatic effects on ceramic tile/marble/ mosaic coverings or, in the stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A range, for creating separations and decorations between floors in the same or differing material. Thanks to their design, shape and thickness of 4.5 and 10 mm, may be laid using the same adhesive to create horizontal and vertical lines, on the wall or on the floor, irrespective of the thickness of the covering. Various finishes and widths available in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A, polished and satin. Match with the same basic colours in the PROJOLLY, PROTERMINAL and PROJOLLY SQUARE and the new PROKERLAM SQUARE-LINE-JOLLY range.

PROLISTEL ACC POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A 10

PLTACM/ I 10 H 10 mm

R1

10

PLTACM/ I 15

R1

H 15 mm

PLTACM/ I 20

PLTACM/ I 25 R1

R1

H 20 mm H 25 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article PLTACM PLTACM PLTACM PLTACM PLTACM PLTACM

HxL mm

10 1045 15 20 25 2545

10 x 10 10 x 4,5 15 x 10 20 x 10 25 x 10 25 x 4,5

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A - INTERNAL USE with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article PLTACMI PLTACMI PLTACMI PLTACMI PLTACMI PLTACMI

10 1045 15 20 25 2545

HxL mm 10 x 10 10 x 4,5 15 x 10 20 x 10 25 x 10 25 x 4,5

4,5

PLTACM/ I 1045 H 10 mm

PLTACM/ I 2545 R1

R1

H 25 mm

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST. DELIVERY TIME TO BE AGREED. SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS. EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

- INTERNAL USE

COLOURS

ACM - Edelstahl AISI 316L/ 1.4404 gl채nzend

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROLISTEL in the required width. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing it into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. Pay attention to the external edges of the PROLISTEL. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

37 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLISTEL P ALL ANODISED, POLISHED, POLISHED BRUSHED AND BRUSHED TILTEX ALUMINIUM PLTP... 10

PROLISTEL P ALL is a decorative strip that adds colour effects to ceramic-tiled walls. Its angular design makes it suitable for walls tiled with rectified porcelain stoneware. It can also be used to separate two floors made of the same and/or different materials. The strip is applied with the same adhesive used for ceramic or wood. Available in various finishes: glossy (Polished), brushed (Polished Brushed), Anodised and new TILTEX brushed finish. Best results when matched with the same colour schemes of PROJOLLY, PROTERMINAL, PROBORD and PROJOLLYSQUARE.

7

H 10 mm

PLTP... 25

7

H 25 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the preferred finish. 2. Spread the adhesive on the place of application. 3. Apply and align the profile, after cutting to length. 4. Lay the tiles/ceramic or spread the resin, aligning the profile so that the top is flush. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium prolistel. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

ALUMINIUM TUSCANY LINE/ CREPE’ thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium and black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome-titanium-copper and black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PLTPAA 10 (anod. silver)

10

PLTPBC 10 (polished chrome)

10

PLTPAR 10 (anod. copper)

10

PLTPBR 10 (polished copper)

10

PLTPAT 10 (anod. titanium)

10

PLTPBT 10 (polished titanium)

10

PLTPNE 10 (anod. black)

10

PLTPBN 10 (polished black)

10

PLTPAA 25 (anod. silver)

25

PLTPBC 25 (polished chrome)

25

PLTPAR 25 (anod. copper)

25

PLTPBR 25 (polished copper)

25

PLTPAT 25 (anod. titanium)

25

PLTPBT 25 (polished titanium)

25

PLTPNE 25 (anod. black)

25

PLTPBN 25 (polished black)

25

POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium and black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm

Article

BRUSHED ALU. TILTEX (silver-copper-titanium and black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

H mm

PLTPA 10-05TU ( beige)

10

PLTPBS 10 (brush. silver)

10

PLTPBX 10 (silver) TILTEX

10

PLTPA 10-20TU ( bronze)

10

PLTPRS 10 (brush. copper)

10

PLTPRX 10 (copper) TILTEX

10

PLTPA 10-03TU ( grey)

10

PLTPTS 10 (brush. titanium)

10

PLTPTX 10 (titanium) TILTEX

10

PLTPA 10-CR ( crepé black)

10

PLTPNS 10 (brush. black)

10

PLTPBX 25 (silver) TILTEX

25

PLTPA 25-05TU ( beige)

25

PLTPBS 25 (brush. silver)

25

PLTPRX 25 (copper) TILTEX

25

PLTPA 25-20TU ( bronze)

25

PLTPRS 25 (brush. copper)

25

PLTPTX 25 (titanium) TILTEX

25

PLTPA 25-03TU ( grey)

25

PLTPTS 25 (brush. titanium)

25

PLTPA 25-CR ( crepé black)

25

PLTPNS 25 (brush. black)

25

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

AA - Anod.zed silver aluminium

AR - Anodised copper aluminium

POLISHED

BS - Brushed silver aluminium

POLISHED

AT - Anodised titanium aluminium

BRUSHED

RS - Brushed copper aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

TS - Brushed titanium aluminium

BX - silver TILTEX

05TU - Tuscany beige

20TU - Bronze tuscany

BN - Polished black alu.

RX - copper TILTEX BLACK

TUSCANY

03TU - Tuscany grey

BR - Polished copper alu.

BT - Polished titanium alu.

B R U S H E D T I LT E X

TX - titanium TILTEX LINE

NS - Brushed black aluminium NE - Anodised black aluminium

CR - Crepè black

38 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLISTEL ALL are a range of decorative profiles/strips that are ideal for creating instant chromatic effects on ceramic tile/marble/ mosaic coverings. Thanks to their design, shape and thickness, PROLISTEL ALL may be laid using the same adhesive as the tiles or parquet to create horizontal and vertical lines on either the wall or floor irrespective of the thickness of the covering. Various finishes and widths available in Anodised, polished and brushed aluminium. Match with the same basic colours in the PROJOLLY, PROTERMINAL, PROBORD and PROJOLLYSQUARE ranges.

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium-black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

OTHER

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome-titanium-copper-black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm

PLTAA 15 (anod. silver)

15

PLTAR 15 (anod. copper)

15

PLTAT 15 (anod. titanium)

15

PLTNE 15 (anod. black)

15

PLTAA 25 (anod. silver)

25

PLTAR 25 (anod. copper)

25

PLTAT 25 (anod. titanium)

25

PLTNE 25 (anod. black)

25

Article

H mm 15

PLTBS 15 (brush. silver)

15

PLTBR 15 (polished copper)

15

PLTRS 15 (brush. copper)

15

PLTBT 15 (polished titanium)

15

PLTTS 15 (brush. titanium)

15

PLTBN 15 (polished black)

15

PLTNS 15 (noir brossé)

15

PLTBC 25 (polished chrome)

25

PLTBS 25 (brush. silver)

25

PLTBR 25 (polished copper)

25

PLTRS 25 (brush. copper)

25

PLTBT 25 (polished titanium)

25

PLTTS 25 (brush. titanium)

25

PLTBN 25 (polished black)

25

PLTNS 25 (noir brossé)

Article

PLT... 15

PLT... 25

10 8

10 8

4

5

H 15 mm

H 25 mm R 27° R 51°

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm

NE - Anodised black alu.

1. Choose the preferred finish. 2. Spread the adhesive on the place of application. 3. Apply and align the profile, after cutting to length. 4. Lay the tiles/ceramic or spread the resin, aligning the profile so that the top is flush. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium prolistel. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

25

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

BN -Polished black alu.

COLOURS

NS - Brushed black alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

AA - Anod. silver alu.

ANODISED, POLISHED, VARNISHED & BRUSHED ALUMINIUM

POLISHED BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium-black) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

PLTBC 15 (polished chrome)

OTHER COLOURS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST (SEE OUR COLOUR CHART). PLEASE CONTACT US TO KNOW MINIMUM QUANTITY, DELIVERY TIME AND PRICE.

PROLISTEL ALL

AR - Anod. copper alu.

BRUSHED

POLISHED

AT - Anod. titanium alu.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BR - Polished copper alu.

BT - Polished titanium alu.

PROLISTEL LED is an innovative profile in aluminium SILVER ANODISED and aluminium polished chrome, with 20mm height and 8mm width, equipped with an integrated LED lighting system, generating cold or warm light, conceived for the illumination of tiled walls of kitchens and bathrooms. The aluminium structure of PROLISTEL LED is provided with a lateral dovetail slot for the anchorage to the adhesive and with a special fixing system that allows to remove the matt or transparent polycarbonate plate any time maintenance on the lighting system should be required. Its particular design, together with the finishes available and the easy installation make PROLISTEL LED a very requested profile for the decoration of any kind of covering.

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

PROLISTEL LED ANODISED ALUMINIUM POLISHED ALUMINIUM PLTLED... 8 mm

Article H mm PLTLEDAA 20 (silver anod.) 20 PLTLEDBC 20 (polish. chrome) 20

ADHESIVE FLEXIBLE LED COIL length 5 LM - Pack. 1 Roll Article

LEDN (neutral light) LEDF (cold light) LEDC (hot light)

POLYCARBONATE’S FLAT bar length 2,7 ML - Pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PIAL 17 PIAO 17

Finish matt

ENDCAPS- R/L (3 R & 3 L) Article H mm TPLTLEDAA 20 20 TPLTLEDBC 20 20 Article ALL 7512 (supplies 15 LM)

LED ADAPTOR AC/DC 25W - 12V (5 LM) Article ALL 2512 (supplies 5 LM)

AA - Silver anod. all

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

transp.

LED ADAPTOR AC/DC 75W - 12V (15 LM)

COLOURS

H 20 mm

17,5 mm

SILVER ANODISED, POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM ADAPTOR LED & POLYCARBONATE’S FLAT NOT INCLUDED

BC - Polished Chrome all.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

1. Choose PROLISTEL LED in the desired finish; 2. Cut PROLISTEL LED to the desired length and apply the adhesive on the area where the profile will be installed; 3. Press the profile into the adhesive, aligning the profile edge with the surface of the tiles; 4. Lay the tiles, leaving a 2mm joint. Remove immediately the remains of adhesive from the profile surface; 5. Fill the joints between the profile and the tiles with sealant, in order to avoid water stagnation. Remove immediately the remains of sealant from the profile surface; 6. Insert the LED lights and connect them to the power supply; 7. Install the removable polycarbonate plate. 39


PROFINLIST 20 ANODISED, POLISHED, POLISHED BRUSHED AND BRUSHED TILTEX ALUMINIUM PFLT...2045

PROFINLIST 20 is a decorative strip that adds colour effects to Kerlite/ Laminam, porcelain stoneware and ceramic tiled walls. It is designed with the perforated base to be laid ‘’under covering’’ and with the living angles to be combined with rectified coverings. It can also be used to separate floors of the same and/or different kind or to finish the steps. It is applied with the same adhesive for ceramic tiles and/or mosaic. Available in various finishes: Anodised (silver-copper-titanium), Polished (chrome-copper-titanium-gold), brushed (silver-copper-titanium) and new TILTEX brushed finish. Combining with the same chromatic base PROJOLLY, PROTERMINAL, PROBORD and PROJOLLY SQUARE and the new PROKERLAM and PROJOLLY SQUARE range is recommended.

20 H 4,5 mm

PFLT...2008 H 8 mm

PFLT...2010 H 10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the PROFINLIST 20 surface finish whose height corresponds to covering thickness. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles/ ceramic tiles or apply the resin, lining it up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium profinlist 20. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

POLISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

PFLTAA 2045

4,5

PFLTBC 2045

4,5

PFLTAA 2008

8

PFLTBO 2045

4,5

PFLTAR 2008

8

PFLTBC 2008

8

PFLTAT 2008

8

PFLTBR 2008

8

PFLTAA 2010

10

PFLTBT 2008

8

PFLTAR 2010

10

PFLTBC 2010

10

PFLTAT 2010

10

PFLTBR 2010

10

PFLTBT 2010

10

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM TILTEX thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

PFLTBS 2045

4,5

PFLTBX 2008

8

PFLTBS 2008

8

PFLTRX 2008

8

PFLTRS 2008

8

PFLTTX 2008

8

PFLTTS 2008

8

PFLTBX 2010

10

PFLTBS 2010

10

PFLTRX 2010

10

PFLTRS 2010

10

PFLTTX 2010

10

PFLTTS 2010

10

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

AA - SILVER ANODISED aluminium

AR - Anodised copper aluminium

AT - Anodised titanium aluminium

POLISHED

BC - Polished chrome aluminium

BR - Polished copper aluminium

BT - Polished titanium aluminium

BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

BO - Polished gold aluminium BRUSHED

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

BX - silver TILTEX

T I LT E X

RX - copper TILTEX

TX - titanium TILTEX

40 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROBORD is a rounded angle corner guard in stainless steel AISI 304-1.4301 used to protect and cover the outside corners and edges of tiled walls. It is applied while laying the tiles, thereby ensuring a precise flush finish with the covering. Extremely attractive, it is recommended for premises open to the public, schools, hospitals, kitchens and food industries. It is in conformity with accidentprevention and health and hygiene directives. Can be matched with PROLISTEL and PROSHELL AISI 304-1.4301 stainless steel profiles with polished or satin finish. Available in 3 widths 8, 10, 12.5 mm.

PROBORD POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PEBDAC/ACS 08 H8 mm

22

25

H 8 mm

PEBDAC/ACS 10

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM - 10/10mm Article

H mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM - 10/10mm Article

PEBDAC 08

08

PEBDACS 08

PEBDAC 10

10

PEBDACS 10

PEBDAC 125

PEBDACS 125

12,5

COLOURS

H 10 mm

H mm 08 10 12,5

25

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) H 10 mm

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

PEBDAC/ACS 125 H 12,5 mm

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the PROBORD with suitable width for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

25

H 12,5 mm

25

PROEDGE FLEX is a patented co-extruded corner guard profile in impact-resistant non-toxic rigid PVC and strong flexible PVC. Recommended for safety protection in various environments such as schools, hospitals, kindergartens and premises open to the public. The profile has been carefully designed with a groove in the rigid part that facilitates application of the self-adhesive backing or silicone to create perfect adhesion and without gaps, which would encourage the accumulation of dust and dirt. Innovative, impact-resistant and highly attractive product. Available with or without self-adhesive backing in 2.7 m bars.

PROEDGE FLEX IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC CO-EXTRUDED COLOURED VINYLE RESIN PFC... 40/40A

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE H 40 mm

L 40 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

CO-EXTRUDED PVC - L 40 X 40MM bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PFC... 40 (without adhesive)

40

PFC... 40A (with adhesive)

40

COLOURS

01 - White

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

09 - Yellow

10 - Red

11 - Black

1. Choose the suitable colour for covering the edge of the wall covering/ wall. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15째 (when using the profile with self-adhesive backing). 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer.

16 - Blue

41 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROEDGE AC consists of a vast range of corner guard profiles used to protect and cover the most exposed part of any type of wall covering and existing edges. PROEDGE AC is made in polished stainless steel in four different widths to meet all technical and aesthetic requirements. Available with self-adhesive backing. Its high impact-absorption properties ensure that it complies with compulsory EUROPEAN standards for covering chipped or hazardous edges. It is mainly used in the industrial, food and commercial sectors and where traffic is intense.

PROEDGE AC POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PEG... 50A 50

12/10 mm

PEG... 40A 40

12/10 mm

H 50 mm

PEG... 30A 30 10/10 mm

PEG... 25A 25

POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL WITH ADHESIVE with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 81 LM - 8/10 mm

H 40 mm

H 30 mm 10/10 mm H 25 mm

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE

PEG... 20A

8/10 mm

15

H 20 mm

PEG... 10A 8/10 mm

10

8/10 mm

Article

LxH mm

Article

LxH mm

PEGAC 10A (polished stainless)

10 x 10

PEGAC 40A (polished stainless)

40 x 40

PEGACS 10A (satined stainless)

10 x 10

PEGACS 40A (satined stainless)

40 x 40

PEGAC 15A (polished stainless)

15 x 15

PEGAC 50A (polished stainless)

50 x 50

PEGACS 15A (satined stainless)

15 x 15

PEGACS 50A (satined stainless)

50 x 50

PEGAC 20A (polished stainless)

20 x 20

PEGACS 20A (satined stainless)

20 x 20

POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL WITH ADHESIVE with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40,5 LM - 10/10 mm

20

PEG... 15A

H 15 mm

Article

LxH mm

PEGAC 25A (polished stainless)

25 x 25

PEGACS 25A (satined stainless)

25 x 25

PEGAC 30A (polished stainless)

30 x 30

PEGACS 30A (satined stainless)

30 x 30

For items without adhesive, deduct 0,70€ from the net price for LM, and write the item without the final A. E.g.: PEGAC 10.

H 10 mm

POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL WITH ADHESIVE with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 27 LM - 12/10 mm

For items without adhesive, deduct 0,70€ from the net price for LM, and write the item without the final A. E.g.: PEGAC 40. COLOURS

AC - Polished stainless steel ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROEDGE OT CHROMED AND POLISHED BRASS

PROEDGE OT consists of a vast range of corner guard profiles used to protect and cover the most exposed part of any type of wall covering and existing edges. PROEDGE OT is made in Chromed and polished brass in different widths to meet all technical and aesthetic requirements. Available with self-adhesive backing. Its high impact-absorption properties ensure that it complies with compulsory EUROPEAN standards for covering chipped or hazardous edges. It is mainly used in the industrial, food and commercial sectors and where traffic is intense.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the necessary profile for covering the edge of the covering/ wall. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective film or thermopackaging and then also the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer.

CHROMED BRASS WITH ADHESIVE thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM Pack. 54 LM Article

COLOURS

OL - Polished Brass

Article

LxH mm

10 x 10

PEGOL 25A

25 x 25

PEGOC 15A

15 x 15

PEGOL 30A

30 x 30

PEGOC 20A

20 x 20

PEGOC 25A

25 x 25

PEGOC 30A

30 x 30

POLISHED BRASS WITH ADHESIVE bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 54 LM - 8/10 mm

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) 42

LxH mm

PEGOC 10A

Article OC - Chromed Brass

POLISHED BRASS WITH ADHESIVE bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 27 LM - 10/10 mm

POLISHED BRASS WITH ADHESIVE bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 27 LM - 12/10 mm

LxH mm

Article

LxH mm

PEGOL 10A

10 x 10

PEGOL 40A

40 x 40

PEGOL 15A

15 x 15

PEGOL 50A

50 x 50

PEGOL 20A

20 x 20

For items without adhesive, deduct 0,70€ from the net price for LM, and write the item without the final A. E.g.: PEGOL 10. = News 2015

For items without adhesive, deduct 0,70€ from the net price for LM, and write the item without the final A. E.g.: PEGOL 25.

*

= Upon request

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

* *


PROEDGE AL consists of a vast range of corner guard profiles used to protect and cover the most exposed part of any type of wall covering and existing edges. PROEDGE AL is made in Anodised aluminium in the size 25x25 mm. Available with self-adhesive backing. Its high impact-absorption properties ensure that it complies with compulsory EUROPEAN standards for covering chipped or hazardous edges. It is mainly used in the industrial, food and commercial sectors and where traffic is intense.

PROEDGE AL ANODISED ALUMINIUM PEG... 25A PEGA 25-01A

25

H 25 mm

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (gold-silver and bronze) with ADHESIVE thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 30 Pcs - 81 LM Article

COLOURS ANODISED

LxH mm

PEGAO 25A (Anod. gold)

25 x 25

PEGAA 25A (Anod. silver)

25 x 25

PEGAB 25A (Anod. bronze)

25 x 25

AO - Anod. gold aluminium AA - Anod. silver aluminium AB - Anod. bronze aluminium

For items without adhesive, deduct 0,70€ from the net price for LM, and write the item without the final A. E.g.: PEGAO 25 WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM with ADHESIVE thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 30 Pcs - 81 LM Article

LxH mm

PEGA 25-01A (white varnished)

25 x 25

01 - White varnished alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROEDGE PVC consists of a vast range of corner guard profiles used to protect and cover the most exposed part of any type of wall covering and existing edges. PROEDGE PVC is made in the sizes 25x25, 30x30, 40x40, 50x50 mm. Available with self-adhesive backing. Its high impact-absorption properties ensure that it complies with compulsory EUROPEAN standards for covering chipped or hazardous edges. It is mainly used in the industrial, food and commercial sectors and where traffic is intense.

1. Choose the necessary profile for covering the edge of the covering/ wall. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective film or thermo-packaging and then also the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer.

PROEDGE PVC IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COLOURED VINYL RESIN 50

PEG 50-01A 40

PEG 40-01A 30

H 40 mm

PEG 30-01A 25

IMPACT-RESISTANT VINYL RESIN WITH ADHESIVE bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 30 Pcs - 81 LM Article

LxH mm

PEG 25-01A

25 x 25

PEG 30-01A

30 x 30

IMPACT-RESISTANT VINYL RESIN WITH ADHESIVE bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 15 Pcs 40,5 LM Article

For items without adhesive, deduct 0,70€ from the net price for LM, and write the item without the final A. E.g.: PEG 25-01

H 30 mm

LxH mm

PEG 40-01A

40 x 40

PEG 50-01A

50 x 50

For items without adhesive, deduct 0,70€ from the net price for LM, and write the item without the final A. E.g.: PEG 40-01

PEG 25-01A

H 25 mm

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 600 LM per colour

01 - White

1. Choose the necessary profile for covering the edge of the covering/ wall. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective film or thermo-packaging and then also the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer. 43

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSHELL is a cove-shaped joint suitable for ensuring hygiene and easy cleaning in environments where foodstuffs and chemicals containing corrosive substances are used. Made in polished and satin-finish stainless steel, this product is used to create the inside corner between walls or between wall and floor. Compulsory for butchers’ and kitchens; recommended for hospitals and special environments. The inside, outside and three-way corner linking elements facilitate faultless laying without gaps or joins.

PROSHELL POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A internal seal hygienic profiles

6

R 16 mm

PSHAC 08 PSHACS 08

20 mm

PSHAC 10 PSHACS 10

H8 mm

PSHAC 125 PSHACS 125

H 10 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

PSHAC 15 PSHACS 15

H 12,5 mm

Article

H mm

PSHAC 08 PSHAC 10 PSHAC 125

Article

8

PSHACS 08

10

PSHACS 10 PSHACS 125

12,5

PSHAC 15

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

PSHACS 15

15

H mm 8 10 12,5 15

H 15 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

COLOURS

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the PROSHELL with suitable height for the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile and also joints, linking elements, etc. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. 6. Before laying the floor/wall covering, fix the profiles/joints to ensure perfect results.

AC - Polished stainless steel ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PREWELDED JOINTS, CAPS and JOINTS

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL INSIDE JOINTS

L

OUTSIDE JOINTS

PREWELDED JOINTS - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL H 08 - H 10 - H 12,5 - H 15 mm - Pack. 10 Pcs

L

Article RPI 8-10-125 (inside) RPI 15 (interno) RPE 8-10-125 (outside) RPE 15 (outside) RPT 8-10-125 (three-way) RPT 15 (three-way)

THREE WAY JOINTS

Lmm

Article

Lmm

100 100 100 100 100 100

RPIS 8-10-125 (inside) RPIS 15 (inside) RPES 8-10-125 (outside) RPES 15 (outside) RPTS 8-10-125 (three-way) RPTS 15 (three-way)

100 100 100 100 100 100

Specify height of joint: E.g.: RPI 8 for H 8 mm. INSIDE JOINTS

PREWELDED JOINTS- SATINED STAINLESS STEEL H 08 - H 10 - H 12,5 - H 15 mm - Pack. 10 Pcs

Specify height of joint: E.g.: RPIS 8 for H 8 mm.

OUTSIDE JOINTS

THREE WAY JOINTS

PROTERMINAL, PROJOLLY SQUARE and projolly quart (no projolly)

To facilitate and complete the application of PROSHELL (PSH..) (in AISI 304-1.4301 stainless steel), joints and right (DX) and left (SX) caps are available to close the profile ends and provide a connection with ceramic tiles, brickwork, wooden floors, etc. The caps are made of painted plastic with: in the bright stainless steel effect and satined stainless steel effect.

JOINT GISHN 6

END CAP TPSHAC/ACS

R 16R -1618mm mm

6

6

CAPS AND JOINTS in RIGID GREY PLASTIC Pack. 10 Pcs Article TPSHAC caps R-L (poli. stainless steel effect)

H8 mm

H 12,5 mm

H 10 mm

H 15 mm

H 15 mm

12,5

10 8 H15 12,5 10 8 mm

TPSHACS caps R-L (satin stainless steel effect) GISHN 08 GISHN 10 GISHN 125 GISHN 15

44 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


45


PROSHELL ALL is a cove-shaped joint suitable for ensuring hygiene and easy cleaning in environments where foodstuffs are used. Made in SILVER ANODISED, polished and vaenished white aluminium, this product is used to create the inside corner between walls or between wall and floor. Compulsory for butchers’ and kitchens; recommended for hospitals and special environments. The inside, outside and three-way corner linking elements facilitate faultless laying without gaps or joins.

PROSHELL ALL ANODISED, POLISHED ALUMINIUM AND VARNISHED WHITE ALUMINIUM PSHAA 8 6 mm R 16 mm

20 mm H 8 mm

PSHAA 10

ANODISED SILVERALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

6 mm R 16 mm

Article

H 10 mm

PSHAA 125

R 16 mm

H mm

8

PSHBC 08

8

PSHAA 10

10

PSHBC 10

10

PSHBC 125

12,5

VARNISHED WHITE ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

6 mm

Article

PSHAA 08 PSHAA 125

20 mm

H mm

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

COLOURS

H mm

PSHA 08-01

8

PSHA 10-01

10

PSHA 125-01

12,5

AA - Anod. Silver Aluminium

12,5

BC - Polished chrome Alu.

01 - white varnished Alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the PROSHELL ALL with suitable height for the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile and also joints, linking elements, etc. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. Before laying the floor/wall covering, fix the profiles/joints to ensure perfect results.

20 mm

H 12,5 mm

EXEMPLE DE POSE

END CAPS CORNERS & JOINTS/PLASTIC

SILVER ANODISED, POLISHED CHROME AND VARNISHED WHITE ALUMINIUM OUTSIDE/INSIDE CORNER - ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM Article RPSHIAA 08/...

JOINTS IN RIGID GREY PLASTIC - Pack. 10 Pcs Article

H mm

GISHN 08/...

8

GISHN 10/...

10

GISHN 125/...

Article RPSHIBC 08/...

RPSHEAA 08/...

8

RPSHEBC 08/...

8

RPSHIAA 10/...

10

RPSHIBC 10/...

10

RPSHEAA 10...

10

RPSHEBC 10...

10

RPSHIAA 125/...

12,5

RPSHIBC 125/...

12,5

RPSHEAA 125/...

12,5

RPSHEBC 125/...

12,5

Article

GISHN... 08-10-125

H mm

8

OUTSIDE/INSIDE CORNER VARNISHED WHITE ALUMINIUM

12,5

TPSH... 08-10-125/...

H mm

OUTSIDE/INSIDE CORNER POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM

H mm

8

CAPS - ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM/POLISHED CHROME/ VARNISHED WHITE ALUM. - Pack. 10 Pcs (5 R 5 L) Pack. 2 Pcs (1R 1L) Article

H mm

RPSHIA 08-01/...

8

TPSHAA 08/...

RPSHEA 08-01/...

8

TPSHBC 08/...

8

RPSHIA 10-01/...

10

TPSHA 08/...

8

RPSHEA 10-01...

10

TPSHAA 10/...

10

RPSHIA 125-01/...

12,5

TPSHBC 10/...

10

RPSHEA 125-01/...

12,5

TPSHA 10/...

RPSHI... 08-10-125

RPSHE... 08-10-125

8

10

TPSHAA 125/...

12,5

TPSHBC 125/...

12,5

TPSHA 125/...

12,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. TPSH... ...-01/5 (pack 10 pcs) TPSH... ...-01/1 (pack 2 pcs) 46 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSGUSCIO DA is a new corner joint (patented) with double flange, one of which is interchangeable with the profiles of the PROTERMINAL range H 6, 8, 10 mm. These floor/wall covering corner joints are recommended by European health and hygiene directives for cleanliness in public environments (hospitals, schools, offices, restaurants, changing rooms, kitchens, public baths, canteens, dwellings, etc.) Made in non-toxic, impact-resistant rigid vinyl resin (certificated), the product is also resistant to the sun’s rays and most detergents and solvents. Hardwearing and easy to clean. The inside/outside corner linking elements, the end caps and the joint make for easy, perfect tiling. Attention: PROTERMINAL H 6 gives H 8, the H 8 gives H 10, the H 10 gives H 12.5.

PROSGUSCIO DA IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COLOURED VINYL RESIN

R 18

PS 06-... PROTERMINAL PT 06

H 6 mm H 8 mm

PS 08-...

IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN bar length 2,5 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 50 LM Article PS 06-...

H mm 6

PS 08-...

8

PS 10-...

10

PS 125-...

PROTERMINAL PT 08

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H 8 mm

internal seal hygienic profiles

6

H 10 mm

12,5

PS 10-... PROTERMINAL PT 10

Available in the colours: 01-03-04. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PS 06... (chosen colour White) PS 06-01. The interchangeable flange corresponds to White Proterminal pvc H: 6-8-10 mm.

H 10 mm

H 12,5 mm

PS 125-... INTERCHANGEABLE FLANGE

1. Choose the PROGUSCIO DA and the PROTERMINAL with suitable height for the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile and also joints, linking elements, etc. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. Before laying the floor/wall covering, fix the profiles/joints to ensure perfect results.

H 12,5 mm

COLOURS

01 - White

03 - Grey

04 - Light beige

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

BUY WHITE PROTERMINAL TO CREATE THE DUAL HEIGHT (SEE ABOVE): PROTERMINAL PT 06 = H 8 MM - H 8 MM PROTERMINAL PT 08 = H 10 MM - H 10 MM PROTERMINAL PT 10 = H 12,5 MM - H 12,5 MM

CORNERS, END CAPS and JOINTS

NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN

END CAP RT / LF AND JOINTS - RVA COLOURED Pack. 10 Pcs (5 right and 5 left) - Pack. 2 Pcs (1 right and 1 left)

OUTSIDE / INSIDE CORNER - RVA COLOURED Article

H mm

2 Pcs

10 Pcs

Article

H mm

RAI 06-... (inside)

6

TCE 08-... caps RT-LF

8

RAI 08-... (inside)

8

TCE 10-... caps RT-LF

10

10

TCE 125-... caps RT-LF

12,5

RAI 10-... (inside) RAI 125-... (inside)

12,5

GIN 08-...

8

RAE 06-... (outside)

6

GIN 10-...

10

RAE 08-... (outside)

8

RAE 10-... (outside)

10

RAE 125-... (outside)

12,5

Available in the colours: 01 - 03 - 04. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: RAI 06-... (chosen colour White) RAI 06-01.

GIN 125-...

2 Pcs

RAE 06/08/10/125-...

12,5

Available in the colours: 01 - 03 - 04. LThe code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: RAI 06-... (chosen colour White) RAI 06-01. INSIDE JOINTS

RAI 06/08/10/125-...

10 Pcs

TCE 08/10/125-...

GIN 08/10/125-...

OUTSIDE JOINTS

PROJOLLY - PROJOLLY QUART

47 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROROUND is a hygienic joint applied between existing floors and abutting surfaces. Compulsory for compliance with national health regulations and European directives in public environments. It facilitates the cleaning of inside corners, is easy to lay with self-adhesive silicone and resists detergents and solvents. Made in AISI 304/1.4301-V2A stainless steel, it is resistant to all products. Recommended for butchers’, hospitals and chemical laboratories. The prewelded inside, outside and three-way corner linking elements facilitate faultless laying.

PROROUND internal seal hygienic profiles

POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PRDAC/S 35 PRDAC/S 35A R 20 H 35 mm

H 35 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - 35 x 35 mm - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film 35 x 35 mm - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PRDAC 35 PRDAC 35A (with adhesive)

35 35

PRDACS 35 PRDACS 35A (with adhesive)

35 35

COLOURS

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the suitable PROROUND for covering the inside corner of the wall covering/floor. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer. 4. Use the inside, outside and three-way corner linking elements in the corners.

AC - Polished stainless steel ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PREWELDED JOINTS

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL L

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 - Pack. 10 Pcs

L

PRDI PRDIS

Article

PRDE PRDES

PROSANI STRIP & KIT internal seal hygienic profiles

R 7 mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 - Pack. 10 Pcs Article

L mm

PRDI (inside)

100

PRDIS (inside)

100

PRDE (outside)

100

PRDES (outside)

100

PRTE (three-way)

80

PRTES (three-way)

80

PRTE PRDES

FLEXIBLE NON - TOXIC WHITE VINYL RESIN PSS 10

L mm

without gaps

PROSANI STRIP is a flexible hygienic profile used to protect and finish the joint between wall coverings and sanitary ware, bathtubs and hydromassage baths, shower trays, kitchen worktops, etc. PROSANI STRIP prevents infiltration of water and gradual deterioration of silicone fillers, since it is 100% waterproof. PROSANI STRIP is applied at the time of installation. Two rolls of doublesided adhesive are supplied for application on the upper surface. The internal circular hollow helps the silicone inserted in the corner to increase adherence.

PSS 1035

H 10 mm

L 10 mm

H 11 mm

L 11 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

FLEXIBLE WHITE VINYL RESIN roll 25 LM Article SILICONE

1. Unroll the profile and cut off the required length. 2. Apply a thread of fastsetting silicone in the corner between the wall covering and the sanitary ware (PSS 10). 3. Lay the profile, press until it is buried in the silicone and keep pressing as long as possible until the silicone starts setting. 4. Add silicone on the open sides to ensure perfect fixing of the whole profile.

PSS 10

COLOURS

LxH mm 10 x 10 01 - White

PROSANI STRIP KIT ROLL - WHITE roll 3,5 LM Article PSS 1035

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

LxH mm 11 x 11

48 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSEAL 50 is hygienic cove-shaped joint between existing floors and abutting surfaces. Compulsory in public environments for compliance with national health regulations and European directives. It facilitates the cleaning of inside corners, is easy to lay with selfadhesive silicone and resists detergents and solvents. Made in impact-resistant vinyl resin in the three standard colours. The inside/ outside and three-way corner linking elements, the end caps and the central joint facilitate faultless laying.

PROSEAL 50 RIGID/FLEXIBLE IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COEXTRUDED COLOURED VINYL RESIN

internal seal hygienic profiles

PSA 50-... / PSA 50-... A

H 50 mm

COEXTRUDED VINYL RESIN NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT bar length 2,5 LM Article PSA 50-... pack. 40 LM L 50 mm

PSA 50-... A pack. 30 LM (with adhesive)

Available in the colours: 01 - 03 - 04. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PSA 50... (chosen colour White) PSA 50-01.

COLOURS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

01 - White

03 - Grey

1. Choose the PROSEAL in the required colour and type. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15째. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive, or in the version without adhesive apply a thread of silicone, and lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer. Use the inside, outside and three-way corner linking elements in the corners, always applying silicone to fix them. IMPORTANT: The PROSEAL sticking version must not be applied on porous surfaces. Use suitable silicone for porous surfaces.

04 - Light Beige

INSIDE / OUTSIDE CORNERS and END CAPS

NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN

INSIDE / OUTSIDE CORNER AND END CAPS (for PROSEAL 50) Article

2 Pcs

10 Pcs

TRI 50-... (inside corner) TRE 50-... (outside corner) TRT 50-... (three-way corner) TRC 50-... (end cap) TGN 50-... (joints)

Available in the colours: 01 - 03 - 04. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TRI 50... (chosen colour White) TRI 50-01.

TRE 50-...

TRT 50-...

TRC 50-...

TGN 50-...

TRI 50-...

49 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSEAL 25 is hygienic cove-shaped joint between existing floors and abutting surfaces. Compulsory in public environments for compliance with national health regulations and European directives. It facilitates the cleaning of inside corners, is easy to lay with selfadhesive silicone and resists detergents and solvents. Made in impact-resistant vinyl resin in the three standard colours. The inside/ outside and three-way corner linking elements, the end caps and the central joint facilitate faultless laying.

PROSEAL 25

internal seal hygienic profiles

RIGID/FLEXIBLE IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COEXTRUDED COLOURED VINYL RESIN PSA 25-... PSA 25-... A

R 16 mm

H 23 mm

L 23 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COEXTRUDED VINYL RESIN NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT bar length 2,5 LM Article PSA 25-... pack. 50 LM PSA 25-... A pack. 50 LM (with adhesive)

Available in the colours: 01 - 03 - 04. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PSA 25-... (chosen colour White) PSA 25-01. 1. Choose the PROSEAL in the required colour and type. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15째. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive, or in the version without adhesive apply a thread of silicone, and lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer. 4. Use the inside, outside and three-way corner linking elements in the corners, always applying silicone to fix them. IMPORTANT: The PROSEAL sticking version must not be applied on porous surfaces. Use suitable silicone for porous surfaces.

PROSEAL KIT 25 (1 PC OF 1,80 LM + 2 PCS OF 0,90 LM + 2 INSIDE CORNERS and 2 END CAPS 1 R and 1 L) Descrizione

Articolo

Kit PROSEAL 25

KTPSA 25-01

1 Pc PROSELAL 25 of 1,80 LM

PSA 25-01

2 Pc PROSELAL 25 of 0,90 LM

PSA 25-01

2 Inside corner

TRI 25-01

2 End caps

TRC 2501

COLOURS

= News 2015

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

01 - White

03 - Grey

04 - Light Beige

INSIDE / OUTSIDE CORNERS AND END CAPS

NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN

INSIDE / OUTSIDE CORNERS AND END CAPS (for PROSEAL 25) Article

2 Pcs

10 Pcs

TRI 25-... (inside corner) TRE 25-... (outside corner) TRI 25-...

TRE 25-...

TRT 25-... (three-way corner) TRC 25-... (end cap) TGN 25-... (joints)

Available in the colours: 01 - 03 - 04. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TRI 25-... (chosen colour White) TRI 25-01. TRT 25-...

TRC 25-...

TGN 25-...

50 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROBATH 20 & 15 are Rigid/Soft co-extruded hygienic concave square connectors to apply between walls and work tops (ex. coverings). Very suitable for traditional and Whirlpool baths, shower units etc. It facilitates the cleaning in the inner angles and prevents from the appearance of silicone that has been blackened by time. Resistant to detergents and solvents normally used for interior cleaning. In co-extruded anti-mould non toxic shockproof vinyl resin and white flexible. Outer/inner and three ways angles connectors, the locking caps and the joints facilitate and improve the laying. Available only for PROBATH 20 & PROBATH FLEX 20 models.

PROBATH RIGID/FLEXIBLE IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC COEXTRUDED VINYL RESIN PSB 20-01

H 20 mm

H 16 mm

H 10 mm

H 10 mm

CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT bar length 2,5 ML - packaging 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

COLOURS EXEMPLES OF LAYING

H mm

PSB 15-01

15

PSB 20-01

20

01 - White

AVAILABLE IN WHITE

PROBATH KIT (1 PC OF 1,80 LM + 2 PCS OF 0,90 LM + 2 INSIDE CORNERS and 2 END CAPS 1 R and 1 L) Description

internal seal hygienic profiles

PSB 15-01

For other colors minimum order 1000 LM

Article

Kit PROBATH

KTPSB 20-01

1 Pc PROBATH of 1,80 LM

PSB 20-01

2 Pc PROBATH of 0,90 LM

PSB 20-01

2 Inside corner

TRI 25-01

2 End caps

TRC 2501

SILICONE

= News 2015

PROBATH FLEX 20’’ & PROBATH FLEX 15’’ are flexible co- extruded hygienic concave square connectors to apply in the traditional and Whirlpool baths with regular and irregular shapes or between walls and work tops. (ex. coverings). It can be used for shower units. It facilitates the cleaning in the inner angles and prevents from infiltrations and the appearance of silicone that has been blackened by time. Resistant to detergents and solvents normally used for interior cleaning. In co-extruded anti-mould non toxic shockproof vinyl resin and white flexible. The outer/inner and three ways angles connectors, the locking caps and the joints facilitate and improve the laying. Available only for PROBATH 20 & PROBATH FLEX 20 models.

PROBATH FLEX FLEXIBLE NON-TOXIC VYNIL RESIN PSBF 20-01

H 16 mm H 20 mm

H 10 mm

H 10 mm

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

Article

1. Choose the PROBATH corresponding to the required width and typology. 2. Clean the support surface caring that it is degreased and dry. A temperature not below 15° should be set to apply it. 3. Apply a stripe of silicone on both inner sides and lay carefully exerting a uniform pressure without hammering. 4. Use inner-outer-three ways connectors still using silicone to fix it (for PROBATH 20 & PROBATH FLEX 20 models).

COLOURS

FLEXIBLE WHITE VYNIL RESIN bar length 2,5 ML - packaging 40 Pcs - 100 LM H mm

PSBF 15-01

15

PSBF 20-01

20

internal seal hygienic profiles

PSBF 15-01

01 - White

AVAILABLE ONLY IN WHITE

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

INSIDE / OUTSIDE / THREE-WAYS CORNER AND END CAPS

NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN

CORNER JOINTS INSIDE / OUTSIDE / AND THREE-WAYS Article

2 Pcs

10 Pcs

TRI 25-01 (inside corner) TRE 25-01 (outside corner) TRT 25-01 (three-way corner) TRC 25-01 (end cap) TGN 25-01 (joints) RIPSB 15-01 (inside corner joints) REPSB 15-01 (outside corner joints) RIPSBF 15-01 (inside corner joints) REPSBF 15-01 (outside corner joints)

The colour of the joints is fit for rigid vinyl resin/pvc, but its shade results slightly different from the one in flexible vinyl resin/pvc (probath flex).

CAPS - (for PSB 20 - PSBF 20) Article TPSB 15-01 TPSBF 15-01

2 Pcs

10 Pcs

REPSB 15-01 REPSBF 15-01

TRT 25-01

TRI 25-01

TRE 25-01

TRC 25-01

TGN 25-01

TPSB 15-01 TPSBF 15-01

RIPSB 15-01 REPSB 15-01

51 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROJOLLY SQUARE a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of Kerlite/Laminam and thin ceramic tiles besides the mosaic. It is also used as a finishing square for terminating wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and bath tubs. It is ideal as a corner and as skirting for parquet, natural stone, carpet and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic value. It strengthens the edge efficiently protecting corners, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. This is required by the new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public areas, but even in private ones.

PROJOLLY SQUARE POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A 5,3 mm

H 4,5 mm

5,3 mm

PJQAC/S 06 PJQACML 06

H 6 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article PJQAC 045 PJQAC 06

H mm

Article

PJQACS 045

H mm

PJQACML 045

4,5

4,5

PJQACML 06

6

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article

SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs 108 LM - 8/10mm

6

COLOURS

H mm 4,5

PJQACS 06

6

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

profiles for low thicknesses

PJQAC/S 045 PJQACML 045

AC - Polished stainless steel ACML - Super polished stainless ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

1. Choose the PROJOLLY SQUARE whose height corresponds to covering/floor thickness. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

CAPSULES, CAPS and three - axial JOINTS

POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A / PLASTIC CAPSULES and CAPS - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJQAC 045/...

4,5

TPJQAC 045/...

4,5

CPJQAC 06/...

6

TPJQAC 06/...

6

10 pcs

2 pcs

CAPSULES and CAPS - SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJQACS 045/...

4,5

TPJQACS 045/...

4,5

CPJQACS 06/...

6

TPJQACS 06/...

6

10 pcs

2 pcs

Article

H mm

CPJQACML 045/...

4,5

CPJQACML 06/...

6

10 pcs

2 pcs

CAPSULE CPJQAC 045/... CPJQACS/ML 045/...

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJQACML .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQACML .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

H mm

GIJQ 045/...

4,5

GIJQ 06/...

6

10 pcs

2 pcs

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQACS .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQACS .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

JOINT GIJQ 045/...

END CAP TPJQAC/S 045/...

profiles for low thicknesses

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQAC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQAC .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

CAPSULES - SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

53 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROJOLLY SQUARE profiles for low thicknesses

CHROMED BRASS PJQOC 045

PROJOLLY SQUARE is a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of ceramic tiles. It is also used as a finishing square for finishing wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and baths, and is used as an edge and a skirting board for parquet, natural stone, moquette and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic merit. It strengthens tile edges with a square finish, protecting corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. This is required by the new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places.

H 4,5 mm

PJQOC 06 H 6 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PJQOC 045 PJQOC 06

CAPSULES and CAPS - CHROMED BRASS Article

H mm 4,5

CPJQOC 045/...

6

CPJQOC 06/... TPJQOC 045-06/...

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose a PROJOLLY SQUARE height corresponding to the thickness of the covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Place the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Pay much attention to the external edges of Projolly in chrome brass. They must be protected against aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealing elements as well as against smoothing and scraping activities.

COLOURS

H mm 4,5 6 4,5-6

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. CPJQOC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQOC .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

OC - Chromed brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) = News 2015

JOINTS

PLASTIC

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQ 045-06/...

H mm 4,5-6

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

*

JOINT GIJQ 045-06/...

END CAP TPJQOC 045-06/...

CPJQOC 045-06/...

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

54 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

*


PROJOLLY SQUARE a square shaped as a right angle that is versatile and suitable for various laying solutions, both for floors and coverings. It is used as a staff angle for external corners of tile coverings. It facilitates laying and eliminates the brittle unpredictability of Kerlite/Laminam and thin ceramic tiles besides the mosaic. It is also used as a finishing square for terminating wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, and bath tubs. It is ideal as a corner and as skirting for parquet, natural stone, carpet and epoxy resin coverings. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic value. It strengthens the edge efficiently protecting corners, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks. This is required by the new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public areas, but even in private ones.

PROJOLLY SQUARE ANODISED, POLISHED AND BRUSHED ALUMINIUM H 4,5 mm

PJQ... 06 H 6 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PJQAA 045 (anod. silver) PJQAR 045 (anod. copper) PJQAT 045 (anod. titanium) PJQAA 06 (anod. silver) PJQAR 06 (anod. copper) PJQAT 06 (anod. titanium)

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chrome-polished titanium-copper) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6

PJQBC 045 (polished chrome) PJQBT 045 (polished titanium) PJQBR 045 (polished copper) PJQBC 06 (polished chrome) PJQBT 06 (polished titanium) PJQBR 06 (polished copper)

4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

1. Choose the PROJOLLY SQUARE whose height corresponds to covering/floor thickness. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium Projolly square. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

H mm

PJQBS 045 (brush. silver) PJQRS 045 (brush. copper) PJQTS 045 (brush. titanium) PJQBS 06 (brush. silver) PJQRS 06 (brush. copper) PJQTS 06 (brush. titanium)

profiles for low thicknesses

PJQ... 045

4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6

COLOURS ANODISED

POLISHED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium AR - Anod. copper aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium BRUSHED POLISHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BR - Polished copper alu.

BT - Polished titanium alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

CAPSULES, CAPS and three - axial JOINTS ANODISED, POLISHED and BRUSHED ALUMINIUM / PLASTIC CAPSULES and CAPS - ANODISED ALUMINIUM Article

H mm

CPJQAA 045/...

4,5

CPJQAR 045/...

4,5

CPJQAT 045/...

4,5

TPJQ... 045/...

4,5

CPJQAA 06/...

6

CPJQAR 06/...

6

CPJQAT 06/...

6

TPJQ... 06/...

6

Available in the finishes: AA - AR - AT. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g: CPJQ...045/... (chosen finish Anod. silver) CPJQAA 045/10.

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article GIJQ 045/... GIJQ 06/...

CAPSULES and CAPS - POLISHED AND BRUSHED ALUMINIUM H mm

Article

4,5 6

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQ .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQ .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

CAPSULE CPJQ... 045/...

JOINT TPJQ... 045/...

END CAP GIJQ 045/...

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

CPJQBC 045/... CPJQBT 045/... CPJQBR 045/... CPJQBS 045/... CPJQRS 045/... CPJQTS 045/... TPJQ 045/... CPJQBC 06/... CPJQBT 06/... CPJQBR 06/... CPJQBS 06/... CPJQRS 06/... CPJQTS 06/... TPJQ 06/...

H mm 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

*

Available in the finishes: BC - BT - BR - BS - RS - TS. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g: CPJQ...045/... (chosen finish Brushed copper) CPJQRS 045/10. 55


PROKERLAM SQUARE profiles for low thicknesses

ANODISED POLISHED SILVER, CHROME, GOLD ALUMINIUM PKLQ... 045 H 4,5 mm

5,5 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PKLQAA O45

6 mm

Article PKLQBC 045 PKLQBO 045

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

4,5

H mm 4,5 4,5

PRODUCTION ON DEMAND. PRICE AND DELIVERY TIME TO BE AGREED. COLOURS

ISTRUZIONI TECNICHE DI POSA

1. Choose the PROKERLAM SQUARE of the desired surface finish. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the tabs into the adhesive. 4. Lay the Kerlite/ Laminam/ Mosaic tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and covering completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium Prokerlam. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

PROKERLAM JOLLY PKLJ... 045 H 4,5 mm

5,5 mm

Article

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see Prokerlam square)

BO - Polished gold alu.

H mm 4,5

PRODUCTION ON DEMAND. PRICE AND DELIVERY TIME TO BE AGREED. POLISHED GOLD/CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PKLJBC 045 PKLJBO 045

H mm 4,5 4,5

COLOURS

PROKERLAM LINE ANODISED POLISHED SILVER, CHROME, GOLD ALUMINIUM PKLL... 045 PKLL... 10

H 4,5 mm

H 6,5 mm

PKLL... 125

H 12,5 mm

H 10 mm

H 10 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see Prokerlam square)

BO - Polished gold alu.

PROKERLAM line is a new product conceived and designed with an almost invisible thin profile in order to reduce separation of the material to a minimum, for laying thin ceramic tiles: Kerlite/Laminam, and for mosaic. The notching created at the ends of the profiles allows the glue / adhesive to anchor perfectly to the profile. It protects the corner creating a technical-chromatic effect that is of great aesthetic value. Available in these colours AA – ANODISED SILVER aluminium , BC – Chromed polished aluminium, e BO – Gold polished aluminium. ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H 10 mm

BC - Polished chrome alu.

PKLLAA 045 PKLLAA 10 PKLLAA 125

H mm 4,5 10 12,5

GOLD/ CHROMED POLISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PKLLBO 045 PKLLBC 045 PKLLBC 10 PKLLBC 125

H mm 4,5 4,5 10 12,5

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver alu.

56

BC - Polished chrome alu.

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM PKLJAA 045

6 mm

AA - Anod. silver alu.

PROKERLAM JOLLY is a new product conceived and designed with a rounded shape, for laying thin ceramic tiles: Kerlite, Laminam, and for mosaic. Two small teeth on the ends allow the glue / adhesive to anchor perfectly to the profile. It protects the corner creating a technical-chromatic effect that is of great aesthetic value. Available in these colours AA – ANODISED SILVER aluminium , BC – Chromed polished aluminium, e BO – Gold polished aluminium; with a height of 4.5 mm

AA - Anod. silver alu.

profiles for low thicknesses

H mm

POLISHED GOLD/CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

ANODISED POLISHED SILVER, CHROME, GOLD ALUMINIUM profiles for low thicknesses

PROKERLAM SQUARE is a new product conceived and designed with a square shape for laying thin ceramic tiles: Kerlite, Laminam, and for mosaic. Two small teeth on the ends allow the glue / adhesive to anchor perfectly to the profile. It protects the corner creating a technical-chromatic effect that is of great aesthetic value. Available in these colours AA – ANODISED SILVER aluminium , BC – Chromed polished aluminium, e BO – Gold polished aluminium; with a height of 4.5 mm.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

= News 2105 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROJOLLY QUART has been designed and conceived in still more squared form, with a quarter of circle shape, in order to offer an alternative to PROJOLLY SQUARE and PROJOLLY as well. It facilitates the laying process eliminating the fragile ceramic corner tiles. It’s used for the external corners of the tiles, in order to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. It guarantees the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. Thanks to the round finishing it strengthens the tile edge avoiding their chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places. Available in capsules and three-axial joints for internal and external angles, end caps and joints. Chromatic combining with PROLISTEL panelist in aisi 304/1.4301-V2A glossy, super polished or glazed stainless steel recommended. Besides the PROFINLIST and PROLISTEL aluminium panelists available in many finishing versions.

Article

H mm

PJQTAC 045

4,5

PJQTAC 06

6

PJQTAC/S 045 PJQTACML 045

H 4,5 mm

PJQTAC/S 06

H 6 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SUPER POLISH. STAINL. STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 30 Pcs - 81 LM 10/10mm COLOURS

Article

H mm

PJQTACML 045

4,5

PJQTACML 06

6

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 30 Pcs - 81 LM - 10/10mm AC - Polished stainless steel ACML - Super polished stainless ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Article

H mm

PJQTACS 045

4,5

PJQTACS 06

6

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

1. Choose the PROJOLLY QUART with suitable height for the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

profiles for low thicknesses

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 30 Pcs - 81 LM - 10/10mm

PROJOLLY QUART POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

CAPSULES, CAPS AND THREE - AXIAL JOINTS

POLISHED, SUPER POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A / PLASTIC CAPSULES and CAPS - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

CAPSULES SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

CPJQTAC 045/... (outside) IPJQTAC 045/... (inside) TPJQTAC 045/... (end cap)

4,5 4,5 4,5

CPJQTACML 045/... (outside) IPJQTACML 045/... (inside)

4,5 4,5

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJQTAC .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQTAC .../2 (pack 2 pcs) CAPSULES and CAPS - SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Article

H mm

CPJQTACS 045/... (outside) IPJQTACS 045/... (inside) TPJQTACS 045/... (end cap)

4,5 4,5 4,5

OUTSIDE CAPSULES

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJQTACML .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQTACML .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

CPJQTAC/S 045/... CPJQTACML 045/...

JOINTS - PLASTIC Article

END CAP

JOINT

GIJQT 045/...

TPJQTAC/S 045/...

GIJQT 045/...

4,5

Choose the desired packaging: E.g. GIJQT .../10 (pack 10 pcs) GIJQT .../2 (pack 2 pcs)

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (silver-gold) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

POLISHED ALUMINIUM (chromed- gold) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm 3 3 4,5 4,5 6 6

PROJOLLY ANODISED, POLISHED AND BRUSHED POLISHED ALUMINIUM PJ... 03 H 3 mm

PJ... 045 H 4,5 mm

PJ... 06

H 6 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

BRUSHED POLISHED ALUM. (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

3 3 4,5 4,5 6 6

PJBS 03 (brushed silver) PJRS 03 (brushed copper) PJTS 03 (brushed titanium) PJBS 045 (brushed silver) PJRS 045 (brushed copper) PJTS 045 (brushed titanium)

3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5

profiles for low thicknesses

Article PJAA 03 (anod. silver) PJAO 03 (anod. gold) PJAA 045 (anod. silver) PJAO 045 (anod. gold) PJAA 06 (anod. silver) PJAO 06 (anod. gold)

Article

IPJQTAC/S 045/... IPJQTACML 045/...

H mm

Choose the desired packaging. E.g. CPJQTACS .../10 (pack 10 pcs) CPJQTACS .../2 (pack 2 pcs) PROJOLLY KERLITE / MOSAICO is an aluminium profile with various surface finishes studied and designed to facilitate the laying of Kerlite/laminam, mosaic and resins. It is also used as a finishing square for terminating wall coverings, raised platforms, steps, bath tubs, pools etc. It guarantees flawless work done with care that is of great aesthetic value. It strengthens the kerlite / mosaic edge with a round finish by avoiding chipping and breakages. Available in seven finishes: 2 shiny: Polished Chrome and Gold and 2 matt Silver and Gold and 3 shiny brushed Silver, Copper, and Titanium.

PJBC 03 (poli. chrome) PJBO 03 (poli. gold) PJBC 045 (poli. chrome) PJBO 045 (poli. gold) PJBC 06 (poli. chrome) PJBO 06 (poli. gold)

INSIDE CAPSULES

1. Choose the surface finish of the PROJOLLY KERLITE/MOSAIC and PROTERMINAL KERLITE/MOSAIC whose height corresponds to the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, COLOURS (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Lay the mosaic / Kerlite, or apply the resin, lining it up so that the upper part of the square meets with ANODISED POLISHED BRUSHED POLISHED their edge. 5. Completely fill the contact area between square and covering with adhesive/resin to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium Projolly Mosaic. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and AA - Anod. silver alu. AO - Anod. gold aluminium BC - Polished chrome alu. BO - Polished gold alu. BS - Brushed silver alu. RS - Brushed copper alu. TS - Brushed titanium alu. sealants and from smoothing or scraping action. 57 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTERMINAL POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

profiles for low thicknesses

PTAC/S 03

PROTERMINAL KERLITE / MOSAIC is a steel square. It completes the laying of the external angles and terminating coverings/floors in kerlite/laminam or mosaic by protecting external corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks and acts as a container connector for the resins. PROTERMINAL KERLITE / MOSAIC is also used as a finishing square for finishing skirting, carpet and epoxy resin coverings or for baths and kitchens coverings. It strengthens the kerlite / mosaic edge.

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10mm

2 mm

H 3 mm

Article

PTAC/S 045

H mm

PTAC 03 PTAC 045 PTAC 06

2 mm

H 4,5 mm

PTAC/S 06

3 4,5 6

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10mm

3 H 6 mm

Article

H mm

PTACS 03 PTACS 045 PTACS 06

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

3 4,5 6

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the PROTERMINAL with the same height as the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

PROTERMINAL

PROTERMINAL KERLITE / MOSAICO is an aluminium square with various superficial finishes. It completes the laying of the external angles and terminating coverings/floors in Kerlite/laminam, mosaic and/or resins by protecting external corners efficiently, avoiding chipping and breakages resulting from knocks and acts as a container connector for the resins. PROTERMINAL KERLITE / MOSAIC is also used as a finishing square for finishing skirting, carpet and epoxy resin coverings or for baths and kitchens coverings. It reinforces the mosaic / resin edge. Available in eight finishes: 1 natural. 2 shiny: Polished Chrome and Gold; and 2 matt: Silver and Gold and 3 shiny brushed: Silver, Copper, and Titanium.

profiles for low thicknesses

NATURAL, ANODISED, POLISHED AND BRUSHED POLISHED ALUMINIUM PT... 03

NATURAL ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

3 H 3 mm

PT... 045

Article

3

PT... 06

H mm

PTAN 03 (natural) PTAN 045 (natural)

H 4,5 mm

3

3 4,5

ANODISED ALUM. (silver-gold) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H 6 mm

Article

POLISHED ALUM. (chromed- gold) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PTBC 03 (poli. chrome) PTBO 03 (poli. gold) PTBC 045 (poli. chrome) PTBO 045 (poli. gold) PTBC 06 (poli. chrome) PTBO 06 (poli. gold)

COLOURS

H mm

3 3 4,5 4,5 6 6

BRUSHED POLISHED ALUM. (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

3 3 4,5 4,5 6 6

Article

H mm

PTBS 045 (brushed silver) PTRS 045 (brushed copper) PTTS 045 (brushed titanium)

4,5 4,5 4,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

AN - Natural aluminium

H mm

PTAA 03 (anod. silver) PTAO 03 (anod. gold) PTAA 045 (anod. silver) PTAO 045 (anod. gold) PTAA 06 (anod. silver) PTAO 06 (anod. gold)

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see PROJOLLY)

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

POLISHED

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

POLISHED

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

58 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLISTEL ACC is a range of decorative profiles/strips that are ideal for easily creating chromatic effects on Kerlite / Laminam and mosaic coverings or, in the stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A range, for creating separations and decorations between floors in the same or differing material. Thanks to their design, shape and thickness of 4.5 mm, may be laid using the same adhesive to create horizontal and vertical lines, on the wall or on the floor, irrespective of the thickness of the covering. Various finishes and widths available in stainless steel AISI 04/1.4301-V2A, polished and satin. Match with the same basic colours in the PROJOLLY, PROTERMINAL and PROJOLLY SQUARE and the new PROKERLAM SQUARE-LINE-JOLLY range.

Article

LxH mm

PLTAC 1045

10 X 4,5

PLTAC 2545

25 X 4,5

POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PLTAC/S 1045

PLTAC/S 2545

4,5

R1 H 10 mm

R1

H 25 mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article

LxH mm

PLTACS 1045

10 X 4,5

PLTACS 2545

25 X 4,5

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

AC - Polished stainless steel ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

1. Choose the PROLISTEL ACC of the desired length. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing it into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between square and tile completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. Take care of the external edges of the PROLISTEL, they must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

PROFINLIST 2045

PROFINLIST 2045 is a decorative strip that adds colour effects to Kerlite/ Laminam and mosaic tiled walls. It is designed with the perforated base to be laid ‘’under covering’’ and with the living angles to be combined with rectified coverings. It can also be used to separate floors of the same and/or different kind or to finish the steps. It is applied with the same adhesive for ceramic tiles and/or mosaic. Available in various finishes: Anodised (silver), Polished (chrome-gold), brushed (silver). Combining with the same chromatic base PROJOLLY, PROTERMINAL and the new PROKERLAM and PROJOLY SQUARE range is recommended.

Article PFLTAA 2045

H mm

PFLT...2045

20 H 4,5 mm

4,5

POLISHED GOLD/CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article

ANODISED, POLISHED AND BRUSHED ALUMINIUM

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm

PFLTBC 2045

4,5

PFLTBO 2045

4,5

POLISHED BRUSHED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm Article PFLTBS 2045

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

H mm 4,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

profiles for low thicknesses

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm

profiles for low thicknesses

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 8/10mm

PROLISTEL ACC

1. Choose the PROFINLIST 2045 surface finish whose height corresponds to covering thickness. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the perforated tab into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles/ ceramic tiles or apply the resin, lining it up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium Profinlist. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

BS - Brushed silver alu.

59 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSHELL D ALL profiles for low thicknesses

ANODISED POLISHED SILVER, CHROME, GOLD ALUMINIUM PSHD... 045

PROSHELL D ALL is an aluminium profile studied and designed to connect with floors and covering in Kerlite / Laminam or mosaic and thin tiles with a chamfered shape. The notching at the two ends of the profile allows for optimal anchoring. This new profile creates a technical / chromatic effect that is of great aesthetic value. PROSHELL D ALL creates a hygienic connector, is ideal for cleaning, for public and private areas.

5,5 mm

12,6 mm H 4,5 mm

32 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PSHDAA 045

POLISHED GOLD/CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm 4,5

H mm

PSHDBC 045

4,5

PSHDBO 045

4,5

COLOURS 1. Choose the PROSHELL D ALL of the desired surface finish. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the tab into the adhesive. 4. Lay the Kerlite/ Laminam/ Mosaic tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between profile and covering completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium Proshell D All. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

PROSHELL R ALL profiles for low thicknesses

ANODISED POLISHED SILVER, CHROME, GOLD ALUMINIUM PSHR... 045

AA - Anod. silver alu.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROSHELL R ALL is an aluminium profile studied and designed to connect with floors and covering in Kerlite / Laminam or mosaic and thin tiles with a rounded shape. The notching at the two ends of the profile allows for optimal anchoring. This new profile creates a technical / chromatic effect that is of great aesthetic value. PROSHELL R ALL creates a hygienic connector, is ideal for cleaning, for public and private areas. ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

5,5 mm

Article

R7

PSHRAA 045

H mm 4,5

12,6 mm H 4,5 mm

32 mm

POLISHED GOLD/CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm

PSHRBC 045

4,5

PSHRBO 045

4,5

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver alu.

1. Choose the PROSHELL R ALL of the desired surface finish. 2. Apply the adhesive in the area that the square is being applied. 3. Rest and line up the square, cut to the required length, pressing the tab into the adhesive. 4. Lay the Kerlite/ Laminam/ Mosaic tiles lining them up so that the upper part of the square meets with their edge. 5. Fill the contact area between profile and covering completely with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in the empty spaces. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium Proshell R All. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

60 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROINTER KL ALL is an aluminium and brass profile designed and studied to connect rounded shape internal corners without a punched/perforated base but for insertion; floors and coverings in Kerlite / Laminam or mosaic and thin ceramic tiles. The vertical stem with the arrowhead at its extremity allows for optimal profile anchoring using silicone/glue/bostik. This new profile creates a technical / chromatic / decorative effect that is of great aesthetic value.

PROINTER KL ALL POLISHED AND CHROMED BRASS ANODISED AND POLISHED ALUMINIUM 10 mm

14,2 mm 4,2 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED / CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

POLISHED CHROME / GOLD ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

Article

H mm

PIKLOL 045 (polished)

4,5

PIKLBC 045

4,5

PIKLOC 045 (chromed)

4,5

PIKLBO 045

4,5

Article

H mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PIKLAA 045

COLOURS

profiles for low thicknesses

PIKL... 045

H mm 4,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROINTER KL of the desired surface finish and cut to necessary length. 2. Completely fill the empty space between the two coverings or between floor & covering area with silicone/glue/bostik/adhesive. 3. Insert the profile with the vertical arrowhead stem immersed in the silicone/ glue/ Two-sided tape. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium Prointer KL All. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

CAPS Article TPSB 15-01

OL - Polished Brass

OC - Chromed Brass

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

= News 2015

61 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTOP is a profile for kitchen countertops, worktops and steps, created and designed to protect the full thickness of the kitchen countertop for a total height of 46 mm including covering; it ends with a round jolly profile that protects the covering of H 10 mm or H 12.5 mm high tiles. External and internal angles at 90° and 135° are in course of realization to facilitate the laying. Available in ANODISED SILVER aluminium and polished titanium.

PROTOP profiles for top

ANODISED AND POLISHED ALUMINIUM 1. Choose the PROTOP with a height suited to the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply sealant to the profile application area. 3. Lay the profile cut to the required length and align it, pressing the perforated flap into the sealant. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them in such a way that the upper part of the profile closes flush. 5. Fill the contact area between the profile and tile with sealant to prevent water from collecting into the empty spaces.

36 mm

10 mm

PCT... 10

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM

46 mm

Article PCTAA 10 PCTAA 125

12,5 mm

COLOURS

10 12,5

POLISHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article

PCT... 125 AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BT - Polished titanium alu.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

46 mm

H mm

PCTBT 10 PCTBT 125

H mm 10 12,5

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article PCTBC 10 PCTBC 125

H mm 10 12,5

INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS IN / OUTSIDE CORNER ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM - Pack. 10 Pcs

IN / OUTSIDE CORNER POLISHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM - Pack. 10 Pcs

IN / OUTSIDE CORNER POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM - Pack. 10 Pcs

Article

Article

Article

EPCTAA 90 (outside 90°) IPCTAA 90 (inside 90°) EPCTAA 135 (outside 135°) IPCTAA 135 (inside 135°)

EPCTBT 90 (outside 90°) IPCTBT 90 (inside 90°) EPCTBT 135 (outside 135°) IPCTBT 135 (inside 135°)

EPCTBC 90 (outside 90°) IPCTBC 90 (inside 90°) EPCTBC 135 (outside 135°) IPCTBC 135 (inside 135°)

23,7EPCT... mm

90

EPCT...135

IPCT... 90

IPCT...135

H 10 mm

PROTOP T

PROTOP T is a profile in silver anodised aluminium, polished chrome aluminium and polished titanium aluminium, for 10mm and 12,5mm thick coverings, that protects the kitchen countertop edge. The profile consists of a 23.7 mm wide perforated flap, that ensures a perfect grip on the surface, and of a 39 mm high vertical part, with right-angled edge and 3.7 mm wide exposed surface .PROTOP T, supplied with special pieces such as inside and outside corners, facilitates perfect laying in any situation.

ANODISED AND POLISHED ALUMINIUM 51 mm

1. Choose PROTOP T depending on the thickness of the tile and on the desired finishing. 2. Cut PROTOP T to the required length and apply sealant on the surface where the profile is to be laid. 3. Press the PROTOP T perforated flap into the sealant. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with the profile and leaving a gap of about 2 mm. Immediately remove sealant residues from the surface of the profile. 5. Thoroughly fill the gap between the profile and tile to prevent water stagnation. Immediately remove residual plaster from the surface of the profile.

23,7 mm

H 10 mm

23,7 mm 51 mm H 12,5 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article PCTAA 10 PCTAA 125

53,5 mm

H mm 10 12,5

COLOURS

H mm 10 12,5

Articolo H 12,5 mm

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

53,5 mm

Article PCTBC 10 PCTBC 125

IN / OUTSIDE CORNER ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM - Pack. 10 Pcs

23,7 mm

62

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - Pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM

IEPCTAA 90T (inside-outside 90°) EPCTAA 135T (outside 90°) IPCTAA 135T (inside 90°)

= News 2015 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? profiles for floors


PROTERMINAL

PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile used mainly to join similar or different floor materials (e.g. tiles/tiles – tiles/parquet/ marble/laminates/carpeting /linoleum, etc.) of differing thickness. PROTERMINAL in stainless steel is also used to protect steps and decking, as a floor edging profile and skirting covering. Match with PROLISTEL strips in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with polished or satin finish and in aluminium with anodised or polished chrome finish.

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A 2 mm

PTAC/S 03 H 3 mm

2 mm

PTAC/S 045 H 4,5 mm

3 mm

PTAC/S 06

PTAC/S 08 PTAC 081/9 PTAC/S 10 PTAC 101/9

H 6 mm

H 8 mm

H 10 mm

PTAC/S 11 H 11 mm

PTAC/S 125 PTAC 1251/9 H 12,5 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10mm

PTAC 15 H 15 mm

Article PTAC 03 PTAC 045

PTAC 175 H 17,5 mm

PTACS 06 PTACS 08

8

PTAC 10

10

PTACS 10

10

11

PTACS 11

PTAC 20 PTAC 225 PTAC 25 PTAC 275 PTAC 30

12,5

Article

11 12,5

15

PTACS 15

15

PTACS 20

20

20 22,5

COLOURS

25 27,5 30

H mm

PTAC 081

8

PTAC 101

10

PTAC 1251

PTACS 125

6

17,5

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 1 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 40 LM - 10/10mm

PTAC 25

3 4,5

8

PTAC 175

H 22,5 mm

PTACS 045

H mm

6

PTAC 15

PTAC 225

4,5

Article

PTACS 03

PTAC 08

PTAC 125

H 20 mm

3

PTAC 06

PTAC 11 PTAC 20

H mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10mm

AC - Polished stainless steel ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

12,5

H 25 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 0,90 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 36 LM - 10/10mm Article PTAC 275

PTAC 30

8

PTAC 109

10

PTAC 1259

H 27,5 mm

H mm

PTAC 089

12,5

H 30 mm

CURVE available, see page 172 66

1. Choose the PROTERMINAL with the same height as the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTERMINAL

PROTERMINAL are manufactured with the same forms and sections, as well as in the very resistant material, the stainless shiny steel 316/1.4401-V4A, suitable for outdoors and marine environment with much presence of saltiness and considerable atmospheric agents. They are used as protection for the external angles of tiles, in order to separate or to create the separating joints in the pavements, to terminate the finishing of wall coverings, for platforms, stair steps, bathtubs, etc. They guarantee the impeccable work, ensuring considerable aesthetic effect as well. They strengthen the tile edge and prevents from chipping and breakages. Required by new European regulations on safety and accident prevention in public and private places.

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A 3

PTACM 06

H 6 mm

PTACM 08 H 8 mm

PTACM 10 H 10 mm

PTACM 125 H 12,5 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316/1.4404-V4A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10mm Article PTACM 06

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

H mm 6

PTACM 08

8

PTACM 10

10

PTACM 125

COLOURS

12,5

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404-V4A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROTERMINAL

PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile used mainly to join similar or different floor materials (e.g. tiles/tiles – tiles/parquet/ marble/granite, etc.) of differing thickness. PROTERMINAL in brass is also used to protect steps and decking, as a floor edging profile, to cover skirting, decking and worktops and to frame doormats.

NATURAL BRASS 3

PTON 06...

H 6 mm

PT... 08... H 8 mm

PT... 10... H 10 mm

PT... 125... H 12,5 mm

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 12,5÷20 mm - 20 Pcs 54 LM) Article PTON 06 PTON 08 PTON 10 PTON 125 PTON 15 PTON 20

H mm 6 8 10 12,5 15 20

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 1 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 40 LM Article

H mm

PTON 061 6 PTON 081 8 PTON 101 10 PTON 1251 12,5 PTON 101 : PRODUCTION ON REQUEST

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 0,90 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 36 LM Article PTON 069 PTON 089 PTON 109 PTON 1259

H mm 6 8 10 12,5

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 12,5 mm - 20 pcs - 54 LM) Article

H mm

PTOL 08 PTOL 10 PTOL 125

PTON 15...

8 10 12,5

H 15 mm

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST

PTON 20

COLOURS ON DEMAND ON - Natural brass

Chrome-plated Brass version page 33

OL - Polished brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

H 20 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

CURVE available, see page 178 LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the PROTERMINAL with the same height as the thickness of the floor/wall covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices. Oxidation marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar. 67

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTERMINAL

PROTERMINAL is a professional edging profile designed to protect and decorate the outside corners of tile, mosaic and marble coverings of differing thickness. PROTERMINAL in aluminium is also used to join different floor materials and to protect steps and decking. Excellent as the edging trim skirtings and for bathroom and kitchen wall coverings. Match with PROLISTEL ALL strips in anodised aluminium with silver and polished chrome finish and with PROLISTEL ACC strips in AISI 304-1.4301 stainless steel with polished or satin finish.

NATURAL ALUMINIUM and ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER PT... 03

PT... 045

3

H 3 mm details at page. 58

H 3 mm

H 4,5 mm details at page. 58

H 4,5 mm 3

PT... 06

H 6 mm

PT... 08 H 8 mm

PT... 10 H 10 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

PT... 11 H 11 mm

PT... 15 H 15 mm

PTAA 06

PTAN 08

8

PTAA 08

8

PTAN 10

10

PTAA 10

10

11

PTAA 11

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PTAA 125

11 12,5

15

PTAA 15

15

PTAN 20

20

PTAA 20

20

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 0,90 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 36 LM Article

H 20 mm

12,5

6

PTAN 15

PTAN 069 PT... 20

H mm

6

PTAN 125 H 12,5 mm

Article

PTAN 06

PTAN 11

PT... 125

H mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H mm 6

PTAN 089

8

PTAN 109

10

PTAN 1259

12,5

COLOURS

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 1 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 40 LM Article PTAN 061

H mm 6

PTAN 081

8

PTAN 101

10

PTAN 1251

12,5

AN - Natural aluminium

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Polished version page 34 CURVE available, see page 173

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST 1. Choose the PROTERMINAL with the same height as the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

= News 2015 available from January

68 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLEVIGAL

PROLEVIGAL BRASS are separating profiles used to create the technical joint in the special types of pavements such as marbleVenice- palladium ones, that must be smoothed after their laying process. The particular “L” shape with the cut/drilled base and 2,5 mm thick vertical edge consent the perfect smoothing and constant thickness as well. Available in natural aluminium and natural brass, various thickness, as well in outlined/bent PROLEVIGAL CURVES BRASS versions.

NATURAL BRASS 2,5

PLGON 08 H 8 mm

PLGON 10 H 10 mm

PLGON 125

H 12,5 mm

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 15 - 17,5 - 20 mm - 54 LM) Article PLGON 08 PLGON 10 PLGON 125 PLGON 15 PLGON 175 PLGON 20

2,5

PLGON 15

2,5

H 15 mm

H mm 8

PLGON 175

10

PLGON 20

12,5 15

CURVE available

17,5

+30 % ON GROSS PRICES FOR CURVE VERSION. ADD CV AFTER THE ARTICLE CODE. Example: PLGON 08 (CURVE) PLGONCV 08

20

H 17,5 mm

H 20 mm

COLOURS ON DEMAND ON - Natural brass

OL - Polished brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROLEVIGAL

PROLEVIGAL AL are separating profiles used to create the technical joint in the special types of pavements such as marble- Venicepalladium ones, that must be smoothed after their laying process. The particular “L” shape with the cut/drilled base and 2,5 mm thick vertical edge consent the perfect smoothing and constant thickness as well. Available in natural aluminium and natural brass, various thickness, as well in outlined/bent PROLEVIGAL CURVE AL versions.

NATURAL ALUMINIUM 2,5

PLGAN 045 H 4,5 mm

PLGAN 06 H 6 mm

PLGAN 08 H 8 mm

PLGAN 10 H 10 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PLGAN 045 PLGAN 06

H mm

8

PLGAN 10

10

PLGAN 15 PLGAN 175 PLGAN 20

COLOURS

2,5

PLGAN 15

2,5

6

PLGAN 08 PLGAN 125

PLGAN 125

4,5

H 12,5 mm

12,5

CURVE available

15

+30 % ON GROSS PRICES FOR CURVE VERSION. ADD CV AFTER THE ARTICLE CODE. Example: PLGAN 08 (CURVES) PLGANCV 08

17,5 20

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PLGAN 175

H 17,5 mm

H 15 mm

PLGAN 20

H 20 mm

AN - Natural aluminium

69 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROELEGANT

PROELEGANT is a refined profile, with 6 mm visible surface, designed to cover the joint between two types of floor covering, tiles - parquet, marble or granite, bestowing a prestige aesthetic effect that is ideal for indoor and outdoor finishes, even when subject to considerable loads. PROELEGANT is available in polished, natural and chromed brass. It is available in various heights in order to satisfy all technical, practical and, in particular, decorative requirements. The chromed version may be used as a decorative strip in the wall covering.

NATURAL, POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS 6

PELON/OL/OC 08... PELAN/AA 08

PELON/OL/OC 10... PELAN/AA 10

H 8 mm

H 10 mm

PELON/OL/OC 125... PELAN/AA 125 H 12,5 mm

CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

PELON/OL/OC 14 H 14 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article

H mm

Article

PELOL 08

8

PELOC 08

PELOL 10

10

PELOC 10

PELOL 125 PELOL 14

PELOC 125

12,5

PELOC 14

14

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

NATURAL ALUMINIUM and ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER

14

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 0,90 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 36 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

8

PELON 089

8

PELON 10

10

PELON 109

10

PELON 14

PROELEGANT

8 10 12,5

PELON 08 PELON 125

1. Choose the PROELEGANT with the same height as the thickness of the wall covering/floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices. Oxidation marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar.

H mm

12,5

14

COLOURS

OC - Chromed brass

PELON 1259

12,5

* * *

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Polished brass

ON - Natural brass

PROELEGANT is a refined profile, with 6 mm visible surface, designed to cover the joint between two types of floor covering, tiles - parquet, marble or granite, bestowing a prestige aesthetic effect that is ideal for indoor and outdoor finishes, even when subject to considerable loads. PROELEGANT is available in natural and anodised silver aluminium. It is available in various heights in order to satisfy all technical, practical and, in particular, decorative requirements. The anodised version may be used as a decorative strip in the wall covering.

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see above)

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

70

H mm

Article

H mm

PELAN 08

8

PELAA 08

8

PELAN 10

10

PELAA 10

10

PELAN 125 CURVE available, see page 174

ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

COLOURS

AN - Natural aluminium

PELAA 125

12,5

12,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFINAL

PROFINAL is a profile in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A polished or satined. It is available in three widths 8, 10 and 12.5 mm. Ideal for joining two types of floor on the same level (e.g. tile/tile or tile/wood), creating a decorative separating profile. It is also suitable as a step nosing or to create a decorative strip in the covering. It protects the edge and withstands high loads and frequent traffic.

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A 8

PRFAC... 08 H 8 mm

PRFAC... 10 H 10 mm

PRFAC... 125 H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PRFAC 08

8

PRFACS 08

8

PRFAC 10

10

PRFACS 10

10

PRFAC 125

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

PRFACS 125

12,5

COLOURS 1. Choose the PROFINAL with the same height as the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm

12,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROFINAL

PROFINAL is a profile in natural, polished and chromed brass. It is available in three widths 8, 10 and 12.5 mm. Ideal for joining two types of floor on the same level (e.g. tile/tile or tile/wood), creating a decorative separating profile. It is also suitable as a step nosing or to create a decorative strip in the covering. It protects the edge and withstands high loads and frequent traffic.

NATURAL, POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS 8

PRFO... 08 H 8 mm

PRFO... 10 H 10 mm

PRFO... 11 H 11 mm

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

PRFO... 125 H 12,5 mm

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm

Article

8

PRFOL 08

8

PRFON 10

10

PRFOL 10

10

PRFON 125

PRFOL 125

12,5

CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 15 mm - 40,5 LM)

PRFOC 15 H 15 mm

Article

8

PRFOC 10

10

PRFOC 125 PRFOC 15

11 12,5 15

COLOURS

OC - Chromed brass

12,5

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm

PRFOC 08 PRFOC 11 1. Choose the PROFINAL with the same height as the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices. Oxidation marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar.

H mm

PRFON 08

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Polished brass

ON - Natural brass

72 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFINAL

PROFINAL is a profile in natural and anodised silver aluminium. It is available in three widths 8, 10 and 12.5 mm. Ideal for joining two types of floor on the same level (e.g. tile/tile or tile/wood), creating a decorative separating profile. It is also suitable as a step nosing or to create a decorative strip in the covering. It protects the edge and withstands high loads and frequent traffic.

NATURAL ALUMINIUM and ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER 8

PRFA... 08 H 8 mm

PRFA... 10 H 10 mm

PRFA... 125 H 12,5 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PRFAN 08 PRFAN 10 PRFAN 125

H mm

Article

8

PRFAA 08

10

PRFAA 10 PRFAA 125

12,5

COLOURS

AN - Natural aluminium

ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM H mm 8

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

10 12,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROFINAL with the same height as the thickness of the covering. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices. Oxidation marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar.

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

PROSQUARE

NATURAL BRASS bar length 3 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 60 LM Article PQEON 108

H x L mm

NATURAL BRASS

10 x 8

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST

COLOURS

8

PQEON 108

H 10 mm

ON - Natural brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROANGLE CHROMED or POLISHED BRASS

10

PGAOL/OC 10 H 10 mm

POLISHED or CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM (PGAOC 10: 27 LM) Article

L x H mm

PGAOC 10 (chromed)

10 x 10

PGAOL 10 (polished)

10 x 10

PRODUCTION ON REQUEST

COLOURS

OL - Polished brass

OC - Chromed brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

73 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROJOINT

PROJOINT is a natural brass joint for joining two floors laid with mortar or glue/adhesive. The head thickness allows perfect smoothing and sanding of over 3 mm. It is usually used for tile-wood-marble-Venetian-Palladian floors. Available in various heights and widths. The vertical arrowhead part in the PIT 510 and PIT 514 glue version allows excellent anchorage with the adhesive.

NATURAL BRASS PITON 1025

PITON 525

10

5

4

H 25 mm

PITON 514

4

H 25 mm

PITON 510/5109

5

5

4

3

POLISHABLE NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H 10 mm

H 14 mm

Article

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

W x H mm

PITON 1025

10 x 25

PITON 525

5 x 25

PITON 514

5 x 14

PITON 510

5 x 10

POLISHABLE NATURAL BRASS bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 40 Pcs Article PITON 5109

ECO BLISTER

W x H mm 5 x 10

CONSISTING OF 1 ECOBLISTER WITH 2 PCS. OF 0.90 LM

COLOURS ON DEMAND ON - Natural brass

1. Choose the PROJOINT with the same height as the thickness of the floor. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length and place it along the edge of the laid floor or insert it from above. 3. Continue the laying “flush” with the PROJOINT.

PROJOINT

OL - Polished brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROJOINT is a natural aluminium joint for joining two floors laid with mortar or glue/adhesive. The head thickness allows perfect smoothing and sanding of over 3 mm. It is usually used for tile-wood-marble-Venetian-Palladian floors. Available in various heights and widths. The vertical arrowhead part in the PIT 510 and PIT 514 glue version allows excellent anchorage with the adhesive.

NATURAL ALUMINIUM PITAN 525

PITAN 514

6

5

4

4 H 14 mm H 25 mm

PITAN 510

5 4

H 10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

COLOURS

W x H mm

PITAN 525

6 x 25

PITAN 514

5 x 14

PITAN 510

5 x 10

AN - Natural aluminium (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROJOINT with the same height as the thickness of the floor. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length and place it along the edge of the laid floor or insert it from above. 3. Continue the laying “flush” with the PROJOINT.

74 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROCANAL

PROCANAL is a channel for joining floors and also for use as strips in wall coverings. This profile is made in natural, polished and chromed brass as well as natural or anodised silver aluminium. It is also used as a cable channel for the insertion of wires and conduits in all types of floor.

NATURAL, POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS NATURAL and ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM PCL... 10

10

H 10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 Pcs POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (PCLOC 10 - 81 LM)

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 Pcs ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM

Article

W x H mm

PCLON 10 (natural)

10 x 10

PCLAN 10 (natural)

Article

W x H mm 10 x 10

PCLOL 10 (polished)

10 x 10

PCLAA 10 (anod. silver)

10 x 10

PCLOC 10 (chromed)

10 x 10

Available Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A “PROLISTEL” 10x10 PLTAC 10 / PLTACS 10 (page 36)

COLOURS

ON - Natural brass

1. Choose the profile in the required material and finish. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application. 3. Lay the PROCANAL. 4. Continue laying by aligning it “flush” with the covering. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices. Oxidation marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Polished brass

OC - Chromed brass

AN - Natural aluminium

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

PROFLAT

PROFLAT is a range of 20 and 40 mm natural brass or steel strips 3 mm thick. Ideal for dividing up flooring on the same level, they may be polished in situ and also curved/shaped to create decorative patterns that are particularly recommended for marble, Palladian, Venetian and cement or resin-based floors.

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A NATURAL BRASS GPLAC 203/ 205

GPLON 2025 3 ÷ 5 mm

H 20 mm H 20 mm

GPLON 4025

GPLAC 403/ 505 3 ÷ 5 mm

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A bar length 2 LM - packaging 15 Pcs - 30 LM Article

W x H mm

POLISHABLE NATURAL BRASS bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM Article

W x H mm

GPLAC 2032

3 x 20

GPLON 2025

2,5 x 20

GPLAC 4032

3 x 40

GPLON 4025

2,5 x 40

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A bar length 4 LM - packaging 15 Pcs - 60 LM Article

H 40 ÷ 50 mm

H 40 mm

W x H mm

GPLAC 2034

3 x 20

GPLAC 4034

3 x 40

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A bar length 3 LM - packaging 15 Pcs - 45 LM (GPLAC 505 - 15 LM) Article

2,5

W x H mm

GPLAC 205

5 x 20

GPLAC 505

5 x 50

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

AVAILABLE ON REQUEST IN SATINED STAINLESS STEEL 1. Choose PROFLAT with the same height as the thickness of the floor. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length and place it along the edge of the laid floor or insert it from above. 3. Continue the laying “flush” with the PROFLAT.

AC - stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ON - Natural brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

75


PROSLIDER

PROSLIDER is a sloping terminal transition profile in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A designed to join different height floors in a perfect, stepless way. This particularly sturdy profile with the bent base sloping inwards withstands and supports high loads and frequent passage of manual trolleys and vehicles in addition to protecting the edge of the higher floor. PROSLIDER is used in particular to join tile or wood to an existing floor. Available in AISI 304/1.4301-V2A stainless steel in various heights to accommodate all differences in level.

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A transition profiles

17 mm

PDAC/S 08 H 8 mm

PDAC/S 10 H 10 mm

PDAC/S 125 H 12,5 mm

PDAC/S 15 30 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm Article PDAC 08 PDAC 10 PDAC 125 PDAC 15

H 15 mm

H mm 8 10 12,5 15

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm Article PDACS 08 PDACS 10 PDACS 125 PDACS 15

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

transition profiles

NATURAL and POLISHED BRASS

8 10 12,5 15

COLOURS

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the profile with the required height and finish. 2. Fill the profile cavity with adhesive and apply the adhesive onto the area of application. 3. Lay the PROSLIDER. 4. Align it “flush” with the floor/covering. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

PROSLIDER

H mm

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS PROSLIDER is a sloping terminal transition profile designed to join different height floors in a perfect, stepless way. This particularly sturdy profile withstands and supports high loads and frequent passage of manual trolleys and vehicles in addition to protecting the edge of the higher floor. PROSLIDER is used in particular to join tile or wood to an existing floor. Available in natural and polished brass in various heights to accommodate all differences in level.

PDON/OL 08

H 8 mm

PDON/OL 10

H 10 mm

PDON/OL 125

H 12,5 mm

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

PDON/OL 15

H mm

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PDON 08

8

PDOL 08

8

PDON 10

10

PDOL 10

10

PDON 125 PDON 15

12,5 15

PDOL 125 PDOL 15

12,5 15

H 15 mm

COLOURS EXEMPLES OF LAYING

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the profile with the required height H, material and finish. 2. Fill the profile cavity with adhesive and apply the adhesive onto the area of application. 3. Lay the PROSLIDER. 4. Align it “flush” with the floor/ covering. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices. Oxidation marks on profiles in natural and polished brass may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar.

ON - Natural brass

OL - Polished brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

76 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSLIDER

PROSLIDER is a sloping terminal transition profile designed to join different height floors in a perfect, stepless way. This particularly sturdy profile withstands and supports high loads and frequent passage of manual trolleys and vehicles in addition to protecting the edge of the higher floor. PROSLIDER is used in particular to join tile or wood to an existing floor. Available in natural and anodised silver aluminium in various heights to accommodate all differences in level.

NATURAL and ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM transition profiles

PDAN/AA 08 H 8 mm

PDAN/AA 10 H 10 mm

PDAN/AA 125

H 12,5 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

PDAN 08

8

PDAA 08

8

PDAN 10

10

PDAA 10

10

PDAN 125

12,5

PDAA 125

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

12,5

COLOURS

AN - Natural aluminium

1. Choose the profile with the required height H, material and finish. 2. Fill the profile cavity with adhesive and apply the adhesive onto the area of application. 3. Lay the PROSLIDER. 4. Align it “flush” with the floor/covering. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROSLIDER LR

PROSLIDER LR is a sloping terminal transition profile designed to join different height floors in a perfect, stepless way. This particularly sturdy profile withstands and supports high loads and frequent passage of manual trolleys and vehicles in addition to protecting the edge of the higher floor. PROSLIDER LR is used in particular to join tile or wood to an existing floor. Available in natural and anodised silver aluminium in various heights to accommodate all differences in level.

NATURAL and ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM 43 mm

H 10 mm

PDLR... 125 52 mm

H 12,5 mm

transition profiles

PDLR... 10

PDLR... 15

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PDLRAN 10 PDLRAN 125 PDLRAN 15

H mm 10 12,5 15

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PDLRAA 10 PDLRAA 125 PDLRAA 15

61,7 mm

H mm 10

H 15 mm

12,5 15 EXEMPLES OF LAYING

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

COLOURS

AN - Natural aluminium

1. Choose the profile with the required height H, material and finish. 2. Fill the profile cavity with adhesive and apply the adhesive onto the area of application. 3. Lay the PROSLIDER LR. 4. Align it “flush” with the floor/ covering. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices. AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

77 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSLIDER WOOD transition profiles

NATURAL OAK with ALUMINIUM BASE

PROSLIDER WOOD is a sloping terminal transition profile in real natural oak with glued-on, punched aluminium base, designed to join different height floors in a perfect, stepless way. This particularly sturdy profile withstands and supports high loads and frequent passage of manual trolleys and vehicles in addition to protecting the edge of the higher floor. Available in various heights to accommodate all differences in level.

42 mm

PDWR 10 PDWR 1013 H 10 mm

42 mm

PDWR 125 PDWR 12513 H 12,5 mm

42 mm

PDWR 15 PDWR 1513 H 15 mm

NATURAL OAK with ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 10 Pcs - 27 LM EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article PDWR 10 PDWR 125 PDWR 15

NATURAL OAK with ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 1,35 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 27 LM

H mm

Article PDWR 1013

10

PDWR 12513

12,5

PDWR 1513

15

H mm 10 12,5 15

COLOURS 1. Choose the PROSLIDER WOOD with the required height. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Align it “flush” with the floor/covering. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

Natural oak (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

78

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

* * *


PROCARPET ACC

PROCARPET ACC is a profile in stainless steel 304/1.4301-V2A used for joining two floors of differing thickness and in particular for joining a tiled or parquet floor to wall-to-wall carpeting, making a perfect join thanks to the vertical part of less than 4 mm. In addition to completely protecting the edge of the higher floor, this particularly sturdy profile withstands high loads and supports the frequent passage of manual trolleys, vehicles and intense pedestrian traffic.

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

17 mm

H 8 mm H 4 mm

PRTAC/S 10

H 10 mm

transition profiles

PRTAC/S 08

H 4 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm Article

H mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm Article

H mm

PRTAC 08

8

PRTACS 08

8

PRTAC 10

10

PRTACS 10

10

PRTAC 125

12,5

PRTACS 125

PRTAC/S 125

H 12,5 mm H 4 mm

12,5 EXEMPLES OF LAYING

COLOURS

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROCARPET taking into consideration the exact height of the floor. 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS PROCARPET OTT is a profile in brass (natural or polished) used for joining two floors of differing thickness and in particular for joining a tiled or parquet floor to wall-to-wall carpeting, making a perfect join thanks to the vertical part of less than 4 mm. In addition to completely protecting the edge of the higher floor, this particularly sturdy profile withstands high loads and supports the frequent passage of manual trolleys, vehicles and intense pedestrian traffic.

PROCARPET OTT NATURAL and POLISHED BRASS

H 8 mm H 4 mm

PRTON/OL 10 H 10 mm H 4 mm

transition profiles

PRTON/OL 08

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PRTON 08

8

PRTOL 08

8

PRTON 10

10

PRTOL 10

10

COLOURS

ON - Natural brass

OL - Polished brass

1. Choose the PROCARPET taking into consideration the exact height of the floor. 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids. Profiles in natural or polished brass may be subject to oxidation in environments with high degrees of humidity. Resulting marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

79 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROCARPET ALL

PROCARPET ALL is a profile in aluminium (natural or silver anodised) used for joining two floors of differing thickness and in particular for joining a tiled or parquet floor to wall-to-wall carpeting, making a perfect join thanks to the vertical part of less than 4 mm. In addition to completely protecting the edge of the higher floor, this particularly sturdy profile withstands high loads and supports the frequent passage of manual trolleys, vehicles and intense pedestrian traffic.

transition profiles

NATURAL and ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM PRTAN/AA 08

H 8 mm H 4 mm

PRTAN/AA 10

H 10 mm H 4 mm

PRTAN/AA 125

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,70 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H 12,5 mm H 4 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

PRTAN 08

8

PRTAA 08

8

PRTAN 10

10

PRTAA 10

10

PRTAN 125

PRTAA 125

12,5

12,5

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROCARPET taking into consideration the exact height of the floor. 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

PROSKID

AN - Natural aluminium

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROSKID is a sloping profile ideal for the stepless joining of two existing floors of differing heights where no transition profile was installed at the time of laying. Silicone is used for the laying. The notching on the profile helps anchorage of the silicone or adhesive. Hardwearing and attractive.

transition profiles

POLISHED BRASS and ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM PSLDOL 10/10A/109/109A/109AS H 10 mm

PSLDAA 10/10A H 10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

1. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile and if necessary add silicone. 2. Lay and align the profile (cut to the necessary length) with the notched part against the floor to be joined. Profiles in natural or polished brass may be subject to oxidation in environments with high degrees of humidity. Resulting marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar.

H mm

10

PSLDAA 10

10

PSLDOL 10A (with adhesive)

10

PSLDAA 10A (with adhesive)

10

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

H mm

PSLDOL 109AS (with adhesive)

10

SELF PACK

COLOURS

OL - Polished brass

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

80

Article

H mm

PSLDOL 10

SELF PACK

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

H mm

PSLDOL 109

10

PSLDOL 109A (with adhesive)

10 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLEVALL 29 is a transition profile in anodised aluminium with silver-gold-bronze finish, available in the self-adhesive or punched versions. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble, etc. It joins and compensates a thickness between 4 and 6mm. PROLEVALL 29 ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying, while the contoured edges guarantee perfect adherence to the floor.

PROLEVALL 29 ANODISED gold, silver and bronze ALUMINIUM SELF-ADHESIVE and PUNCHED 29 mm

H 5,5 mm

PLV... 29F PLV... 298FS PLV... 299FS PLV... 2910FS

29 mm

H 5,5 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PLV... 29A

H x L mm 5,5 X 29

Article PLV... 29F

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLV... 298AS

SELF PACK

H x L mm 5,5 X 29 SELF PACK

H x L mm 5,5 X 29

H x L mm 5,5 X 29

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLV... 299FS

H x L mm 5,5 X 29

H x L mm 5,5 X 29

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLV... 2910FS

H x L mm 5,5 X 29

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PLV.. 29A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PLVAO 29A. COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AA - Anod. silver aluminium

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLV... 298FS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLV... 2910AS

SELF PACK

H x L mm 5,5 X 29

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLV... 299AS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

AO - Anod. Gold aluminium AB - Anod. Bronze aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

PROLEVALL 33

PROLEVALL 33 is a transition profile in extruded polished brass, available in the self-adhesive or punched versions. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble, etc. It joins and compensates a thickness between 4 and 6mm. PROLEVALL 33 ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying, while the contoured edges guarantee perfect adherence to the floor.

Article PLVOL 33A

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLVOL 338AS

COLOURS

SELF PACK

SELF PACK

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLVOL 339FS

SELF PACK

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLVOL 338FS

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLVOL 3310AS

Article PLVOL 33F

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLVOL 339AS

POLISHED BRASS punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

POLISHED BRASS SELF-ADHESIVE and PUNCHED PLVOL 33A PLVOL 338AS PLVOL 339AS PLVOL 3310AS

33 mm

H 5,5 mm

PLVOL 33F PLVOL 338FS PLVOL 339FS PLVOL 3310FS

33 mm

H 5,5 mm

transition profiles

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

transition profiles

PLV... 29A PLV... 298AS PLV... 299AS PLV... 2910AS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLVOL 3310SF

H x L mm 5,5 X 33

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Polished brass Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile. 81


PROLEVALL 305

PROLEVALL 305 is a transition/terminal profile for floors of medium thickness (from 3 to 7 mm), used to join and compensate two floors of differing height, material and thickness. Ideal as a finishing terminal, it covers flaws and chipping or splintering of tiles, wood and carpeting. Available in stainless steel 1.4016 and polished brass. A protective film protects the finish of the 2.70 m long bars with either self-adhesive backing or punched for fixing with screws and anchors. The 93 cm blister pack version (self pack) is shrink-wrapped with bar code.

transition profiles

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 AND POLISHED BRASS WITH SELF-ADHESIVE AND PUNCHED PLVAC 30A/309AS PLVOL 30A/309AS

L 30 mm H 5 mm

PLVAC 30F/309FS PLVOL 30F/309FS

L 30 mm

H 5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PLVAC 30A

H x L mm 5 X 30

Article PLVAC 30F

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 POLISHED with adhesive SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLVAC 309AS

H x L mm 5 X 30

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

Article PLVOL 309AS

transition profiles

ANODISED gold, silver and bronze ALUMINIUM SELF-ADHESIVE and PUNCHED

SELF PACK

H x L mm 5 X 30

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLVOL 309FS

H x L mm 5 X 30

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ON DEMAND HAND-BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL (prices and delivery time to be agreed) AC - Polished stainless steel 1.4016

PROLEVALL 32

Article PLVOL 30F

H x L mm 5 X 30

COLOURS

H x L mm 5 X 30

POLISHED BRASS punched with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

H x L mm 5 X 30

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

H x L mm 5 X 30

POLI. STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched with screws and screw anchors SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLVAC 309FS

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PLVOL 30A

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

OL - Polished brass

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROLEVALL 32 are transition profiles in anodised aluminium with silver-gold-bronze finish, available in the self-adhesive or punched versions. They are used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble, etc. They join and compensate a thickness between 7 and 9 mm. PROLEVALL ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying, while the contoured edges guarantee perfect adherence to the floor.

PLV... 32A/PLV... 32F PLV... 329AS/PLV... 329FS H 8 mm

32 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

gold, silver and bronze ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

Article PLV... 32A (with adhesive) PLV... 32F (punched)

L x H mm 32 x 8 32 x 8

gold, silver and bronze ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed SELF bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PLV... 329AS (with adhesive) PLV... 329FS (punched)

L x H mm 32 x 8 32 x 8

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PLV...32F (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PLVAO 32F. COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM 82

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. Gold aluminium AB - Anod. Bronze aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLEVALL 358

PROLEVALL 358 are transition profiles in polished extruded brass, available in the self-adhesive or punched versions. They are used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble, etc. They join and compensate a thickness between 7 and 9 mm. PROLEVALL ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying, while the contoured edges guarantee perfect adherence to the floor.

POLISHED BRASS SELF-ADHESIVE and PUNCHED

H 8 mm

35 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (PLVOL 358F: 40,5 ML) Article L x H mm PLVOL 358A (with adhesive) 35 x 8 PLVOL 358F (punched) 35 x 8

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

transition profiles

PLVOL 358A/PLVOL 3589AS PLVOL 358F/PLVOL 3589FS

SELF PACK

Article L x H mm PLVOL 3589AS (with adhesive) 35 x 8 PLVOL 3589FS (punched) 35 x 8

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

COLOURS

OL - Polished brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROLEVALL 4413 are transition profiles in polished extruded brass and anodised aluminium with silver and gold finish, available in the self-adhesive or punched versions. They are used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble, etc. They join and compensate a thickness between 13 and 15 mm. PROLEVALL ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying, while the contoured edges guarantee perfect adherence to the floor.

PROLEVALL 4413 Polished BRASS and ANODISED gold-silver ALUMINIUM SELF-ADHESIVE and PUNCHED

H 13,5 mm

44 mm

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM

GOLD AND SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

Article L x H mm PLVOL 4413A (with adhesive) 44 x 13 PLVOL 4413F (punched) 44 x 13

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article L x H mm PLVOL 44139AS (with adhesive) 44 x 13 PLVOL 44139FS (punched) 44 x 13

COLOURS

Article L x H mm PLV... 4413A (with adhesive) 44 x 13 PLV... 4413F (punched) 44 x 13

SELF PACK

Available in the finishes: AA - AO (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PLV... 4413F (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PLVAO4413F.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. Gold aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

PLV... 4413A /PLV... 4413F

H 13,5 mm

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM OL - Polished brass

transition profiles

PLVOL 4413A /PLVOL 44139AS PLVOL 4413F /PLVOL 44139FS

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

44 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile. 83

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PRONIVO transition profiles

GOLD AND ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM

PRONIVO is a transition and edging profile with a rounded shape in anodised aluminium with tap-down edge. It is ideal to give a cleancut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet. With its rounded shape it compensates for differences in thickness between 7 and 13 mm where no profile was installed at the time of laying. PRONIVO ensures a perfect finish and is easy to lay with the self-adhesive backing guaranteeing perfect adherence to the floor.

PNV... 713A

H 7 / 13 mm

30 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 30 Pcs - 81 LM Article PNV... 713A

H mm 7/13

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PNV... 713A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PNVAO 713A. 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

PROTRANS transition profiles

GOLD AND ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium AO - Anod. Gold aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROTRANS is a transition and edging profile with a rounded shape in anodised aluminium. It is ideal to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet. With its rounded shape it compensates for differences in thickness between 7 and 13 mm where no profile was installed at the time of laying. PROTRANS ensures a perfect finish and is easy to lay with the self-adhesive backing guaranteeing perfect adherence to the floor.

PTS... 613A PTS... 6139AS H 6 / 13 mm

36 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PTS... 613A

H mm 6 / 13

ANODISED ALUMINIUM self-adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PTS... 6139AS

H mm 6 / 13

Available in the finishes: AA - AO (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTS... 613A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PTSAO 613A. 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. Gold aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

84 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFLOOR 712 is a self-adhesive sloping terminal transition profile in AISI 304/1.4301-V2A stainless steel with protective film. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble. It joins and compensates a thickness between 7 and 12mm. PROFLOOR 712 ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying of the floor. Easy to lay; the high-strength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

Article PFRAC 712A

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A WITH SELF-ADHESIVE PFRAC 712A/7128AS/7129AS/71210AS/71216AS

H 7 / 12 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A self-adhesive SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PFRAC 7128AS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A self-adhesive SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PFRAC 7129AS

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

Article PFRAC 71216AS

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

COLOURS On demand hand-brushed stainless steel (Prices and delivery time to be agreed)

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

Article PFROL 712A

Article PFROL 7128AS

Article PFROL 7129AS

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PFROL 71216AS

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

Article PFROL 71210AS

H 7 / 12 mm

SELF PACK

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

POLISHED BRASS WITH SELF-ADHESIVE PFROL 712A/7128AS/7129AS/71210AS/71216AS

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PROFLOOR 712

38 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SELF PACK

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

COLOURS

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

SELF PACK

OL - Polished brass

PROFLOOR 712 is a self-adhesive sloping terminal transition profile in anodised aluminium with silver-gold-bronze finish with protective film. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble. It joins and compensates a thickness between 7 and 12mm. PROFLOOR 712 ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying of the floor. Easy to lay; the high-strength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

PROFLOOR 712 GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ANOD. ALUMINIUM WITH SELF-ADHESIVE

H 7 / 12 mm

38 mm

COLOURS

Article PFRA... 712A

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

ANODISED ALUMINIUM self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PFRA... 7129AS

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

SELF PACK

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFR... 712A (finish: Anod. Gold) PFRAO 712A. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

transition profiles

PFRA... 712/7129S

ANODISED ALUMINIUM self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

transition profiles

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

SELF PACK

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

PROFLOOR 712 is a self-adhesive sloping terminal transition profile in polished brass with protective film. It is used to give a cleancut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble. It joins and compensates a thickness between 7 and 12mm. PROFLOOR 712 ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying of the floor. Easy to lay; the high-strength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

38 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A self-adhesive SELF thermo packed - bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PFRAC 71210AS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A self-adhesive SELF thermo packed - bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK

L x H mm 38 x 7/12

transition profiles

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A self-adhesive thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

PROFLOOR 712

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

Anod. Titanium Alu., Champagne And Sand Available Upon Request (With A Minimum Quantity Order Of 540 Lm) 85


PROPRESS 712 transition profiles

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 AND POLISHED BRASS WITH SELF-ADHESIVE

PROPRESS 712 is a self-adhesive sloping terminal transition profile in stainless steel 1.4301 and polished brass with protective film. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble, etc. It joins and compensates a thickness between 7 and 12mm. PROPRESS 712 ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying of the floor. Easy to lay; the highstrength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

PRSAC 712A/7129AS PRSOL 712A/7129AS H 7 / 12 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4301 self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PRSAC 712A

L x H mm

Article PRSOL 712A

27 x 7/12

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4301 self-adhesive thermo packed SELF the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Article L x H mm PRSAC 7129AS

L x H mm 27 x 7/12

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

SELF PACK

L x H mm

PRSOL 7129AS

27 x 7/12

COLOURS

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

27 x 7/12

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS. AC - Polished stainless steel 304/1.4301

OL - Polished brass

On demand hand-brushed stainless steel (prices and delivery time to be agreed)

PROFLOOR 1216 transition profiles

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 POLISHED AND POLISHED BRASS WITH SELF-ADHESIVE

PROFLOOR 1216 is a self-adhesive chamfered terminal transition profile in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A and polished brass with protective film. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish when joining and compensating differences in level of floors that are already laid and in differing or same materials e.g. ceramic tiles-wood-parquet-marble, etc. It joins and compensates a thickness between 12 and 16mm. PROFLOOR 1216 ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying of the floor. Easy to lay; the high-strength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

PFRAC 1216A/12169AS PFROL 1216A/12169AS

H 12 / 16 mm

48 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 self-adhesive thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PFRAC 1216A

L x H mm

Article PFROL 1216A

48 x 12/16

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 self-adhesive thermo packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PFRAC 12169AS 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying COLOURS pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

SELF PACK

L x H mm 48 x 12/16

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

L x H mm

Article

L x H mm

48 x 12/16

PFROL 12169AS

48 x 12/16

SELF PACK

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS. AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

OL - Polished brass

On demand hand-brushed stainless steel (prices and delivery time to be agreed) 86 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLINOLEUM is a self-adhesive transition profile in anodised aluminium with gold/silver finish. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish to hardwearing surfaces in PVC or linoleum and other thin materials between 2-3 mm thick. PROLINOLEUM ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying of the floor. Easy to lay; the high-strength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

PROLINOLEUM ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER ALUMINIUM WITH AND WITHOUT ADHESIVE 16 mm H 3,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H x L mm

PLU ... 16 (without adhesive) 2,5 x 16 PLU ... 16A (with adhesive)

COLOURS

Available in the finishes: AO - AA (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PLU ... 16 (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PLUAO 16.

2,5 x 16

profiles for low thicknesses

PLU ... 16 PLU ... 16A

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. Gold aluminium AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

PROFLOOR 24 is a self-adhesive transition profile with chamfered edges in stainless steel 1.4016 and polished brass with protective film. It is used to give a clean-cut, elegant finish to hardwearing surfaces in PVC and linoleum - carpeting and other thin materials between 2 and 5mm thick. PROFLOOR ensures a perfect finish with little height, covering any flaws created during laying of the floor. Easy to lay; the high-strength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

PROFLOOR 24 STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 AND POLISHED BRASS WITH SELF-ADHESIVE 30 mm

H 2 / 4,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 304/1.4301 self-adhesive thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H x L mm

PFRAC 24A

2/4,5 x 30

Article PFROL 24A

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 304/1.4301 self-adhesive thermo SELF packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article PFRAC 249AS

COLOURS

AC - Polished stainless steel 1.4301

H x L mm 2/4,5 x 30

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

H x L mm 2/4,5 x 30

POLISHED BRASS self-adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PFROL 249AS

profiles for low thicknesses

PFRAC 24A/249A PFROL 24A/249A

SELF PACK

H x L mm 2/4,5 x 30

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Polished brass

On demand hand-brushed stainless steel (prices and delivery time to be agreed)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

87


PROSLIDER KL ALL

PROSLIDER KL ALL is a slide shape progressive transition terminal square suitable for connecting perfectly without steps two floor levels. The particular strength of the square allows to resist and bear heavy loads and frequent passages of manual trolleys and motor vehicles besides protecting the edge of the higher floor. The PROSLIDER KL is especially used to connect LA Kerlite/Laminam and thin ceramic tiles to each other or else it is used with wood and/or a pre-existing floor. Available in anodised aluminium.

profiles for low thicknesses

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM PDKLAA 045

2 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM H 4,5 mm

5,6 mm

31,5 mm

H mm 4,5

COLOURS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) 1. Choose the profile with the required finish. 2. Fill the profile cavity with adhesive and apply the adhesive onto the area of application. 3. Lay the PROSLIDER KL ALL. 4. Align it flush with the floor/covering. 5. Use the adhesive to seal any empty interstices.

PROCOVER 1045 ALL ANODISED AND POLISHED SILVER, CHROME AND GOLD ALUMINIUM profiles for low thicknesses

Article PDKLAA 045

10 mm

PCR... 045

H 5,4 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PROCOVER 1045 ALL is a joint cover profile in anodised aluminium. It is applied at the end of the laying process between two adjoining floors placed at the same level, with a gap of 3 to 6 mm between the two kerlite /laminam/ or thin ceramic tile floors laid with the adhesive. It protects the external edge of the floor/covering. It is easy to lay and aesthetically pleasing. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with silicone / adhesive.

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PCRAA 1045

4,5

POLISHED CHROME/GOLD ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

1. Choose PROCOVER 1045 ALL in the desired finish considering a side lap of 2/3 mm. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined. IMPORTANT: Take care of the external edges of the aluminium PROCOVER 1045 ALL. They must be protected from aggressive substances such as adhesives and sealants and from smoothing or scraping action.

H mm

H mm

PCRBC 1045

4,5

PCRBO 1045

4,5

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

BC - Polished chrome alu.

BO - Polished gold alu.

88 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROCOVER ĂŠ is a joint-cover profile in stainless steel (polished or satin finish) with aluminium supports. It is applied at the end of laying two adjoining floors with the same height, having left a 6 - 24 mm gap between the two floors set in a thin bed of adhesive. It protects the outside edges of the floor/covering. It is easy to lay and attractive. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with the silicone/adhesive. The aluminium structure with the stainless steel lining provides it with a high level of resistance to cuts and deformation.

PROCOVER threshold - joint-cover profiles

POLISHED AND SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PCRAC 149/1499 PCRACS 149/1499

20 mm

14 mm

H 9 mm

H 9 mm

26 mm

PCRAC 269 PCRACS 269

H 9 mm 40 mm

H 9 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLI. STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM (PCRAC 1499 bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

L x H mm

Article

L x H mm

14 x 9

PCRACS 149 (pack. 108 ML)

14 x 9

PCRAC 1499 (pack. 20 Pcs)

14 x 9

PCRACS 1499 (pack. 20 Pcs)

14 x 9

PCRAC 209

20 x 9

PCRACS 209

20 x 9

PCRAC 269 (pack. 81 ML)

26 x 9

PCRACS 269 (pack. 81 ML)

26 x 9

PCRAC 409

40 x 9

PCRACS 409

40 x 9

POLISHED AND CHROMED BRASS threshold - joint-cover profiles

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

PROCOVER is a joint-cover profile in polished brass or chromed brass. It is applied at the end of laying two adjoining floors with the same height, having left a 6 - 24 mm gap between the two floors set in a thin bed of adhesive. It protects the outside edges of the floor/ covering. It is easy to lay and attractive. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with the silicone/adhesive.

PROCOVER PCR... 149/1499

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM ECO (PCRACS 1499 bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs ) BLISTER

PCRAC 149 (pack. 108 ML)

COLOURS 1. Choose the PROCOVER with the width suitable for the gap between the two floors to be joined, taking into consideration 2/3 mm side lap. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined.

ECO ) BLISTER

14 mm

H 9 mm

PCR... 209

20 mm

H 9 mm

PCR... 269

26 mm

H 9 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM ECO (PCROL 1499 bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 40 Pcs ) BLISTER

CHROMED BRASS (polished stainless steel effect) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

Article

L x H mm

Article

L x H mm

PCROL 149 (pack. 108 LM)

14 x 9

PCROC 149 (pack. 108 LM)

14 x 9

PCROL 1499 (pack. 40 Pcs)

14 x 9

PCROC 209 (pack. 81 LM)

20 x 9

PCROL 209 (pack. 81 LM)

20 x 9

PCROC 269 (pack. 54 LM)

26 x 9

PCROL 269 (pack. 54 LM)

26 x 9

ANTIQUE BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM COLOURS 1. Choose the PROCOVER with the width suitable for the gap between the two floors to be joined, taking into consideration 2/3 mm side lap. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined. Profiles in natural or polished brass may be subject to oxidation in environments with high degrees of humidity. Resulting marks may be easily removed by polishing the profiles with specific products to be found on sale such as Sidol, Smac and similar.

90

OL - Polished brass

OC - Chromed brass

Article

L x H mm

PCROB 149 (pack. 108 ML)

14 x 9

PCROB 209 (pack. 81 ML)

20 x 9

PCROB 269 (pack. 54 ML)

26 x 9

OB - Antique brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

= News 2015 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROCOVER is a joint-cover profile in anodised aluminium. It is applied at the end of laying two adjoining floors with the same height, having left a 6 - 24 mm gap between the two floors set in a thin bed of adhesive. It protects the outside edges of the floor/covering. It is easy to lay and attractive. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with the silicone/ adhesive.

PROCOVER ANODISED SILVER, GOLD ALUMINIUM

14 mm

20 mm

H 9 mm

H 9 mm

PCR... 269 PCRAA 409

26 / 40 mm

H 9 mm

ANODISED SILVER, GOLD ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM (PCRAA 1499 bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 40 Pcs Article

L x H mm

PCRAA 149 (pack. 40 Pcs)

14 x 9

PCRAO 149 (pack. 40 Pcs)

14 x 9

PCRAA 1499 (pack. 40 Pcs)

14 x 9

PCRAA 209 (pack. 40 Pcs)

20 x 9

PCRAA 269 (pack. 40 Pcs)

26 x 9

PCRAO 269 (pack. 40 Pcs)

26 x 9

PCRAA 409 (pack. 20 Pcs)

40 x 9

COLOURS ECO BLISTER

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

)

AA - Anodised silver alu.

AO - Anodised gold alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) Available in the finishes: AA - AO. PCRAT 149 and PCRAB 269 are available on request (minimum purchase quantity: 540 lm Price: add a +20% to the price of PCRAA 149 and PCRAA 269) UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM

PCRAA - AO 149 curvable. (See pag. 178)

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PCR... 209

PCR... 149/1499

1. Choose the PROCOVER with the width suitable for the gap between the two floors to be joined, taking into consideration 2/3 mm side lap. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium AB - Anod. Bronze aluminium

PROCOVER WOOD is a joint-cover profile in aluminium covered with a very strong film available in 10 wood finishes. It is applied at the end of laying two adjoining floors with the same height, having left a 6 - 24 mm gap between the two floors set in a thin bed of adhesive. It protects the outside edges of the floor/covering. It is easy to lay and attractive. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with the silicone/adhesive.

Article

ALUMINIUM COVERED WITH PROTECTIVE FILM IN 10 WOOD FINISHES PCRA... 149

14 mm

L x H mm

PCRA... 149

14 x 9

PCRA... 269

26 x 9

H 9 mm

PCRA... 269

Available in the wood finishes: 04W - 05W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W -11W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PCRA... 149 (chosen finish Dark beech) PCRA04W 149.

26 mm

H 9 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

04W - Dark beech

11W - Decapè bleached

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

05W - Light oak (strip)

28W - Aspen Oak

07W - Light cherry (strip)

29W - White Oak

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

threshold - joint-cover profiles

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM (L 26mm - 54 LM)

PROCOVER WOOD

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

1. Choose the PROCOVER with the width suitable for the gap between the two floors to be joined, taking into consideration 2/3 mm side lap. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined.

30W - Grey Oak = News 2015

PROCOVER INSERT for inserting Procover profiles

VINYL RESIN / BLACK RUBBER

Vinyl resin/rubber profile “U-form” for inserting PROCOVER with PINBFT 45 or PINBFT 40 Proinsert System base. VINYL RESIN/RUBBER length 2,7 LM and/or in rolls 100 LM Article

PROINSERT BASE 45 and BASE 40 - ALU. PUNCHED PERFORED - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

Width. mm

PCPCR 2,7ML

PINBFT 45

45

PCPCR 100ML

PINBFT 40

40

INSERT +BASE 45/40

PINBFT 45

45 mm

PROCOVER FOR H. MIN. 9 mm MAX. 12 mm

PINBFT 40

PCPCR BASE PINBFT 40/ PINBFT 45

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

40 mm

91


PROPLATE is a flat joint-cover profile with special profiled edges for perfect adherence to flooring. Made in stainless steel 1.4016 with a protective film and available with or without adhesive or for certain widths also in the punched version. Available in widths of 20 – 30 - 40 – 40 – 80 mm with protective film.

PROPLATE threshold - joint-cover profiles

POLISHED STAINLESS 1.4016 STEEL SELF ADHESIVE OR PUNCHED PETAC/PETOL ...20

PETAC/PETOL ...30

L 20 mm

L 30 mm 1 mm

PETAC/ PETOL ...40

L 40 mm 1 mm

PETAC/PETOL ...60 L 60 mm 1,2 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS 1.4016 STEEL thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (W 20 - 30 mm - 108 LM)

PETAC/PETOL ...80 L 80 mm

Article 1,2 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS 1.4016 STEEL thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

Width - Thick.

Article

Width - Thick.

PETAC 20A (with adhesive) 20mm - 10/10

PETAC 309AS (with adhesive)

30mm - 10/10

PETAC 30A (with adhesive) 30mm - 10/10

PETAC 309FS (punched with screws)

30mm - 10/10

PETAC 40A (with adhesive) 40mm - 10/10

PETAC 609AS (with adhesive)

60mm - 10/10

PETAC 60A (with adhesive) 60mm - 10/10

PETAC 809AS (with adhesive)

80mm - 10/10

SELF PACK

PETAC 80A (with adhesive) 80mm - 10/10

POLISHED STAINLESS 1.4016 STEEL thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM 1. Choose PROPLATE in the required width and material and whether punched or with self-adhesive backing. 2. Cut the profile to the required length. When laying the self-adhesive Proplate, clean, degrease and dry the surface, checking that the temperature for application is at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay the profile correctly applying a uniform vertical pressure by hand without moving the profile and without using iron/steel hammers. 4. When laying the punched version, align the profile and mark the position of the holes using the holes in the profile as reference. 5. Insert suitable screw anchors (usually Ø 3mm screws & 5x25mm screw anchors) 6. Align the profile and tighten the galvanised or brassed flathead screws.

Article

Width - Thick.

PETAC 60 (without holes)

60mm - 10/10

PETAC 80 (without holes)

80mm - 10/10

PETAC 60A/80A/60/80, with 12/10 thickness available upon request. PUNCHED STAINLESS 1.4016 STEEL with protective film bar length 2,70 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (W 30 mm - 108 LM) Article

Width - Thick.

PETAC 30F (punched)

30mm - 10/10

PETAC 40F (punched)

40mm - 10/10

COLOURS

AC - Polished stainless steel 1.4016

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

PROPLATE

PROPLATE is a flat joint-cover profile with special profiled edges for perfect adherence to flooring. Made in polished brass with a protective film and available with or without adhesive or for certain widths also in the punched version. Available in widths of 20 – 30 40 – 40 – 80 mm with protective film.

threshold - joint-cover profiles

POLISHED BRASS SELF ADHESIVE OR PUNCHED POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Width - Thick.

PETOL 308AS (with adhesive) PETOL 408AS (with adhesive)

30mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs 1. Choose PROPLATE in the required width and material and whether punched or with self-adhesive backing. 2. Cut the profile to the required length. When laying the self-adhesive Proplate, clean, degrease and dry the surface, checking that the temperature for application is at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay the profile correctly applying a uniform vertical pressure by hand without moving the profile and without using iron/steel hammers. 4. When laying the punched version, align the profile and mark the position of the holes using the holes in the profile as reference. 5. Insert suitable screw anchors (usually Ø 3mm screws & 5x25mm screw anchors) 6. Align the profile and tighten the galvanised or brassed flathead screws.

COLOURS

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (W 20 - 30 mm - 108 LM) Article

Width - Thick.

PETOL 20A (with adhesive) PETOL 30A (with adhesive) PETOL 40A (with adhesive) PETOL 60A (with adhesive) PETOL 80A (with adhesive)

20mm - 10/10 30mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10 60mm - 10/10 80mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (W 20 mm - 108 LM) Article

Width - Thick.

PETOL 20 (without holes) 20mm - 10/10 PETOL 60 (without holes) 60mm - 10/10 PETOL 80 (without holes) 80mm - 10/10

PETOL 60A/80A/60/80 with 13/10 thickness available upon request . OL - Polished brass

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) 92

Article

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,70 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (W 30 mm - 108 LM) Article PETOL 30F (punched) PETOL 40F (punched)

Width - Thick. 30mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10

Article

Width - Thick.

PETOL 309AS (with adhesive) PETOL 309FS (punched with screws) PETOL 409AS (with adhesive) PETOL 409FS (punched with screws) PETOL 609AS (with adhesive) PETOL 809AS (with adhesive)

30mm - 10/10 30mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10 60mm - 10/10 80mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

Width - Thick.

PETOL 3010AS (with adhesive) PETOL 4010AS (with adhesive) PETOL 4010FS (punched with screws)

30mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

Width - Thick.

PETOL 3016AS (with adhesive) PETOL 4016AS (with adhesive)

30mm - 10/10 40mm - 10/10

SELF PACK

SELF PACK

SELF PACK

SELF PACK

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROPLATE 80 ALZ is a new aluminium joint cover, threshold cover. It is very resistant and suitable for covering the expanding joint of two different supporting structures, or to connect a floor with an adjoining one of the same or different kind. Particularly used in Industrial field, in the malls, sport facilities and gyms equipped with wood and/or resin floors.

PROPLATE 80 ALZ KNURLED ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM

80 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (PETAA 80Z - 40,5 ML) Article

Width mm

PETAA 80ZA (with adhesive)

80

PETAA 80Z (without adhesive)

80

COLOURS

PERFORATED VERSION AVAILABLE ON DEMAND.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PETAA 80ZA PETAA 80Z

1. Choose PROPLATE 80ALZ model with or without sticker and cut it to the required length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean accurately the solid floor. 3a. Remove the protective label from the sticker (sticker model). 4a. Rest the square pressing evenly without hammering. 3b. Perforate on one side and insert the nogs in the holes. 4b. Fix and screw the square equipped with flared head screws suitable to the holes made.

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

PROCOVER 14PT is a small aluminium joint cover /threshold cover square. It is used to finish technically floors laid at the same level in ceramic tiles/ ceramics ceramics / wood. It covers eventual laying flaws and guarantees that the floors which are underneath expand enough. In Gold-Silk anodised Aluminium and Bronze with sticker.

PROCOVER 14PT ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM 14 mm 1,6 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM WITH ADHESIVE thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

Width mm

PCRAA 14PTA

14

PCRAO 14PTA

14

PCRAB 14PTA

14

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PCRAA 14PTA PCRAO 14PTA PCRAB 14PTA

1. Choose the superficial finish of PROCOVER 14PT and cut it to the required lenght. 2. Degrease, wash and clean accurately the solid floor. 3. Remove the protective label from the sticker. 4. Lay the square pressing evenly without hammering.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

93 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSOL 18-30-35-40 in steel are self-adhesive joint - covers in stainless steel 1.4016 available in various widths. They are used to join floors of the same or differing material and thickness. The rounded shape also allows the profile to be used to edge shallow floors max. 5 mm thick. PROSOL is normally used to cover flaws and defects created during laying of ceramic/wood/parquet floors by covering the joint/threshold. PROSOL is recommended for all sorts of public environments: hotels, offices, shops and private dwellings; it guarantees an impeccable and attractive finish.

PROSOL 18-30-35-40 STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 WITH ADHESIVE WITH PROTECTIVE FILM 18 mm 2 mm

1 mm

PLSAC 30A/3010AS/309A/309AS/308A/308AS/3016AS 30 mm 2,8รท3 mm

1 mm

PLSAC 35A/359A/359AS/358A/358AS 35 mm

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM (W 35 - 40mm - 54 LM) Article

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK

Width - Thick.

Article

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 18A

18 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 308AS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 30A

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 358AS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 35A

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 40A

40 mm - 12/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with adhesive thermo packed ECO bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs BLISTER Article

Width - Thick.

On demand 0,73 o 0,63 LM long (quantity, prices and delivery time to be agreed). STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 308A

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 309AS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 358A

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 359AS

35 mm - 10/10

On demand 0,73 o 0,63 LM long (quantity, prices and delivery time to be agreed).

PLSAC 409AS

40 mm - 12/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with adhesive thermo packed ECO bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs BLISTER Article PLSAC 189A

Width - Thick. 18 mm - 10/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 WITH ADHESIVE thermo packed ECO bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs BLISTER Article

1 mm

PLSAC 40A/409AS 40 mm 3,8รท4 mm

1,2 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 3010AS

30 mm - 10/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 WITH ADHESIVE thermo packed SELF bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK

Width - Thick.

Article

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 309A

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 3016AS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 359A

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 3516AS

35 mm - 10/10

COLOURS

3,1 mm

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PLSAC 18A/189A

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

AC - Polished stainless steel 1.4016

On demand hand-brushed stainless steel (prices and delivery time to be agreed)

95 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSOL 30-35-40 threshold - joint-cover profiles

PUNCHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 WITH PROTECTIVE FILM

PROSOL 30-35-40 in steel are punched joint - covers in stainless steel 1.4016 available in various widths. They are used to join floors of the same or differing material and thickness. The rounded shape also allows the profile to be used to edge shallow floors max. 5 mm thick. PROSOL is normally used to cover flaws and defects created during laying of ceramic/wood/parquet floors by covering the joint/threshold. PROSOL is recommended for all sorts of public environments: hotels, offices, shops and private dwellings; it guarantees an impeccable and attractive finish.

PLSAC 30F/308F/309F/308FS/309FS/3010FS/3016FS 30 mm 2,8รท3 mm

1 mm

PLSAC 35F/358F/359F/358FS/359FS/3516FS 35 mm 3,1 mm

1 mm

PLSAC 40F/409FS 40 mm 3.8รท4 mm

1,2 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (L 30 mm - 108 LM) Article

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 30F

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 35F

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 40F

40 mm - 12/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched thermo packed ECO bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs BLISTER Article

Width - Thick.

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 308F

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 308FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 358F

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 358FS

35 mm - 10/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched thermo packed ECO bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs BLISTER Article

Width - Thick.

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 309F

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 309FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 359F

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 359FS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 409FS

40 mm - 12/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

PLSAC 3010FS

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

COLOURS

Width - Thick.

PLSAC 3016FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSAC 3516FS

35 mm - 10/10

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AC - Polished stainless steel 1.4016

On demand hand-brushed stainless steel (prices and delivery time to be agreed)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS.

96 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSOL 18-30-35-40 in brass are self-adhesive joint - covers in polished brass available in various widths. They are used to join floors of the same or differing material and thickness. The rounded shape also allows the profile to be used to edge shallow floors max. 5 mm thick. PROSOL is normally used to cover flaws and defects created during laying of ceramic/wood/parquet floors by covering the joint/threshold. PROSOL is recommended for all sorts of public environments: hotels, offices, shops and private dwellings; it guarantees an impeccable and attractive finish.

PROSOL 18-30-35-40 POLISHED BRASS WITH ADHESIVE WITH PROTECTIVE FILM 18 mm 2 mm

1 mm

PLSOL 30A/308A/309A/3010A/3016A/308AS/309AS/3010AS/3016AS 30 mm 2,8รท3 mm

1 mm

PLSOL 35A/359A/358AS/359AS/3510AS/3516AS 35 mm

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM (W 35 - 40mm - 54 LM) Article

Width - Thick.

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

18 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 308AS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 30A

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 358AS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 35A

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 40A

40 mm - 18/10

Article PLSOL 308A

ECO BLISTER

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

On demand 0,73 o 0,63 LM long (quantity, prices and delivery time to be agreed). POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLSOL 189A

Article

ECO BLISTER

Width - Thick. 18 mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

ECO BLISTER

Width - Thick.

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 359AS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 409AS

40 mm - 18/10

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs 30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 3510AS

35 mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 3016AS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 359A

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 3516AS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 409A

40 mm - 18/10

PLSOL 4016AS

40 mm - 18/10

Article PLSOL 3010A

PLSOL 3016A

COLOURS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SELF PACK

SELF PACK

ECO BLISTER

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer.

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

SELF PACK

1,8 mm

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 309A

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

40 mm >3,8 mm

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 3010AS

Article

1 mm

PLSOL 40A/409A/409AS/416AS

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 309AS

Article

SELF PACK

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 18A

POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

3,1 mm

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PLSOL 18A/189A

ECO BLISTER

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Polished brass

97 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSOL 30-35-40 threshold - joint-cover profiles

PUNCHED POLISHED BRASS WITH PROTECTIVE FILM

PROSOL 30-35-40 in brass are punched joint - covers in polished brass available in various widths. They are used to join floors of the same or differing material and thickness. The rounded shape also allows the profile to be used to edge shallow floors max. 5 mm thick. PROSOL is normally used to cover flaws and defects created during laying of ceramic/wood/parquet floors by covering the joint/ threshold. PROSOL is recommended for all sorts of public environments: hotels, offices, shops and private dwellings; it guarantees an impeccable and attractive finish.

PLSOL 30F/308F/309F/3010F/3016F/308FS/309FS/3010FS/3016FS 30 mm 2,8รท3 mm

1 mm

PLSOL 35F/359F/358FS/359FS/3510FS/3516FS 35 mm 3,1 mm

1 mm

PLSOL 40F/409F/409FS/4016FS 40 mm >3,8 mm

1,8 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED BRASS punched with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM (W 35 - 40mm - 54 ML)

PACK

Article

Width - Thick.

Article

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 30F

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 308FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 35F

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 358FS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 40F

40 mm - 18/10

POLISHED BRASS punched thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLSOL 308F

Article

On demand 0,73 o 0,63 LM long (quantity, prices and delivery time to be agreed).

ECO BLISTER

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS punched thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

ECO BLISTER

Width - Thick.

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 309FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 359FS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 409FS

40 mm - 18/10

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK

Article

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 309F

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 3010FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 359F

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 3510FS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 409F

40 mm - 18/10

POLISHED BRASS punched thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLSOL 3010F

Width - Thick.

Article

COLOURS

POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

30 mm - 10/10

POLISHED BRASS punched thermo packed bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PLSOL 3016F

ECO BLISTER

ECO BLISTER

Width - Thick.

PLSOL 3016FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 3516FS

35 mm - 10/10

PLSOL 4016FS

40 mm - 18/10

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Polished brass

98 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSOL 30-35-40 are self-adhesive or punched joint - covers in polished brass available in various widths. They are used to join floors of the same or differing material and thickness. The rounded shape also allows the profile to be used to edge shallow floors max. 5 mm thick. PROSOL is normally used to cover flaws and defects created during laying of ceramic/wood/parquet floors by covering the joint/threshold. PROSOL is recommended for all sorts of public environments: hotels, offices, shops and private dwellings; it guarantees an impeccable and attractive finish.

PROSOL 18-30-35-40 ANOD. GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM SELF-ADHESIVE AND PUNCHED 30 mm 3,7 mm

PLS... 35A 35 mm 4 mm

PLS... 40A 40 mm 4,5 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

Article

Width - Thick.

Article

PLS... 30A

30 mm - 10/10

PLS... 30F

30 mm - 10/10

PLS... 35A

35 mm - 10/10

PLS... 35F

35 mm - 10/10

PLS... 40A

40 mm - 18/10

PLS... 40F

40 mm - 18/10

PLS... 30F/309F/308FS/309FS/3016FS 30 mm

Width - Thick.

3,7 mm

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PLS... 30A/309A/308AS/309AS/3010AS/3016AS

PLS... 35F 35 mm 4 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLS... 308AS

SELF PACK

Width - Thick.

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLS... 308FS

30 mm - 10/10

PLS... 40F 40 mm

PACK

Width - Thick.

4,5 mm

30 mm - 10/10

On demand 0,73 o 0,63 LM long (quantity, prices and delivery time to be agreed). EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PLS... 309AS

PLS... 3010AS

Article

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

SELF PACK

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PLS... 3016AS

PACK

Article PLS... 309FS

30 mm - 10/10

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article

SELF PACK

Width - Thick.

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo SELF packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

SELF PACK

Width - Thick.

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK

Article PLS... 3016FS

30 mm - 10/10

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed ECO bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs BLISTER

Width - Thick. 30 mm - 10/10

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

Article

Width - Thick.

Article

Width - Thick.

PLS... 309A

30 mm - 10/10

PLS... 309F

30 mm - 10/10

ECO BLISTER

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PLS... 30A (chosen finish Anod. silver) PLSAA 30A.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM (price and delivery time to be agreed)

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

99 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROLEVALL 25-35-38 are joint – covers in anodised aluminium with gold, silver and bronze finish in various widths with a more or less knurled flat surface, available with self-adhesive backing or punched in various lengths. They are used to join floors of the same or differing material e.g. ceramic tiles, wood, marble, parquet or laminated, mainly to cover flaws created during laying or expansion joints. The chamfered edges ensure perfect adhesion to the floor, while the flat top allows perfect door closure. Recommended for dwellings and public environments with intense pedestrian traffic. Easy to lay; the high-strength elastomer adhesive ensures an excellent grip.

PROLEVALL 25-35-38 ANOD. GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM SELF-ADHESIVE AND PUNCHED 25 mm

2,8 mm

PLV... 35A PLV... 359A PLV... 3510A PLV... 3516A

35 mm

2,3 mm

PLV.. 38A PLV... 389A

38 mm

3,5 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

Width mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

PLV... 25F PLV... 259F

Width mm

PLV... 25A

25

PLV... 25F

25

PLV... 35A

35

PLV... 35F

35

PLV... 38A

38

PLV... 38F

40

OFF-CENTRE HOLES ON DEMAND ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article

Width mm

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article

Width mm

PLV... 259AS

25

PLV... 259FS

25

PLV... 359AS

35

PLV... 359FS

35

PLV... 389AS

38

PLV... 389FS

38

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article PLV... 3510AS

Width mm

PACK

Article PLV... 3516AS

Width mm

PLV... 38F PLV... 389F

38 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Width mm 35

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors SELF thermo packed - bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article PLV... 3516FS

35

35 mm

2,3 mm

PACK

Article

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PLV... 35F PLV... 359F PLV... 3510F PLV... 3516F

3,5 mm

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors SELF thermo packed - bar length 1,03 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PLV... 3510FS

35

25 mm

2,8 mm

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PLV... 25A PLV... 259A

Width mm 35

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g: PLV... 25A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PLVAO 25A.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

101 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROMOQUETTE carpet gripper profiles

ANOD. GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM WITH OR WITHOUT ADHESIVE

PROMOQUETTE is an anodised aluminium rounded edging profile with tap-down edge, which is ideal for the clean-cut, elegant finishing of carpeted floors. The carpeting is inserted inside the curved/rounded section, which is then pressed down until the carpeting is secured, thereby also protecting the edge. PROMOQUETTE ensures a perfect finish, covering any flaws created during laying and protecting the edge. Easy to lay with the self-adhesive backing ensuring perfect adherence to the floor.

PMQ... 12 / 126/2 H 7 / 12 mm

PMQ... 12A /127AS /128AS /129AS

H 7 / 12 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PMQ... 12A (with adhesive)

7/12

PMQ... 127AS (with adhesive)

7/12

PMQ... 12 (without adhesive)

7/12

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 0,67 LM - pack. 2 PCS

1. Cut the profile to the necessary length. 2. Fix the PROMOQUETTE to the floor using screws/nails or double-sided adhesive tape. 3. Insert the carpeting into the curved side with the necessary tension. 4. Apply pressure evenly over the edge of the profile until it closes over and secures the carpeting.

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo SELF packed bar length 0,73 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK

Article

H mm

PMQ... 126/2 (without adhesive)

7/12

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo SELF packed bar length 0,83 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

H mm

PMQ... 128AS (with adhesive)

7/12

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo SELF packed bar length 0,93 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

H mm

PMQ... 129AS (with adhesive)

7/12

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PMQ... 12A (finish: Anod. Gold) PMQAO 12A. COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROMOQUETTE FIX carpet gripper profiles

ANOD. GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM PUNCHED OR NOTCHED

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

PROMOQUETTE FIX is a profile in anodised aluminium made as a terminal profile to edge carpeted floors held under tension or simply laid with double-sided adhesive tape. Two versions are available: notched or with holes/notches for laying under tension and then permanently fixed with screws/nails; or the punched version to edge without holding under tension. PROMOQUETTE FIX ensures an impeccable finish to the edge of carpeting that is not always perfectly cut. It speeds up laying time and the result is attractive. PMF... 14F H 14 mm

PMF... 14D H 14 mm

H 43 mm

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PMF... 14F (punched)

14

PMF... 14D (notched)

14

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver alu.

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PMF... 14F (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PMFAO 14F.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

102 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROMOQUETTE GIN is a profile in anodised aluminium with tap-down edge for edging or joining floors in carpeting, PVC, linoleum, ceramic tiles/wood, etc. Two versions are available: punched for laying under tension and then permanently fixed with screws/ nails or the adhesive version for laying with glue and which can be taken up if required. PROMOQUETTE GIN guarantees an impeccable finish and offers the dual function of both joining and of covering any flawed edges of the floors. It speeds up laying time and the result is attractive.

PROMOQUETTE GIN ANOD. GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM PUNCHED AND ADHESIVE

H 6 mm

24 mm L 28 mm

PMG... 813F

H 6 mm

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PMG... 813F (punched)

8/13

PMG... 813A (with adhesive)

8/13

COLOURS

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PMG... 813 (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PMGAO 813F.

carpet gripper profiles

L 28 mm

PMGD... 813A

24 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

1. Cut the profile to the necessary length. 2. Fix the PROMOQUETTE GIN to the floor using screws/nails or two-sided adhesive tape. 3. Lay the required floor, inserting the carpeting, PVC, linoleum, ceramic tile or wood under the upper curved part. 4. Apply pressure evenly on the edges of the profile until they close and secure the flooring on both sides.

PROMOQUETTE CLIP is a jointing profile in anodised aluminium created to join carpeted floors. It comprises two profiles: a punched or notched base and a knurled “top” profile to be inserted into the base when it has been laid. Two versions are available: notched for laying under tension and then permanently fixed with screws/nails or the adhesive version for laying with glue and which can be taken up if required. PROMOQUETTE CLIP guarantees an impeccable finish in joining carpeted floors. It speeds up laying time and the result is attractive.

PROMOQUETTE CLIP ANOD. GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM PUNCHED AND NOTCHED TOP AND BASE L 25 mm

PMC... 525D

43 mm

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PMC... 525F (punched Base)

5

PMC... 525D (notched Base)

5

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver alu.

carpet gripper profiles

PMC... 525F

Available in the finishes: AA - AO - AB. The code of the selected colour EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS must be added to the article code. E.g.: PMC... 525F (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PMCAO 525F.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AO - Anod. Gold alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

1. Cut the profile to the necessary length. 2. Fix the punched/notched base to the floor using screws/nails or two-sided adhesive tape. 3. Lay the carpeting by gluing or holding under tension. 4. With the help of a wooden tapping block and a hammer, apply pressure evenly over the whole of the top profile until it clicks into the base, thereby securing the carpeting on both sides. 103

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? stair nosings profiles


PROSTAIR ACC

PROSTAIR ACC is steps protecting technical profile, designed and conceived to make the step scales made of ceramic, porcelain stoneware and others nonskid and non-slip ones ; it’s to be applied before the step laying process. Manufactured in aisi 304/1.4301-V2A glazed stainless steel, with the superior side level crimped in order to increase its adhesion. It replaces special ceramic elements in refined, resistant and economic way. It is compulsory in public places for the accident prevention. It is recommended for elegant, refined industrial, commercial and private environments: available in H 4,5-6- 8-10-12,5-15 mm versions. Combining with the entire series of steel profiles recommended.

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

PTRACS 045

30 mm

H 4,5 mm

10 mm

PTRACS 06

30 mm

H 6 mm

10 mm

PTRACS 08

30 mm

H 8 mm

10 mm

PTRACS 10

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM - 10/10mm

30 mm

10 mm

H 10 mm

Article

H mm

PTRACS 045

30 mm

10 mm

H 12,5 mm

PTRACS 15

10 mm

H 15 mm

TPTRACS/2

6

PTRACS 08

8

PTRACS 10

10

PTRACS 125

Articles not for sale singly

15

Available in SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.440V4A (available with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM price and delivery time to be agreed). OUT OF STANDARD SIZE PRICES: For Length 1 LM + 10% (minimum order of 300 LM) For Length 1,5 LM + 5% (minimum order of 300 LM) LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

H mm 4,5÷15

12,5

PTRACS 15 30 mm

Article

4,5

PTRACS 06 PTRACS 125

END CAP in VARNISHED PLASTIC STAINED STAINLESS STEEL EFFECT pack. 2 Pcs (1 right and 1 left)

1. Choose the PROSTAR ACC of the desired height and material on the basis of the tile (steps) thickness. 2. Fix the first rising part laying it down at its appropriate and definitive level. 3. Fill completely the empty spaces under the profile with the tile adhesive. 4. Spread out the adhesive on the tread, lay down the profile with its cut base immersed completely in adhesive and align it so that the profile covers the riser tile edge. 5. Lay down the tread tiles and align them with the superior grazing part of the profile by drawing its back close and filling the inner space with the adhesive.

TPTRACS/2

TPTRACS/2

COLOURS

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROSTYLE 2610

PROSTYLE 2610 is steps protecting technical profile, designed and conceived to keep the step scales made of ceramic, porcelain stoneware, wood, marble and others nonskid and non-slip ones ; it’s to be applied after the step laying process or in the already present rooms. Manufactured in aisi 304/1.4301-V2A glazed stainless steel, with the superior side level crimped in order to increase its adhesion. It replaces special ceramic elements in refined, resistant and economic way. It’s ideal for the edges protection and screening as well as of the corner between the rising and the tread which is the point of the greatest strain. It is compulsory in public places for the accident prevention. It is recommended for elegant, refined industrial, commercial and private environments. Available in drilled version or in with adhesive one.

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A SELF ADHESIVE or PUNCHED PSYACS 2610F/A

26 mm

10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM- 10/10mm Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

= News 2015 available from April

106

Article

COLOURS

H mm

PSYACS 2610F (punched)

10

PSYACS 2610A (with adhesive)

10

Available in SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L/1.440V4A (available with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM price and delivery time to be agreed).

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OUT OF STANDARD SIZE PRICES: For Length 1 LM + 10% (minimum order of 300 LM) For Length 1,5 LM + 5% (minimum order of 300 LM)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


10


108


PROSTAIR GRIP ACC is an AISI 304/1.4301窶天2A satined stainless steel profile, consisting of a punched flange, ensuring perfect anchorage to the substrate, a 36,5 and 56,5mm horizontal visually exposed surface with the carborundum stripe insert and a 20mm vertical visually exposed flat surface. The profile is available in the heights 4,5/ 8/ 10/ 12,5/ 15/ 20 mm and is equipped with end caps made of varnished plastic in satined steel-effect finish. The design of this profile together with the completing elements make it an elegant and appreciated solution also for modern stairs.

PTRGRACS ...35

PTRGRACS ...55

36,50 mm

56,50 mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 - V2A Bar length 2,7 ML - width 56,50 mm - Pack 40 Pcs - 108 LM

Article PTRGRACS 04535 PTRGRACS 0635 PTRGRACS 0835 PTRGRACS 1035 PTRGRACS 12535 PTRGRACS 1535 PTRGRACS 2035

Article PTRGRACS 04555 PTRGRACS 0655 PTRGRACS 0855 PTRGRACS 1055 PTRGRACS 12555 PTRGRACS 1555 PTRGRACS 2055

20 mm

20 mm

H 4,5-6-8-10-12,5-15-20 mm

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 - V2A Bar length 2,7 ML - width 36,50 mm - Pack 40 Pcs - 108 LM H mm 4,5 6 8 10 12,5 15 20

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 -V2A

40 mm

25 mm

H 4,5-6-8-10-12,5-15-20 mm

PROSTAIR GRIP ACC

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm 4,5 6 8 10 12,5 15 20

The adhesive carborundum strip (PROGRIP) is not included with the profile. For PTRGRACS ...35 order PGR... 25 (Specify the chosen colour). For PTRGRACS ...55 order PGR... 40 (Specify the chosen colour). END CAPS - R/L - Pack 2 pcs - (1 R and 1 L)

COLOURS

Article TPTRGRACS 55/2 TPTRGRACS 35/2

H mm 4,5テキ20 4,5テキ20

L mm 56,5 36,5

Articles not for sale singly

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROSTAIR GRIP ACC in the required height, according to the thickness of the floor covering and the desired profile width; 2. Lay the floor covering on the stair riser and apply the adhesive on the of stair tread, where the profile will be installed; 3. Fill the empty spaces under the profile with the adhesive for tiles. Lay the profile on the step tread, making sure that it is aligned with the stair riser; 4. Lay the floor covering on the stair tread and align; 5. Plaster the joints between the profile and the tiles.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS PROGRIP is a carborundum adhesive stripe, consisting of an elastic film coated with high wear resistant abrasive grains. It is usually employed in public as well as in domestic environments to make stair steps non-slip. The stripe is available in different colors and widths to meet any technical and aestetic requirement. If PROGRIP is applied directly on the step covering, it is advisable to apply two stripes on each step, rounding their ends.

The PGRT (trasparent) are not suitable for outside use. COLOURS

ADHESIVE CARBORUNDUM NON-SLIP STRIP for STEPS rolls length 18,3 LM Article

N - Black

B - White

T - Transparent

G - Gray

Y - Yellow

M - Brown

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PGRN 25 (black colour) PGRB 25 (white colour) PGRT 25 (transparent) PGRG 25 (grey colour) PGRY 25 (yellow colour) PGRM 25 (brown colour) PGRN 40 (black colours) PGRB 40 (white colours) PGRT 40 (trasparent) PGRG 40 (gray colours) PGRY 40 (gray colours) PGRM 40 (brown colours)

Width mm 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40

PROGRIP ADHESIVE CARBORUNDUM - 6 COLOURS

PGRN 40

= News 2015 available from April

109 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

= News 2015 available from January


PROSTYLE GRIP ACC

PROSTYLE GRIP ACC is a non-slip profile in AISI 304/1.4301–V2A satined stainless steel, consisting of a 40 or 60 mm horizontal top with a groove for the insertion of a non-slip carborundum stripe and a 20mm vertical flat side. The profile can be fixed with adhesive film or with screws. The particular design of this profile makes it an elegant and appreciated solution also for modern stairs.

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 -V2A

PSYGRACS 6020

PSYGRACS 4020

L 60 mm

L 40 mm

40 mm

25 mm

H 20 mm

H 20 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 - V2A

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301 - V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 ML - Pack 20 Pcs - 54 LM

with protective film - bar length 2,7 ML - Pack 20 Pcs - 54 LM

Article PSYGRACS 6020A PSYGRACS 6020F

Article PSYGRACS 4020A PSYGRACS 4020F

L mm 60 60

Without adhesive version deduct 3,00 €/LM to the gross price;

L mm 40 40

Without adhesive version deduct 3,00 €/LM to the gross price;

The adhesive carborundum strip (PROGRIP) is not included with the profile. For PSYGRACS 6020A/F order PGR... 40 (Specify the chosen colour). For PSYGRACS 4020A/F order PGR... 25 (Specify the chosen colour). COLOURS • Version with adhesive 1.Choose the profile according to the desired width and cut it to the necessary length; 2.Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is dry. Remove the protective film and place the profile, applying adequate pressure on it; 3.Apply the adhesive non-slip carborundum insert of the desired color. • Punched version 1.Choose the profile according to the desired width and cut it to the necessary length; 2.Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes on the profile as reference; 3.Drill the step using a drill with 5mm diameter and insert the 5x 25mm screws; 4.Screw the profile to the step; 5.Apply the adhesive non-slip carborundum insert of the desired color.

PROGRIP ADHESIVE CARBORUNDUM - 6 COLOURS

PGRN 40

END CAPS - R/L - Pack 2 pcs - (1 R and 1 L) Article TPSYGRACS 6020 TPSYGRACS 4020

L mm 60 40

Articles not for sale singly

ACS - Satined AISI 304/1.4301-V2A Stainless steel (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS PROGRIP is a carborundum adhesive stripe, consisting of an elastic film coated with high wear resistant abrasive grains. It is usually employed in public as well as in domestic environments to make stair steps non-slip. The stripe is available in different colors and widths to meet any technical and aestetic requirement. If PROGRIP is applied directly on the step covering, it is advisable to apply two stripes on each step, rounding their ends.

ADHESIVE CARBORUNDUM NON-SLIP STRIP for STEPS rolls length 18,3 LM Article PGRN 25 (black colour) PGRB 25 (white colour) PGRT 25 (transparent) PGRG 25 (grey colour) PGRY 25 (yellow colour) PGRM 25 (brown colour) PGRN 40 (black colours) PGRB 40 (white colours) PGRT 40 (trasparent) PGRG 40 (gray colours) PGRY 40 (gray colours) PGRM 40 (brown colours)

width mm 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40

The PGRT (trasparent) are not suitable for outside use. COLOURS

N - Black

B - White

T - Transparent

G - Gray

Y - Yellow

M - Brown

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

110 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSTAIR 50

PROSTAIR 50 is a technical square used to make the step nonskid and non-slip, protects the ceramic stairs steps preventing from accidents. It is made up of a rigid ALUMINIUM base equipped with a particular toothing on the vertical stem which strengthens the anchorage of the adhesive/tile to the square. The aluminium base varies according to the thickness of the tile used in the step, and to a lined insert in vinyl rubber available in several colors. The insert is already applied to the aluminium base. It is compulsory in public places in compliance with EEC norms and prevents from accidents.

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT PTR50 08...

50 mm

TAPPI DX - SX PROSTAIR 50 8 - 10 - 12,5 - 15 mm

H 8 mm TAPPI DX - SX PROSTAIR 50 8 - 10 - 12,5 - 15 mm

50 mm

50 mm

19 mm

19 mm

Vista LATERALE

Dx

PTR50 10...

50 mm

19 mm

19 mm Sx

H 10 mm Vista LATERALE

Dx

Sx

PTR50 125...

50 mm

H 12,5 mm

PTR50 15...

50 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PTR50 08... PTR50 10... PTR50 125... PTR50 15...

H mm

H 15 mm

8 10 12,5 15

Available in the colours: G - N - B - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTR50 08... (chosen colour Grey) PTR50 08G.

END CAP IN PVC - pack. 2 Pcs - (1 R - 1 L) Article TPTR50 ...

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm 8-10-12,5-15

Available in the colours: G - N - B - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TPTR 50... (chosen colour Grey) TPTR 50G.

Articles not for sale singly

COLOURS

G - Grey (E83)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

N - Black (E85)

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

1. Choose a PROSTAIR 50 height and color corresponding to the thickness of the tile. 2. Fix the riser laying it at the appropriate and definitive height. 3. Fill the empty spaces under the square completely with adhesive. 4. Rest the adhesive on the tread, lay the square with the base cut in the adhesive and line it up so that the square covers the tile edge of the riser. 5. Lay the tiles of the tread lining them up with upper part of the square so that it meets with the edge.

INTERCHANGEABLE INSERT for Prostair 50 VINYL RESIN / RUBBER

INTERCHANGEABLE VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PTG50...

H mm 8-10-12,5-15

Universal insert suitable for four profile heights. Available in the colours: G - N - B - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTG50... (chosen colour Grey) PTG50 G.

111 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSTAIR

PROSTAIR is a step nosing profile used to improve slip and slide resistance on the step, to protect ceramic steps and to prevent accidents. It consists of a rigid ALUMINIUM base and a changeable vinyl rubber insert available in various colours and widths. Compulsory in public environments to comply with EEC accident-prevention standards.

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT PTR 08...

35 mm

TAPPI DX - SX PROSTAIRPROSTEP TAPPI DX - SX PROSTAIRPROSTEP

H 8 mm

30 30

PTR 10...

INTERCHANGEABLE VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 17 54 LM

35 mm

H 10 mm

PTR 125...

35 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PTR 08... PTR 10... PTR 125...

H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm 8 10 12,5

17

Article

H mm

PTGR 08... Vista LATERALE PTGR 10... Vista LATERALE PTGR 125...

8 10 12,5

Dx Dx

Available in the colours: G - N - B - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTGR 08... (chosen colour Grey) PTGR 08G.

Available in the colours: G - N - B - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTR 08... (chosen colour Grey) PTR 08G. COLOURS

END CAP IN PVC - pack. 2 Pcs - (1 R - 1 L) Article

1. Choose the PROSTEP/PROSTAIR in the required width and colour according to the thickness of the tile. 2. First fix the riser part, placing it at the correct and final height. 3. Fill the empty spaces under the profile with the tile adhesive. 4. Apply the adhesive to the tread, lay the profile with the punched base fully sunk into the adhesive and align the profile so that its lip covers the edge of the riser tile. 5. Lay the tread tiles, aligning them so that they are flush with the upper and rear part of the profile.

Sx Sx

G - Grey (E83)

N - Black (E85)

B - Beige (E84)

H mm

TPT 08.../1

8

TPT 10.../1

10

TPT 125.../1

12,5

Available in the colours: G - N - B - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TPT 08... (chosen colour Grey) TPT 08G.

A - Ivory (E81) (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Articles not for sale singly

TAPPI DX - SX PROSTAIRPROSTEP

PROSTEP

TAPPI DX - SX PROSTAIRPROSTEP

30

RIGID VINYL RESIN + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT

PROSTEP is a step nosing profile used to improve slip and slide resistance on the 30 step, to protect ceramic steps and to prevent accidents. It consists of a rigid base in high-strength vinyl resin and a changeable vinyl rubber insert available in various colours and widths. Compulsory in public environments to comply with EEC accident-prevention standards. 17

PTP 08...

30 mm

17 INTERCHANGEABLE VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H 8 mm

PTP 10...

Vista LATERALE Article

H mm

Vista LATERALE

8 10 12,5

PTG 08... PTG 10... PTG 125...

Dx Dx

Sx Sx

Available in the colours: G-N-B-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTG 08... (colour Grey) PTG 08G.

30 mm

H 10 mm

PTP 125...

H 12,5 mm

IMPACT PROOF VINYL RESIN + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM 30 mm

Article PTP 08... PTP 10... PTP 125...

END CAP IN PVC - pack. 2 Pcs - (1 R - 1 L)

H mm

Article

8 10 12,5

Available in the colours: G - N - B - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTP 08... (chosen colour Grey) PTP 08G.

H mm

TPT 08.../1

8

TPT 10.../1

10

TPT 125.../1

12,5

Available in the colours: G-N-B-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TPT 08... (colour Grey) TPT 08G.

Articles not for sale singly COLOURS

G - Grey (E83)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

N - Black (E85)

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

112 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROBRASTEP is a very elegant step nosing profile used to improve slip and slide resistance on the step. Made in polished brass and anodised aluminium, the upper part is knurled to increase adherence. Compulsory in public buildings to comply with accident-prevention regulations. Recommended for elegant, refined surroundings and for steps in wood, tiles, melamine-coated/laminated wood, marble or natural stones. Width: 8, 10, 12.5 mm.

PROBRASTEP KNURLED NATURAL and POLISHED BRASS NATURAL and SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM PBPAN/AA 08 H 8 mm

PBP/ON/AN/ AA 10

H 10 mm

PBP/ON/AN/ AA 125 H 12,5 mm

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PBPON 10 PBPON 125

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 5 Pcs bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm

**

10 12,5

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PBPOL 10 PBPOL 125

ON - Natural Brass

*

H mm

* *

10 12,5

Article PBPAA 08 PBPAA 10 PBPAA 125

H mm 8 10 12,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

OL - Pol. Brass

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

8 10 12,5

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm

COLOURS

Article PBPAN 08 PBPAN 10 PBPAN 125

AN - Natural aluminium

1. Choose the PROBRASTEP in the required width and colour according to the thickness of the tile (stairs). 2. First fix the riser part, placing it at the correct and final height. 3. Fill the empty spaces under the profile with the tile adhesive. 4. Apply the adhesive to the tread, lay the profile with the punched base fully sunk into the adhesive and align the profile so that its lip covers the edge of the riser tile. 5. Lay the tread tiles, aligning them so that they are flush with the upper and rear part of the profile and filling the internal part with adhesive. Oxidation marks in the polished/natural brass range may be easily removed with specific chemical products (Sidol-Smac).

AA - Anod. silver alu.

= Upon request, delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

113


PROTERMSTEP ACC

PROTERMSTEP ACC is the new step cover profile made of stainless steel. Designed to protect the edge of the step and to hide the joint between the tread and the step rise. The special notched shape in the upright stem provides it with excellent anchorage between floor/glue/profile. Reversible profile.

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PTSPAC 0815

PTSPAC 10125 25 mm

25 mm

h8 mm 1 mm 24 mm

h 10 mm

H 15 mm

H 12,5 mm

PTSPAC 1530

1 mm

23,5 mm

PTSPAC 2025

45 mm

45 mm

h 15 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM

h 20 mm

Article PTSPAC 0815

1 mm

PTSPAC 10125

46 mm

46 mm

H 30 mm

COLOURS

h / H mm 08 / 15 10 / 12,5

PTSPAC 1530

15 / 30

PTSPAC 2025

20 / 25

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

CORNER - pack. 10 Pcs

H 25 mm

Article REPTSAC 0815 REPTSAC 10125 REPTSAC 1530 REPTSAC 2025

EXAMPLE OF LAYING

h / H mm 08 / 15 10 / 12,5 15 / 30 20 / 25

REPTSAC ..

JOINT - H 10 - 12,5 - 15 - 20 mm - pack. 10 Pcs Article GIPTSAC 0815 GIPTSAC 10125 GIPTSAC 1530 GIPTSAC 2025

PROTERMSTEP ALL NATURAL and SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM

h / H mm 08 / 15 10 / 12,5 15 / 30 20 / 25

GIPTSAC ..

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS PROTERMSTEP ALL is the new step cover profile made of natural and anodised aluminium. Designed to protect the edge of the step and to hide the joint between the tread and the step rise. The special notched shape in the upright stem provides it with excellent anchorage between floor/glue/profile.

PTSPAN/AA 10

PTSPAN/AA 08

H 8 mm

H 10 mm

10 mm

PTSPAN/AA 125

10 mm

PTSPAN/AA 15

H 12,5 mm

10 mm

EXAMPLE OF LAYING

H 15 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

10 mm

H mm

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H mm

PTSPAN 08

8

PTSPAA 08

8

PTSPAN 10

10

PTSPAA 10

10

PTSPAN 125 PTSPAN 15

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

12,5 15

PTSPAA 125 PTSPAA 15

12,5 15

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROTERMSTEP in the required width and colour according to the thickness of the tile (stairs). 2. First fix the riser part, placing it at the correct and final height. 3. Fill the empty spaces under the profile with the tile adhesive. 4. Apply the adhesive to the tread, lay the profile with the punched base fully sunk into the adhesive and align the profile so that its lip covers the edge of the riser tile. 5. Lay the tread tiles, aligning them so that they are flush with the upper and rear part of the profile and filling the internal part with adhesive.

AN - Natural aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

114 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSTAIR LED

PROSTAIR LED is an aluminium profile available in the silver anodised finishes, that can be fixed with adhesive or dowels to the step tread. It has a grooved non-slip 52,5mm wide horizontal surface and an integrated LED lighting system, placed on its 43,5mm high vertical side. The integrated LED system generates cold or warm light and is protected by a matt or transparent polycarbonate plate, provided with a special fixing system, that allows it to be removed any time maintenance on the lighting system should be required. Its design and to the range of finishes available, together with its easy installation make PROSTAIR LED an appreciated solution both in public and in residential spaces.

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM - FLAT - LED L 52,5 mm

17,5 mm

PTRLED...

H 43,5 mm EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM Bar Length 2,7 ml - Pack 20 Pcs - 54 LM ADAPTOR LED, FLAT & LED NOT INCLUDED Article PTRLEDAA 5040

H x L mm 43,5 x 52,5

- Adhesive version add 3,00 €/LM to the gross price; - Punched version add 1,50 €/LM to the gross price.

ADHESIVE FLEXIBLE LED COIL length 5 LM - Pack 1 Roll

POLYCARBONATE’S FLAT Bar length 2,7 ML - Pack 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PIAL 17 PIAO 17

Finish transp. matt

ENDCAPS- R / L (3 R & 3 L)

Article H x L mm TPTRLEDAA 5040 43,5 x 52,5

Article LEDN (neutral light) LEDF (cold light) LEDC (hot light)

LED ADAPTOR AC/DC 75W - 12V (15 LM)

COLOURS 1. Choose PROSTAIR LED depending on the desired finish, light effect and polycarbonate plate; 2. If you are using the version with adhesive, clean first the surface where the profile will be installed. Once the surface has dried , remove the protective film and install the profile, applying adequate pressure on it; 3. If you are using the punched version, place the profile on the step tread and mark the position of the profile holes on the step tread; 4. Drill the step tread and fasten the profile using plugs; 5. Connect the LED to the low tension power supply and install the polycarbonate plate.

Article ALL 7512 (supplies 15 LM)

LED ADAPTOR AC/DC 25W - 12V (5 LM) AA - Anod. Silver all (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Article ALL 2512 (supplies 5 LM)

116 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


11


PROSTYLE

PROSTYLE is a technical/decorative profile in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A for ceramic tile/wood steps. Its particular rounded shape has been conceived to create the “torus” of the step, which is normally created with special pieces. Elegant profile for all public/ private environments. In order to perfect placing and to look after details, external angles and closing caps are available.

ROUNDED STEP NOSING STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A 7 mm

PSYAC 08 8 mm

9 mm

PSYAC 10

8 mm

10 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm

9 mm

Article PSYAC 125

9 mm

H mm

PSYAC 08

8

PSYAC 10

10

PSYAC 125

12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

12,5

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROSTYLE with suitable height for the thickness of the floor (stairs). 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

9 mm

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

JOINTS and END CAPS for Prostyle stainless steel VARNISHED PLASTIC STEEL EFFECT and STAINLESS STEEL JOINT in VARNISHED PLASTIC STEEL EFFECT - pack. 20 Pcs Article

Article

RPSYAC 08 RPSYAC 10 RPSYAC 125 RPSYAC 08/10/125

END CAPS in STAINLESS STEEL H 8 - H 10 - H 12,5 mm - pack. 20 Pcs TPSYAC 08 TPSYAC 10 TPSYAC 125

TPSYAC 08/10/125

PROSTYLE

PROSTYLE is a technical/decorative profile in natural brass, as well as with polished or chromed finish, for ceramic tile/wood steps. Its particular rounded shape has been conceived to create the “torus” of the step, which is normally created with special pieces. It is knurled on the top to make the profile non-slip. Elegant profile for all public/private environments. Shrink-wrapped profile with bar code.

KNURLED, ROUNDED STEP NOSING NATURAL, POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS PSYON/OL 08 PSYOC 08

14 mm

8 mm

15,3 mm

PSYON/OL 10 PSYOC 10

14 mm

10 mm

CHROMED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article

13,3 mm

PSYON/OL 125 PSYOC 125 12,5 mm

14 mm

PSYOC 08 PSYOC 10 PSYOC 125

POLISHED BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM

H mm

Article PSYOL 08 PSYOL 10 PSYOL 125

8 10 12,5

COLOURS

OC - Chromed Brass

8 10 12,5

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article

10,8 mm

H mm

OL - Pol. Brass

ON - Natural Brass

PSYON 08 PSYON 10 PSYON 125

H mm 8 10 12,5

118 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSTYLE is a technical/decorative profile for ceramic tile/wood steps made in gold-silver anodised aluminium. Its particular rounded shape has been conceived to create the “torus” of the step, which is normally created with special pieces. It is knurled on the top to make the profile non-slip. Elegant profile for all public/private environments. Shrink-wrapped profile with bar code.

PROSTYLE KNURLED, ROUNDED STEP NOSING GOLD and SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM 14 mm

PSYAA/AO 08

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

8 mm

14,8 mm

14 mm

PSYAA/AO 10

1. Choose the PROSTYLE in the required width and colour according to the thickness of the tile. 2. First fix the riser part, placing it at the correct and final height. 3. Fill the empty spaces under the profile with the tile adhesive. 4. Apply the adhesive to the tread, lay the profile with the punched base fully sunk into the adhesive and align the profile so that its vertical part covers the edge of the riser tile. 5. Lay the tread tiles, aligning them so that they are flush with the upper and rear part of the profile and filling the internal part with adhesive. Oxidation marks in the polished/natural brass range may be easily removed with specific chemical products (Sidol-Smac).

10 mm

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PSYAA 08 PSYAA 10 PSYAA 125

H mm 8 10 12,5

12,8 mm

GOLD ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

COLOURS

Article

AA - Anod. silver aluminium AO - Anod. Gold aluminium

PSYAO 08 PSYAO 10 PSYAO 125

14 mm

PSYAA/AO 125

12,5 mm

H mm 8 10 12,5

10,3 mm

JOINTS and CAPS for Prostyle brass and aluminium POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS (see page 118) - GOLD and SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM JOINT in PAINTED PLASTIC - pack. 20 Pcs Article

CAPS IN BRASS - ALUMINIUM H 8 - H 10 - H 12,5 mm - pack. 20 Pcs Article

RPSY... 08-10-125

Universal, suitable for three profile heights Available: OL - OC - AA - AO. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: RPSY... 08 10 125 (chosen colour Brass) RPSYOL 08-10-125.

TPSY... 08 TPSY... 10 TPSY... 125

Available: OL - OC - AA - AO. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TPSY... 08 (chosen colour Brass) TPSYOL 08.

RPSY... 08-10-125 TPSY...08/10/ 125

PROSTEP INS

PROSTEP INS is a step cover profile in silver anodised aluminium ideal for protecting and laying laminated wood / floating melaminic and parquets. Available in two heights 10.5 and 16.

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM

H 10,2 mm 22,6 mm

PTSAA 16

stair nosing profiles

PTSAA 105

H 15,9 mm

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

28,3 mm

H mm

PTSAA 105

10,2

PTSAA 16

15,9

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

119 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSTAIR WOOD

PROSTAIR WOOD is a step nosing profile in real oak with aluminium base. Its rounded “torus/convex” shape makes a perfect and elegant nosing for stairs and steps in ceramic-tile-terracotta-wood for indoor and outdoor environments. Attractive. PROSTAIR WOOD may be treated and painted subsequently at the time of laying, according to the finishes chosen for the staircase.

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE PTRW 10

50 mm

H 10 mm 30 mm

PTRW 125

50 mm

H 12,5 mm 30 mm

PTRW 15

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM

50 mm

Article

H 15 mm 30 mm

PTRW 10 PTRW 125 PTRW 15

H mm 10 12,5 15

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 1,20-1,80 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 12/18 LM Article

10

PTRW 12520 (bar length 1,20 LM)

12,5

PTRW 1520 (bar length 1,20 LM) PTRW 1080 (bar length 1,80 LM) PTRW 12580 (bar length 1,80 LM)

COLOURS

H mm

PTRW 1020 (bar length 1,20 LM)

PTRW 1580 (bar length 1,80 LM)

15 10 12,5 15

ITEMS SUPPLIED ALREADY ASSEMBLED Treat the wood appropriately with paint or oil.

Natural oak

1. Choose the PROSTAIR WOOD with suitable height for the thickness of the covering of the step or staircase. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the step covering, aligning it so that the top edge of the profile is flush” with the covering. 5. Fill the profile/covering area of contact with adhesive to prevent any infiltration.

PROSTAIR WOOD Z KNURLED NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE PTRWZ 10

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROSTAIR WOOD Z is a step nosing profile in real oak with aluminium base. The rounded shape of the “knurled convex” torus with non-slip surface makes a perfect and elegant nosing for stairs and steps in ceramic-tile-terracotta-wood for indoor and outdoor environments. Attractive. PROSTAIR WOOD Z may be treated and painted subsequently at the time of laying, according to the finishes chosen for the staircase.

50 mm

H 10 mm 30 mm

PTRWZ 125 50 mm

H 12,5 mm 30 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article PTRWZ 10 PTRWZ 125

H mm

Article

H mm

10

PTRWZ 1020 (bar length 1,20 LM)

10

12,5

PTRWZ 12520 (bar length 1,20 LM)

12,5

PTRWZ 1080 (bar length 1,80 LM)

H 15 mm ON REQUEST 1. Choose the PROSTAIR WOOD Z with suitable height for the thickness of the covering of the step or staircase. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the step covering, aligning it so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the covering. 5. Fill the profile/covering area of contact with adhesive to prevent any infiltration.

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 1,20-1,80 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 12/18 LM

PTRWZ 12580 (bar length 1,80 LM)

10 12,5

ITEMS SUPPLIED ALREADY ASSEMBLED

COLOURS

Treat the wood appropriately with paint or oil. Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Natural oak (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

120 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSTEP WOOD

PROSTEP WOOD is a step nosing profile in real oak with aluminium base. Its 90° shape makes a perfect and elegant nosing for modern stairs and steps in ceramic-tile-terracotta-wood for indoor and outdoor environments. Attractive. PROSTEP WOOD may be treated and painted subsequently at the time of laying, according to the finishes chosen for the staircase.

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE PTPW 10

50 mm

H 10 mm 29 mm

PTPW 125

50 mm

H 12,5 mm 29 mm

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article

H mm

PTPW 10 PTPW 125

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 1,20-1,80 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 12/18 LM Article

H mm

10

PTPW 1020 (bar length 1,20 LM)

10

12,5

PTPW 12520 (bar length 1,20 LM)

12,5

PTPW 1080 (bar length 1,80 LM)

H 15 mm ON REQUEST

PTPW 12580 (bar length 1,80 LM)

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

10 12,5

ITEMS SUPPLIED ALREADY ASSEMBLED

COLOURS

Treat the wood appropriately with paint or oil. 1. Choose the PROSTEP WOOD with suitable height for the thickness of the covering of the step or staircase. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the step covering, aligning it so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the covering. 5. Fill the profile/covering area of contact with adhesive to prevent any infiltration.

Natural oak (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROSTYLE WOOD NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE

PROSTYLE WOOD è is a step nosing profile in real oak with aluminium base. Its rounded “torus/fret” shape makes a perfect and elegant nosing for stairs and steps in ceramic-tile-terracotta-wood for indoor and outdoor environments. Attractive. PROSTYLE WOOD may be treated and painted subsequently at the time of laying, according to the finishes chosen for the staircase. PSYW 10

50 mm

H 10 mm 30 mm

PSYW 125

50 mm

H 12,5 mm 30 mm

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM Article

H mm

PSYW 10 PSYW 125

NATURAL OAK + ALUMINIUM BASE bar length 1,20-1,80 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 12/18 LM Article

H mm

10

PSYW 1020 (bar length 1,20 LM)

10

12,5

PSYW 12520 (bar length 1,20 LM)

12,5

H 15 mm UPON REQUEST

COLOURS

PSYW 1080 (bar length 1,80 LM) PSYW 12580 (bar length 1,80 LM)

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

10 12,5

ITEMS SUPPLIED ALREADY ASSEMBLED Treat the wood appropriately with paint or oil.

Natural oak (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROSTYLE WOOD with suitable height for the thickness of the covering of the step or staircase. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the step covering, aligning it so that the top edge of the profile is “flush” with the covering. 5. Fill the profile/covering area of contact with adhesive to prevent any infiltration.

121 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSTYLE KL 10

PROSTYLE KL 10 is a step protecting profile, technical and very elegant, used to keep the step made of thin ceramic tiles and kerlite/ laminam non-skid and non-slip. Product in anodised aluminium with the angle portion crimped in order to increase its adhesion. Internal height 4.5 mm. It is compulsory in public buildings to comply with accident-prevention regulations.

steps for low thicknesses

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM PSYKLAA 1045

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

4,5 mm 18 mm

Article PSYKLAA 1045

H mm 4,5

COLOURS

29 mm

EXAMPLES OF LAYING AA - Anod. silver aluminium (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

CAPS - pack. 2 Pcs (1 R - 1 L) Article

H mm

TPSYKLAA 1045

4,5

Articles not for sale singly

PROSTAIR KL 20

PROSTAIR KL 20 is a step protecting profile, technical and very elegant, used to keep the step made of thin ceramic tiles and kerlite/ laminam non-skid and non-slip. Product in anodised aluminium with the upper portion crimped in order to increase its adhesion and a lower vertical tab created to cover the riser of the step. It is compulsory in public buildings to comply with accident-prevention regulations. Available height H 4.5 mm.

steps for low thicknesses

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

PTRKLAA 2045 40 mm

Article

20 mm

PTRKLAA 2045 H 4,5 mm

H mm 4,5

10 mm

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

122

= News 2015 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


TUBE and ACCESSORIES for runners and stair-carpet guides, available in the finishes in polished painted brass, polished gold aluminium and polished chrome aluminium.

TUBES and ACCESSORIES GOLD and CHROME POLISHED ALUMINIUM POLISHED VARNISHED BRASS tube and accessories for stairs

TCTOL 11/13S

TCTBO 12S

BLISTER KIT - 2 TUBES and 4 TUBE PLUGS - POLISHED VARNISHED BRASS SELF length tube 0,8 LM - pack. 60 Pcs PACK Article TCTOL 118S TCTOL 138S

Ø mm 11 13

BLISTER KIT - 2 TUBES and 4 TUBE PLUGS - POLISHED VARNISHED BRASS SELF length tube 0,9 LM - pack. 60 Pcs PACK Article TCTOL 119S TCTOL 139S

Ø mm 11 13

BLISTER KIT - 2 TUBES and 4 TUBE PLUGS - POLISHED VARNISHED BRASS SELF length tube 1 LM - pack. 60 Pcs PACK Article TCTOL 1110S TCTOL 1310S

Ø mm 11 13

BLISTER KIT - 2 TUBES and 4 TUBE PLUGS - POLISHED ALUMINIUM SELF length tube 0,8 LM - pack. 60 Pcs PACK Article TCTBO 128S (poli. gold) TCTBC 128S (poli. chrome)

BLISTER KIT - 2 TUBES and 4 TUBE PLUGS - POLISHED ALUMINIUM SELF length tube 0,9 LM - pack. 60 Pcs PACK Article TCTBO 129S (poli. gold) TCTBC 129S (poli. chrome)

Ø mm 12 12

BLISTER KIT - 2 TUBES and 4 END CAPS - POLISHED ALUMINIUM SELF length tube 1 LM - pack. 60 Pcs PACK Article TCTBO 1210S (poli. gold) TCTBC 1210S (poli. chrome)

TCTBC 12S

Ø mm 12 12

Ø mm 12 12

Varnished polished brass is not suitable for places subject to heavy foot-trafic and / orabrasion. COLOURS

BO - Polished gold alu.

BC - Polished chrome alu.

OL - Pol. Brass Coated

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

TUBE for runners and stair-carpet guides

GOLD and CHROME POLISHED ALUMINIUM, POLISHED VARNISHED BRASS POLISHED VARNISHED BRASS bar length 2 / 4 LM - pack. 40 / 20 Pcs - 80 LM Article TGSOL 112 (2 LM) TGSOL 114 (4 LM) TGSOL 132 (2 LM) TGSOL 134 (4 LM)

Ø mm 11 11 13 13

POLISHED ALUMINIUM bar length 2 / 4 LM - pack. 40 / 20 Pcs - 80 LM Article TGSBO 122 (2 LM) TGSBO 124 (4 LM) TGSBC 122 (2 LM) TGSBC 124 (4 LM)

TGSOL 11/13

TGSBO 12

TGSBC 12

Ø mm 12 12 12 12

TUBE PLUGS/END CAPS for tube POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS

POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS - pack. 60 Pcs Article TETOL 11 (polished) TETOC 12 (chromed) TETOL 12 (polished) TETOL 13 (polished)

Ø mm 11 12 12 13

TETOL 11 TETOL 12 TETOL 13

TETOC 12

SOOL 12 SOOL 14

SOOC 12

SUPPORT / EYELET for tube with screw POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS

POLISHED and CHROMED BRASS - pack. 20 Pcs Article SOOL 12 (polished) SOOC 12 (chromed) SOOL 14 (polished)

Ø mm 12 12 14

HINGE SUPPORT for tube POLISHED BRASS

POLISHED BRASS - pack. 20 Pcs Article SCOL 11 SCOL 13

Ø mm 11 13

SCOL 11 SCOL 13

The indicated prices are without bar code. For bar code add € 0,40 x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: SCOL 11C. For cutting to required length 1 LM + 5 % x LM. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

123


PROWALK ACC

PROWALK is steps protecting steel profile for existing scales. Its superior side level is crimped in order to increase its adhesion. Available in version or with holes either with adhesive. Available sizes: 30 x 10 , 30 x 20 , e 30 x 30 mm. All profiles are protected with protective film. It’s ideal for the edges protection and screening as well as of the corner between the rising and the tread which is the point of the greatest strain.

stair nosing for existing steps

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PUNCHED or SELF ADHESIVE 30 mm

PWKAC 3010A PWKAC 3010F

H 10 mm

30 mm

PWKAC 3020A PWKAC 3020F

H 20 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with adhesive thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm Article

30 mm

PWKAC 3030A PWKAC 3030F

L x H mm

Article

L x H mm

PWKAC 3010A

30 x 10

PWKAC 3010F

30 x 10

PWKAC 3020A

30 x 20

PWKAC 3020F

30 x 20

PWKAC 3030A

30 x 30

PWKAC 3030F

30 x 30

COLOURS

H 30 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A punched with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM - 10/10mm

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ON DEMAND HAND-BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL (prices and timetable to arrange)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROEND

PROEND is a step nosing profile in anodised aluminium with silver-gold-bronze finish, available with self-adhesive backing or punched. Ideal for protecting existing steps and with knurled flat surface, it guarantees excellent safety features to prevent accidents in public and private environments. PROEND ensures a perfect finish, covering laying defects and protecting the edge. Easy to lay with the self-adhesive backing ensuring perfect adherence to the step or using screws and screw anchors in the punched version.

48 mm

48 mm

PED... 48F PED... 4816FS 48 mm

PED... 48A 48 mm

stair nosing for existing steps

GOLD, SILVER and BRONZE ANOD. ALUMINIUM WITH/ WITHOUT ADHESIVE and PUNCHED

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANOD. ALUMINIUM with and without adhesive thermo packed bar length 3,30 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 33 LM

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

Article

H x L mm

PED... 48A (with adhesive) PED... 48 (without adhesive)

48 x 48 48 x 48

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 3,30 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 33 LM Article PED... 48F

H x L mm 48 x 48

ANOD. ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,65 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article PED... 4816FS

H x L mm 48 x 48

Available in the finish: AA - AO - AB. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PED... 48A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PEDAO 48A.

124 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROWALK is a step nosing profile in polished brass and anodised aluminium for existing steps. The upper part is knurled to increase slip and slide resistance and is applied after laying. Available with holes or with adhesive. Available in the widths 22 x 22 and 30 x 30 mm. All the profiles are shrink-wrapped. Ideal for protecting and shielding the edges and corner between riser and tread, which are the areas subjected to most stress.

PROWALK POLISHED BRASS and ANODISED ALUMINIUM ADHESIVE and PUNCHED 22 mm

22 mm

PWK... 30A PWK... 309AS

KNURLED POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM Article PWKOL 22A PWKOL 30A

H x L mm

KNURLED POLISHED BRASS punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM Article

22 x 22 30 x 30

PWKOL 22F PWKOL 30F

30 mm

H x L mm 22 x 22 30 x 30

KNURLED POLISHED BRASS without holes thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM Article PWKOL 22 PWKOL 30

KNURLED POLISHED BRASS with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

30 mm

stair nosing for existing steps

PWK... 22A PWK... 229AS

PWK... 22F PWK... 229FS

22 mm

H x L mm 22 x 22 30 x 30

22 mm

KNURLED POLI. BRASS punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article

H x L mm

Article

H x L mm

PWKOL 229AS PWKOL 309AS

22 x 22 30 x 30

PWKOL 309FS

30 x 30

PWK... 30F PWK... 309FS

30 mm

30 mm

KNURLED ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PWK... 22A PWK...30A

H x L mm

KNURLED ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PWK... 22F PWK... 30F

22 x 22 30 x 30

H x L mm 22 x 22 30 x 30

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

KNURLED ANODISED ALUMINIUM without holes thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PWK... 22 PWK... 30

KNURLED ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article PWK... 229AS PWK... 309AS

H x L mm

22 x 22 30 x 30

KNURLED ANOD. ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PACK

Article PWK... 229FS PWK... 309FS

22 x 22 30 x 30

H x L mm

H x L mm 22 x 22 30 x 30

Available in the finish: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PWK... 22A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PWKAO 22A.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Champagne, Sand and titanium Anod. aluminium, UPON REQUEST (with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM) OL - Polished Brass

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

125 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROWALK 2510 & 2520 stair nosing for existing steps

ALUMINIUM 30 wood finishes and 6 anodised finishes PUNCHED OR SELF ADHESIVE PWK... 2510A 25 mm

PROWALK 2510 & 2520 are new stair-nosing profiles for existing stairways. Designed to protect and restore stair steps made of wood, laminate, ceramic, etc. Made with anodised aluminium with silver, gold and bronze finish and available in self-adhesive or perforated versions. Sizes available: 2.7 m lengths and 0.9 m & 1.35 m Self-Pack.

PWK... 2510F 25 mm

H 10 mm

PWK... 2520A 25 mm

PWK... 2520F 25 mm

H 20 mm

Article EXAMPLES OF LAYING

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM L x H mm

Article

L x H mm

PWK... 2510A

25 x 10

PWK... 2510F

25 x 10

PWK... 2520A

25 x 20

PWK... 2520F

25 x 20

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs Article PWK... 25109AS

SELF PACK

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article

L x H mm

PWK... 25109FS

25 x 10

L x H mm 25 x 10

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,35 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PWK... 251013FS

L x H mm 25 x 10

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected finish must be added to the article code. E.g.: PWK... 2510A (chosen finish Anod. silver) PWKAA 2510A.

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

ALUMINIUM 30 WOODEN FINISHES with adhesive thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

L x H mm

PWK... 2510A

25 x 10

PWK... 2520A

25 x 20

PRODUCTION UPON REQUEST Available in the finishes: 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W - 31W - 32W - 33W 34W - 35W - 36W - 37W - 38W - 39W - 40W - 41W - 42W - 43W - 44W - 45W with a minimum purchase order of 540 LM. The code of the selected finish must be added to the article code. E.g.: PWK... 2510A (chosen finish Dark beech) PWK04W 2510A.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODIZED

UPON REQUEST MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W - Wood

32W - Wood

33W - Wood

34W - Wood

35W - Wood

36W - Wood

37W - Wood

38W - Wood

39W - Wood

40W - Wood

41W - Wood

42W - Wood

new wood finishes will be available soon 43W - Wood

126

44W - Wood

45W - Wood

= News 2015 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROEND INS 75 is a step nosing profile in anodised aluminium with interchangeable rubber insert: the upper part is knurled to increase slip and slide resistance and is applied after laying. Available anodised with gold, bronze or silver finish and with adhesive or punched. PROEND INS 75 ensures a perfect finish, covering laying defects and protecting the edge. Easy to lay with the self-adhesive backing ensuring perfect adherence to the step or with screws and screw anchors in the punched version.

PROEND INS 75 GOLD, SILVER and BRONZE ANOD. ALUMINIUM ADHESIVE and PUNCHED L 75,5 mm

H:37 mm

PED... 7537A/F

Article PED... 7537A

H x L mm 37 x 75,5

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched WITH DOUBLE INSERT thermo packed - bar length 3,30 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 33 LM Article PED... 7537F

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H x L mm 37 x 75,5

Available in the finish: AA - AO - AB. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PED... 7537A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PEDAO 7537A.

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium AO - Anod. gold aluminium

stair nosing for existing steps

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive WITH DOUBLE INSERT thermo packed - bar length 3,30 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 33 LM

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROEND INS is a step nosing profile in anodised aluminium with interchangeable rubber insert: the upper part is knurled to increase slip and slide resistance and is applied after laying. Available anodised with gold, bronze or silver finish and with adhesive or punched. PROEND INS ensures a perfect finish, covering laying defects and protecting the edge. Easy to lay with the self-adhesive backing ensuring perfect adherence to the step or with screws and screw anchors in the punched version.

PROEND INS GOLD, SILVER and BRONZE ANOD. ALUMINIUM ADHESIVE and PUNCHED 45 mm

PED... 4528A PED... 4528F PED... 452816FS

ANODISED ALU. with adhesive WITH INSERT thermo packed bar length 3,30 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 66 LM Article PED... 4528A

H x L mm

Article PED... 4528F

28 x 45

ANOD. ALU. punched WITH INSERT, screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,65 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK

Article

H x L mm

PED... 452816FS

28 x 45

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched WITH INSERT thermo packed bar length 3,30 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 66 LM

Available in the finish: AA - AO - AB. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PED... 4528A (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PEDAO 4528A.

28 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H x L mm 28 x 45

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

BLACK INTERCHANGEABLE INSERT VINYL RESIN / RUBBER

VINYL RESIN / RUBBER bar length 3,30 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 66 LM Article IIN 12 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

127


PROEND GRIP 70

PROEND GRIP 70 is a non-slip step nosing profile in anodised aluminium with adhesive non-slip 50mm thick insert in black carborundum to be fitted in the relative groove in the top of the profile upon completion of laying. The profile may be laid with fixing screws hidden afterwards by the adhesive carborundum, or with silicone and/or adhesive to be applied on the bottom of the profile, which is designed to ensure an excellent grip. It is made in anodised aluminium with silver, gold or bronze finish with anodising coat of approx. 15/20 micron.

PEGR... 7032...

L 70 mm

H 32,5 mm

stair nosing for existing steps

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANOD. ALUMINIUM + NON-SLIP INSERT ADHESIVE AND PUNCHED

EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANODISED ALU. with adhesive thermo packed - bar length 3,4 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 68 LM Article PEGR... 7032A

Adhesive version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Degrease, wash and clean the solid surface thoroughly. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive. 4. Lay the profile by applying pressure evenly over the whole surface without using a hammer. Punched version 1. Choose the suitable profile and cut it to the necessary length. 2. Mark the position of the holes using the existing holes in the profile as reference. 3. Insert the screw anchors into the drilled holes. 4. Fix the profile using flathead screws suitable for the relative slots in the profile.

H x L mm 32,5 x 70

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANODISED ALU. punched thermo packed - bar length 3,4 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 68 LM Article PEGR... 7032F

H x L mm 32,5 x 70

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

The strip of adhesive carburundum (PROGRIP) is not applied. The roll of PGR 50 must be ordered separately (see below).

PROEND 5050

PROEND 5050 is a non-slip profile for stairs in anodised silver aluminium, with a visible surface of 50x50 mm. The profile, available in the adhesive or punched version, is characterized of a horizontal surface partially milled, equipped with a specific groove where the nonslip adhesive Progrip in carborundum could be applied. The profile has also a vertical inclined of 83-degrees surface completely smooth. The ease of application and the availability of the carborundum in different colours, make it a much-sought profile.

ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER L 50 mm 20 mm

4 mm

PEGRAA 50...

83º

ADHESIVE HOLE H 50 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM SILVER punched/ with adhesive bar length 3,4 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 68 LM Article

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

• Adhesive version 1. Cut PROEND 5050 to the desired length; 2. Remove all the remains of oil, grease and dirt from the surface where the profile will be laid; 3. When the surface is perfectly dry, remove the protective film and press the profile exerting the appropriate pressure; 4. Apply the non-slip strip in carborundum in the desired colour. • Punched version 1. Cut PROEND 5050 to the correct size; 2. Mark on the support the position of the holes present on the profile; 3. Drill holes in the bracket with a 5 mm diameter bit and insert the 5 x 25 mm rawlplugs; 4. Align the profiles over the holes and screw it to support; 5. Apply the non-slip carborundum adhesive insert in the desired color. 128

PEGRAA 50F PEGRAA 50A

EXAMPLES FOR LAYING METHODS

H x L mm 50 x 50 50 x 50

The adhesive carborundum strip (PROGRIP) is not included with the profile. For PEGRAA 50... order PGR... 20 (Specify the chosen colour). COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium = News 2015 Available Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROEND GRIP is a non-slip step nosing profile in anodised aluminium with adhesive non-slip 20mm thick insert in black carborundum to be fitted in the relative groove in the top of the profile upon completion of laying. The profile may be laid with fixing screws hidden afterwards by the adhesive carborundum, or with silicone and/or adhesive to be applied on the bottom of the profile, which is designed to ensure an excellent grip. It is made in anodised aluminium with silver, gold or bronze finish with anodising coat of approx. 15/20 micron.

PROEND GRIP

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANOD. ALUMINIUM + NON-SLIP INSERT ADHESIVE AND PUNCHED PROGRIP

H 30 mm

L 52 mm

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANODISED ALU. with adhesive thermo packed bar length 3,4 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 68 LM

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 3,4 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 68 LM

Article

H x L mm

Article

H x L mm

PEGR... 5230A

52 x 30

PEGR... 5230F

52 x 30

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANODISED ALU. with adhesive thermo packed bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

SELF PACK

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS PROGRIP

SILVER, GOLD and BRONZE ANOD. ALU. punched with SELF screws and screw anchors thermo packed PACK bar length 1,66 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

Article

H x L mm

Article

H x L mm

PEGR... 523016AS

52 x 30

PEGR... 523016FS

52 x 30

Available in the finish: AA - AO - AB. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PEGR... 523016AS (chosen finish Anod. silver) PEGRAA 523016AS.

The strip of adhesive carburundum (PROGRIP) is not applied. The roll of PGR 20 must be ordered separately (see below).

1. Choose the suitable profile for covering the edge of the step. 2. Clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is grease-free and dry. Do not apply the strips at temperatures below 15째. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer.

COLOURS

If the punched PROEND GRIP has been chosen, screw the profile to the step and apply the adhesive carborundum to hide the screws.

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

PROGRIP is a self-adhesive product in carborundum consisting of a plastic film plus abrasive granules with high resistance to wear. It is normally used to guarantee safety on steps in public and private environments, as required by accident-prevention laws. Available in various colours and widths to meet all technical and aesthetic requirements. It is advisable to apply 2 strips on each step, rounding off the ends.

Article PGRN 20 (black colour) PGRB 20 (white colour) PGRT 20 (transparent) PGRG 20 (grey colour) PGRY 20 (yellow colour) PGRM 20 (brown colour) PGRN 25 (black colour) PGRB 25 (white colour) PGRT 25 (transparent) PGRG 25 (grey colour) PGRY 25 (yellow colour) PGRM 25 (brown colour) PGRN 50 (black colour) PGRB 50 (white colour) PGRT 50 (transparent) PGRG 50 (grey colour) PGRY 50 (yellow colour) PGRM 50 (brown colour)

N - Black

G - Grey

B - White

Y - Yellow

T - Transparent

M - Brown

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROGRIP ADHESIVE CARBORUNDUM - 6 COLOURS PGRN 50

non-slip strip for steps

ADHESIVE CARBORUNDUM NON-SLIP STRIP for STEPS rolls length 18,2 LM

COLOURS

stair nosing for existing steps

PEGR... 5230A/F

Width mm 20 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50

PGRG 25 PGRM 20

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Thoroughly clean and degrease the surface of application. 2. Round the ends of the strips. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay the PROGRIP using a roller. 4. Do not apply the strips at temperatures below 15째, otherwise heat the strips and the step. 5. When necessary clean away impurities with a brush and preserve the PROGRIP. 6. When laying on tiles, cut and round the corners of the strips on the inner part of the tile. 7. Carefully seal the outer edges of the strips to prevent water infiltration. 129

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? movement and expansion joints


PROFLEX ACC is a new, stainless steel expansion joint with interchangeable (H. 4,5 e 6 mm excluded) vinyl resin/rubber insert, available in black, grey, beige or ivory. PROFLEX ACC provides elastic expansion joints for various kinds of flooring, such as ceramic, marble, granite, Kerilite/Laminam or any other flooring material laid with glue/adhesive and having a thickness of 4.5 to 20 mm. The joint is specially designed to protect the edges of the tiles, and its exceptional strength makes it capable of supporting frequent traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular (forklifts, pallet trucks, automobiles). The joint must be installed at the same level of the floor or 0.5-1 mm lower (never above). HIGH RESISTANCE TO LOADS AND TO FREQUENT TRAFFIC OF PALLET TRUCKS AND FORKLIFTS.

PROFLEX ACC STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT PFXAC 045... PFXAC 06...

15 mm

H 4,5 mm H 6 mm

PFXAC 08...

15 mm 11 mm

H 8 mm

PFXAC 10... H 10 mm

PFXAC 125... H 12,5 mm

PFXAC 15... H 15 mm

PFXAC 20...

H 20 mm

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301- V2A + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT - bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 50 LM Article PFXAC PFXAC PFXAC PFXAC PFXAC PFXAC PFXAC

045... 06... 08... 10... 125... 15... 20...

H mm 4,5 6 8 10 12,5 15 20

VINYL RESIN/RUBBER INSERT Article

H mm

ISPFXAC 820... 8-10-12,5-15-20

VINYL RESIN/RUBBER INSERT Article

H mm

ISPFXAC 045... ISPFXAC 06...

4,5 6

Insert available in the colours: G - N (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFXAC 045... (chosen insert colour Grey) PFXAC 045G.

COLOURS

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS N - Black (E85)

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

G - Grey (E83)

(price and delivery time to be agreed) AVAILABLE MINIMUM UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM LM QUANTITY 500 B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROFLEX ALN is a new, natural aluminium expansion joint consisting of two interlocked sliding profiles designed for glued floors. PROFLEX ALN provides elastic expansion joints for various kinds of flooring, such as ceramic, marble, granite, Kerilite or any other flooring material laid with glue/adhesive and having a thickness of 8 to 20 mm. The joint is specially designed to protect the edges of the tiles, and its exceptional strength makes it capable of supporting frequent traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular (forklifts, pallet trucks, automobiles). The joint must be installed at the same level of the floor or 0.5-1 mm lower (never above). HIGH RESISTANCE TO LOADS AND TO FREQUENT TRAFFIC OF PALLET TRUCKS AND FORKLIFTS.

PROFLEX ALN NATURAL ALUMINIUM PFXALN 08

1. Choose the PROFLEX ACC with the same height as the thickness of the floor (tile) also choosing the colour of the insert. 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive in the point where the joint will be laid. 3. Lay the PROFLEX ACC with the punched flanges in the adhesive (we recommend the expansion joint being laid in line with the joint in the screed/floor rough). 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with and adjoining the upper edge of the profile (the joint must always be 0.5-1mm lower than the tile, never above). Always place the uncut side of the tile against the profile. 5. Use sealant to fill any spaces between the tile and the PROFLEX ACC joint.

11

H 8 mm

PFXALN 10 H 10 mm

PFXALN 125 H 12,5 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 50 LM PFXALN 15

Article H 15 mm

PFXALN 20 H 20 mm

PFXALN PFXALN PFXALN PFXALN PFXALN

08 10 125 15 20

COLOURS

expanded EPDM

132

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm 8 10 12,5 15 20

1. SChoose the PROFLEX ALN with the same height as the thickness of the floor (tile). 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive in the point where the joint will be laid. 3. Lay the PROFLEX ALN with the punched flanges in the adhesive (we recommend the expansion joint being laid in line with the joint in the screed/floor rough). 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with and adjoining the upper edge of the profile (the joint must always be 0.5-1mm lower than the tile, never above). Always place the uncut side of the tile against the profile. 5. Use sealant to fill any spaces between the tile and the PROFLEX ALN joint.

AN - Natural aluminium Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFLEX AL is an expansion joint in natural aluminium with the PVC/rubber insert. It is available in black, grey, beige or ivory and serves to fabricate expansion joints for ceramic tile, marble or granite floors and any floor laid with glue/adhesive between 8 and 20 mm thick. The special structure of the joint is designed to protect the corners of the tiles and its high strength withstands frequent pedestrian and vehicular (lift trucks, pallet trucks, cars) traffic. The joint must be placed level with or 0.5-1 mm below the floor level, never above. HIGH RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADS AND TO FREQUENT PALLET TRUCK AND LIFT TRUCK TRAFFIC.

PROFLEX AL NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT PFXAL/OT 08 55 mm 17 mm

H8 mm

PFXAL/OT 10 H 10 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 50 LM Article PFXAL 08...

H mm

VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

8

IGCN (black)

14 x 6

10

IGCG (grey)

14 x 6

12,5

IGCB (beige)

14 x 6

PFXAL 15...

15

IGCA (ivory)

14 x 6

PFXAL 20...

20

PFXAL 10... PFXAL 125...

PFXAL/OT 125

L x H mm

H 12,5 mm

PFXAL/OT 15 H 15 mm

Insert available in the colours: G - N (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFXAL 08... (chosen insert colour Grey) PFXAL 08G. COLOURS

(price and delivery time to be agreed)

PFXAL/OT 20

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM N - Black (E85)

G - Grey (E83)

B - Beige (E84)

H 20 mm

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) PROFLEX OT is an expansion joint in natural brass with the interchangeable PVC/rubber insert. It is available in black, grey, beige or ivory and serves to fabricate expansion joints for ceramic tile, marble or granite floors and any floor laid with glue/adhesive between 8 and 20 mm thick. The special structure of the joint is designed to protect the corners of the tiles and its high strength withstands frequent pedestrian and vehicular (lift trucks, pallet trucks, cars) traffic. The joint must be placed level with or 0.5-1 mm below the floor level, never above. HIGH RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADS AND TO FREQUENT PALLET TRUCK AND LIFT TRUCK TRAFFIC.

PROFLEX OT NATURAL BRASS + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT PFXOT 30

H 30 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NATURAL BRASS + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 25 LM Article PFXOT PFXOT PFXOT PFXOT PFXOT PFXOT

08... 10... 125... 15... 20... 30...

H mm 8 10 12,5 15 20 30

VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

L x H mm

IGCN (black)

14 x 6

IGCG (grey)

14 x 6

IGCB (beige)

14 x 6

IGCA (ivory)

14 x 6

Insert available in the colours: G - N (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFXOT 08... (chosen insert colour Grey) PFXOT 08G. COLOURS

(price and delivery time to be agreed) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM

N - Black (E85)

G - Grey (E83)

B - Beige (E84)

1. Choose the PROFLEX AL - OT with the same height as the thickness of the floor (tile) also choosing the colour of the insert. 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive in the point where the joint will be laid. 3. Lay the PROFLEX AL - OT with the punched flanges in the adhesive (we recommend the expansion joint being laid in line with the joint in the screed/floor rough). 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with and adjoining the upper edge of the profile (the joint must always be 0.51mm lower than the tile, never above). Always place the uncut side of the tile against the profile. 5. Use sealant to fill any spaces between the tile and the PROFLEX AL – OT joint.

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

133


PROFLEX is an expansion joint in PVC with PVC/rubber insert. Available in 3 standard colours, PROFLEX serves to fabricate expansion joints for ceramic tile, marble or granite floors and any floor laid with glue/adhesive between 8 and 20 mm thick. The special structure of the joint is designed to protect the corners of the tiles and its high strength withstands frequent pedestrian and vehicular (lift trucks - pallet trucks - cars) traffic. The joint must be placed level with or 0.5-1 mm below the floor level, never above. HIGH RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADS AND TO FREQUENT PALLET TRUCK AND LIFT TRUCK TRAFFIC.

PROFLEX NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN (PVC) 10

H 8 mm 10 50 mm

H 10 mm

10

50 mm

H 12,5 mm

10

50 mm

H 15 mm

10

NON -TOXIC CO EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM (PFX 15 and PFX 20 - pack. 20 Pcs)

50 mm

Article H 20 mm

8

PFX 10...

10

PFX 125...

50 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm

PFX 08...

Available in the colours: GS-GT-GL (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFX 08... (chosen colour Dark Grey) PFX 08GS.

12,5

PFX 15...

15

PFX 20...

20

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROFLEX with suitable height for the thickness of the floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

GT - Dark grey for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROFLEX 5 is a range of technical expansion joint profiles for floors laid with glue/adhesive. They are made in non-toxic, impactresistant, co-extruded PVC with perforated horizontal lateral flanges in rigid PVC while the elastic central part is made in flexible vinyl resin 5 mm in width. They are able to absorb moderate tensile and compressive stress, while being resistant to most chemical agents, to wear and to UV rays. They may be used indoors and outdoors. Thanks to the limited widths, PROFLEX 5 may be considered a “gap cover” because it blends in with the gaps between tiles. The joint profile must never be placed over a tiled floor and should preferably always be 0.5-1 mm lower. Recommended modules of application 16-30 m2.

PROFLEX 5 NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN (PVC) PFX5 045... PFX5 06...

(price and delivery time to be agreed)

5 H 4,5 mm H 6 mm 5

PFX5 08...

50 mm H 8 mm

PFX5 10...

5

50 mm H 10 mm

5

PFX5 125...

50 mm H 12,5 mm

PFX5 15...

5

50 mm H 15 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NON -TOXIC CO EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM (PFX5 15 - pack 20 Pc - 50 LM) Article PFX5 045... PFX5 06... PFX5 08... PFX5 10... PFX5 125... PFX5 15...

H mm 4,5 6 8 10 12,5 15

COLOURS 1. Choose the PROFLEX 5 with suitable height for the thickness of the floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

Available in the colours: GS-GL (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 1000 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFX5 08... (chosen colour Dark Grey) PFX5 08GS.

(price and delivery time to be agreed) UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 1000 LM per colour and height

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) 134 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PRODILAT STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A WITH SANDABLE VULCANIZED EPDM

The PRODILAT for laying with adhesive are available in stainless steel. The inside part of the joint is always in black or grey vulcanised expanded neoprene. The joint is designed to withstand heavy loads and frequent foot traffic. Install the joint in line with the cut made in the concrete screed. High strength, high quality joint.

10

GCAC 08... H 8 mm

GCAC 10...

GCAC 125...

H 10 mm

H 12,5 mm

GCAC 15... H 15 mm

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with SANDABLE VULCANIZED EPDM - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (GCAC 20 - 27 ML)

GCAC 20...

Article

H 20 mm

GCAC 08... (8x10) 60 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

GCAC 10... (10x10) GCAC 125... (12,5x10)

H mm 8 10 12,5

GCAC 15... (15x10)

15

GCAC 20... (20x10)

20

COLOURS 1. Choose the PRODILAT with the same height as the thickness of the floor (tile) also choosing the colour of the insert. 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive in the point where the joint will be laid. 3. Lay the PRODILAT with the punched flanges in the adhesive (we recommend the expansion joint being laid in line with the joint in the screed/floor rough). 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with and adjoining the upper edge of the profile (the joint must always be 0.5-1mm lower than the tile, never above). Always place the uncut side of the tile against the profile. 5. Use sealant to fill any spaces between the tile and the PRODILAT.

PRODILAT ALUMINIUM WITH SANDABLE VULCANIZED EPDM

Insert available in the colours: N - G - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GCAC 08... (chosen insert colour Grey) GCAC 08G.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

N - Black (E85)

G - Grey (E83)

A - Ivory (E81)

The PRODILAT for laying with adhesive are available in aluminium. The inside part of the joint is always in black or grey vulcanised expanded neoprene. The joint is designed to withstand heavy loads and frequent foot traffic. Install the joint in line with the cut made in the concrete screed. High strength, high quality joint.

10

GCAN 08... H 8 mm

GCAN 10...

GCAN 125...

H 10 mm

H 12,5 mm

GCAN 15... H 15 mm

ALUMINIUM with SANDABLE VULCANIZED EPDM bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

GCAN 20...

Article

H 20 mm

60 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see upstairs)

H mm

GCAN 08... (8x10)

8

GCAN 10... (10x10)

10

GCAN 125... (12,5x10)

12,5

GCAN 15... (15x10)

15

GCAN 20... (20x10)

20

Insert available in the colours: N - G - A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GCAN 08... (chosen insert colour Grey) GCAN 08G.

COLOURS

N - Black (E85)

136

G - Grey (E83)

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFLEX 25 H 25 mm is a new expansion joint made of coextruded vinyl resin available in two standard colours – dark grey (GS) and light grey (GL). PROFLEX 25 H 25 mm provides elastic expansion joints for various kinds of flooring, such as marble or granite, and especially floors made with Sasso Italia. The new decorative indoor and outdoor flooring also known as SASSO ITALIA is approx. 25 mm thick and laid over a 10-20 mm base of cement/ concrete. This kind of floor needs an expansion/control joint every 16-30 m3 of material to avoid cracking caused by the floor’s expansion. PROFLEX H 25 mm lets you place a GP 20 EXTENSION JOINT at the bottom in order to apply/lay the joint inside the concrete base. It can withstand the frequent passage of pedestrians and vehicles (forklifts, pallet trucks, automobiles). The joint must be installed at the same level of the floor or 0.5-1 mm lower (never above). HIGH RESISTANCE TO LOADS AND TO FREQUENT TRAFFIC OF PALLET TRUCKS AND FORKLIFTS.

PROFLEX 25 NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN 10

PFX 25...

H 25 mm

50 mm

CO EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 50 LM Article

H mm

PFXGP 45... (assembled Art.)

45

PFX 25...

25

GP 20

20

Available in the colours: GS - GL. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFX 25 .. (chosen colour Dark Grey) PFX 25GS.

COLOURS

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

PFXGP 45...

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the colour of the joint. 1a: For the version with the extension, insert it onto the fresh cement base leaving the cylindrical part out, for subsequent fitting with PROFLEX 25. 2. Place and fix with screws/nails to the cement floor and snap the PROFLEX 25 into protruding extension. 3. Begin laying the floor from the inside, near the joint aligning it with the edges. 4. Finish laying the floor by levelling the joint with the floor. 5. Plaster the gap between floor and joint with specific mortar.

PROFLEX ACC is a new, stainless steel expansion joint with interchangeable Vinyl Resin/Rubber insert, available in Black or Grey. PROFLEX ACC provides elastic expansion joints for various kinds of flooring: Kerilite/ Laminam, thin ceramic tile and any other flooring material laid with glue/adhesive and having a thickness of 4.5 to 6 mm. The joint is specially designed to protect the edges of the tiles, and its exceptional strength makes it capable of supporting frequent traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular (forklifts - pallet trucks - automobiles). The joint must be installed at the same level of the floor or 0.5-1 mm lower, never above the flooring. HIGH RESISTANCE TO LOADS AND TO FREQUENT TRAFFIC OF PALLET TRUCKS AND FORKLIFTS.

Article PFXAC 06...

15 mm

H mm 4,5

H 4,5 mm H 6 mm

6

VINYL RESIN/RUBBER INSERT Article

H mm

ISPFXAC 045...

4,5

ISPFXAC 06...

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

6

Insert available in the colours: G - N (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFXAC 045... (chosen insert colour Grey) PFXAC 045G.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS COLOURS

(price and delivery time to be agreed) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM

N - Black (E85)

G - Grey (E83)

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

joints for low thicknesses

PFXAC 045... PFXAC 06...

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301- V2A + VINYL RESIN/ RUBBER INSERT - bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 50 LM PFXAC 045...

PROFLEX ACC STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT

1. Choose the PROFLEX ACC with the same height as the thickness of the floor (tile) also choosing the colour of the insert. 2. Using a notched spreader apply the adhesive in the point where the joint will be laid. 3. Lay the PROFLEX ACC with the punched flanges in the adhesive (we recommend the expansion joint being laid in line with the joint in the screed/floor rough). 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with and adjoining the upper edge of the profile (the joint must always be 0.5-1mm lower than the tile, never above). Always place the uncut side of the tile against the profile. 5. Use sealant to fill any spaces between the tile and the PROFLEX ACC joint.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) 137 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFLEX 5 is a range of technical expansion joint profiles for floors, thin ceramic tile: Kerilite/ Laminam, laid with glue/adhesive. They are made in non-toxic, impact-resistant, co-extruded PVC with perforated horizontal lateral flanges in rigid PVC while the elastic central part is made in flexible vinyl resin 5 mm in width. They are able to absorb moderate tensile and compressive stress, while being resistant to most chemical agents, to wear and to UV rays. They may be used indoors and outdoors. Thanks to the limited widths, PROFLEX 5 may be considered a “gap cover� because it blends in with the gaps between tiles. The joint profile must never be placed over a tiled floor and should preferably always be 0.5-1 mm lower. Recommended modules of application 16-30 m2. Available in dark grey and light grey and in various heights H 4,5 and 6 mm.

PROFLEX 5 joints for low thicknesses

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN (PVC) PFX5 045...

5 H 4,5 mm

50 mm

PFX5 06...

5

H 6 mm

50 mm

NON -TOXIC CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article PFX5 045... PFX5 06...

H mm 4,5 6

COLOURS

1. Choose the PROFLEX 5 with suitable height for the thickness of the floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

PROFLEX 5 PR joints for low thicknesses

(price and delivery time to be agreed) UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 1000 LM per colour and height

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROFLEX 5 PR is a perimeter joint made of coextruded vinyl resin that can be used to connect the floor to the wall lining or the wall lining to doors and windows and/or to any other kind of lining. The 5 mm elastic part (exposed) allows the floor/lining to expand as necessary. PROFLEX 5 PR prevents and dampens the propagation of sound waves and the forming of sound bridges. Available in dark grey and light grey and in various heights H 4,5 and 6 mm.

NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN (PVC) PFX5PR 045...

Available in the colours: GS-GL (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 1000 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFX5 045... (chosen colour Dark Grey) PFX5 045GS.

5

H 4,5 mm

26 mm

PFX5PR 06...

5

H 6 mm

26 mm

VINYL RESIN - bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article PFX5PR 045... EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PFX5PR 06...

H mm 4,5 6

COLOURS

Available in the colours: GS-GL (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 1000 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFX5PR 045... (chosen insert colour Dark Grey) PFX5PR 045GS. (price and delivery time to be agreed) UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 1000 LM per colour and height

1. Choose the PROFLEX 5 PR with suitable height for the thickness of the floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

138 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFLEX ACC PR is a new perimeter joint made of AISI 304/1.4301-V2A stainless steel, with an interchangeable vinyl resin/ rubber insert. PROFLEX ACC PR is applied on fixed parts, such as doors, windows and frames, and also on ceramic tiling, plaster and vertical walls. The visible part of the perimeter joint is the same as PROFLEX ACC, with an exposed steel flange. PROFLEX ACC PR joints prevent sound from propagating through the wall lining and reduce the transmission of noise caused by footfalls and vibrations. Available with grey (G), black (N), beige (B) or ivory (A) inserts and in various heights H 8-10-12.5-15-20 mm.

PROFLEX ACC PR STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT

9 mm

H 8 mm

PFXACPR 10... 9 mm

H 10 mm

PFXACPR 125... 9 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301- V2A + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 50 LM Article PFXACPR PFXACPR PFXACPR PFXACPR PFXACPR

08... 10... 125... 15... 20...

H mm 8 10 12,5 15 20

COLOURS

H 12,5 mm

PFXACPR 15...

VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INTERCHANGEABLE INSERT Article

soundproof perimeter joints

10 mm

PFXACPR 08...

9 mm H 15 mm

H mm

INPFXACR 820 8-10-12,5-15-20

Insert available in the colours: G - N (Beige and Ivory available upon PFXACPR 20... request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. 9 mm E.g.: PFXACPR 08... (chosen insert colour Grey) PFXACPR 08G. H 20 mm

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

(price and delivery time to be agreed) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the PROFLEX ACC PR with suitable height for the thickness of the floor. 2. Apply the adhesive onto the area of application of the profile. 3. Lay and align the profile, cut to the necessary length, pressing the perforated flange into the adhesive. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them so that the top edge of the profile is flush with the tile. 5. Fill the profile/tile area of contact with adhesive to prevent the accumulation of water in any voids.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

PROFLEX 5 PR is a perimeter joint made of coextruded vinyl resin that can be used to connect the floor to the wall lining or the wall lining to doors and windows and/or to any other kind of lining. The 5 mm elastic part (exposed) allows the floor/lining to expand as necessary. PROFLEX 5 PR prevents and dampens the propagation of sound waves and the forming of sound bridges. Available in dark grey, light grey, Beige and ivory, in various heights H 4,5-6-8-10-12,5 mm.

PFX5PR 045... PFX5PR 06...

5

H 4,5 mm H 6 mm

PFX5PR 08... H 8 mm

PFX5PR 10... H 10 mm

VINYL RESIN - bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article PFX5PR PFX5PR PFX5PR PFX5PR PFX5PR PFX5PR

045... 06... 08... 10... 125... 15...

H mm 4,5 6 8 10 12,5 15

COLOURS

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

Insert available in the colours: GS-GL (Beige and Ivory available PFX5PR 125... upon request with a minimum quantity order of 1000 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFX5PR 045... (chosen insert colour Dark Grey) PFX5PR 045GS.

H 12,5 mm

soundproof perimeter joints

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see PROFLEX ACC PR)

PROFLEX 5 PR NON-TOXIC IMPACT-RESISTANT CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN (PVC)

PFX5PR 15... H 15 mm

(price and delivery time to be agreed)

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 1000 LM per colour and height B - Beige (E84)

26 mm

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) 139 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


ADHESIVE-LAID JOINTS movement joints

CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN 3 COLOURS C514...

8

C517...

H 7 mm

8 mm

8

H 13 mm

C515...

ADHESIVE-LAID MOVEMENT JOINTS are a range of joints in co-extruded vinyl resin with the flanges and vertical supports made in rigid synthetic vinyl resin and the elastic central part in flexible synthetic vinyl resin. The glue-laid joints must be placed at least 0.5-1 mm below the level of the flooring (usually tiles) and never above. Suitable for pedestrian traffic, they absorb compressive and slip stress. Laying modules between 16 and 30 m3 inclusive are recommended and the joint laid in line with the joints in the underlying screed. Available in various colours and heights.

14 mm

8

H 9 mm

C518...

10 mm

8

16 mm

H 15 mm

C516...

8

H 11 mm

C519...

12 mm

8

Article H 19 mm

20 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

CO - EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM H mm

C 514... (8x8)

7

C 515... (10x8)

9

C 516... (12x8)

11

C 517... (14x8)

13

C 518... (16x8)

15

C 519... (20x8)

19

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 1000 LM per colour and height

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

MORTAR-LAID JOINTS C511...

C512...

8 mm

MT - Brown for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

B - White for rigid and flexible part

H 8-10-12-14-16-20 mm

8

ON DEMAND (AT SAME PRICE) ALSO AVAILABLE WITHOUT FLAP WITH A MINIMUM ORDER OF 500 LM. N.B.: SPECIFY “WITHOUT FLAP” IN ORDER.

N - Black for rigid and flexible part

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

MORTAR-LAID MOVEMENT JOINTS are a range of joints in co-extruded vinyl resin with the flanges and vertical supports made in rigid synthetic vinyl resin and the elastic central part in flexible synthetic vinyl resin. The mortar-laid joints must be placed at least 0.5-1mm below the level of the ceramic tile-marble-granite floor and never above. Suitable for pedestrian traffic, they absorb compressive and slip stress. Laying modules between 16 and 30 m3 inclusive are recommended and the joint laid in line with the joints in the underlying screed. Available in various colours and heights.

COLOURS

C513...

8 mm

RT - Red for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

8 mm

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

GT - Dark grey for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

(price and delivery time to be agreed) 45 mm

35 mm

25 mm

movement joints

CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN 3 COLOURS

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

(price and delivery time to be agreed)

Available combinations: GS-GT-GL (RT-MT-B and N available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 1000 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: C514... (combination chosen colour Dark Grey / Transparent) C 514GT. 1. Choose the joint in accordance with the colour and thickness of the floor, calculating 0.5-1 mm less for laying the joint, which under no circumstances must protrude. 2. Place the joint over the cut/joint in the screed; if there is none, make a cut of 2/3 the thickness of the screed. 3. Apply the adhesive and lay the joint, pressing it into the glue. 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them with the rigid vertical part of the joint. 5. Using the special glue, fill the gap between the tiles and the profile.

GT - Dark grey for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

CO - EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM (C513 - pack. 50 LM) Article EXEMPLES OF LAYING

UPON REQUESTMINIMUM QUANTITY 1000 LM per colour and height RT - Red for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

MT - Brown for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

B - White for rigid and flexible part

L x H mm

C511...

8 x 25

C512...

8 x 35

C513...

8 x 45

N - Black for rigid and flexible part

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Available combinations: GS - GT - GL. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: C511... (combination chosen colour Dark Grey / Transparent) C 511GT. EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

140

STAGE 1

STAGE 2

STAGE 3

1. Choose the colour and the necessary height of the joint, calculating the thickness of the finished floor and the thickness of the screed. 2. Insert the joint into the screed letting it protrude slightly (STAGE 1-2-3). 3. Proceed with laying the floor, aligning it with the rigid vertical part of the joint. 4. Complete laying by levelling the joint with the floor. 5. Using the mortar, grout the gap between the tiles and the profile.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


MORTAR-LAID JOINTS POLISHED BRASS - STAINLESS STEEL AISI

THE MOVEMENT JOINT has been specially created to relieve the stress in prestige floors (marble, granite, ceramic tiles or wood) laid on a mortar bed. The joint is simply inserted by hand and is levelled with a plastic hammer. It is available in brass and stainless steel with internal vulcanised expanded EPDM gasket. Strong, practical and top quality.

304/1.4301-V2AWITH SANDABLE VULCANIZED EPDM

GOT/AC 20...

GOT/AC 40...

H 20 mm

H 40 mm

POLISHED BRASS WITH SANDABLE VULCANIZED EPDM bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM (GOT 40... - 20 ML) Article GOT 20... GOT 40...

L x H mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A WITH SANDABLE VULCANIZED EPDM bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM (GAC 40... - 40 ML) Article

10 x 20 10 x 40

GAC 20... GAC 40...

L x H mm 10 x 20 10 x 40

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Insert available in the colours: G - N - B (Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GOT 20... (chosen insert colour Grey) GOT 20G. Upon request, delivery time to be agreed.

Insert available in the colours: G - N - B (Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GAC 20... (chosen insert colour Grey) GAC 20G.

COLOURS

(price and delivery time to be agreed) UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM

Polished brass

G - Grey (E83)

A - Ivory (E81)

Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

B - Beige (E84)

movement joints

10

10

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the colour and the necessary height of the joint, calculating the thickness of the finished floor and the thickness of the screed. 2. Insert the joint into the screed letting it protrude slightly. 3. Proceed with laying the floor, aligning it with the rigid vertical part of the joint. 4. Complete laying by levelling the joint with the floor. 5. Using the mortar, grout the gap between the tiles and the profile.

N - Black (E85)

MORTAR-LAID DOUBLE JOINT

THIS DOUBLE SILICONE JOINT is a co-extruded profile in hard and soft PVC. The double internal silicone provides a high degree of resistance to any type of compressive stress, heavy loads and foot traffic. The extension is designed to lengthen the joint, extending it to the total depth of auxiliary or insulation castings as required.

VINYL RESIN CO-EXTRUSION (PVC) WITH DOUBLE SILICONE

movement joints

GDSP 43... 10

GP 20

GDS 23...

8

10

H 43 mm

VINYL RESIN CO - EXTRUSION (PVC) WITH DOUBLE SILICONE bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM (GDSP 43 - pack. 50 LM) Article GDSP 43... GDS 23... GP 20

H 23 mm

COLOURS

H 20 mm

L x H mm 10 x 43 10 x 23 8 x 20

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

Available combinations: GS - GT - GL. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GDSP 43... (combination chosen colour Dark Grey/Transparent) GDSP 43GT.

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

GT - Dark grey for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the colour and the necessary height of the joint, calculating the thickness of the finished floor and the thickness of the screed. 2. Insert the joint into the screed letting it protrude slightly. 3. Proceed with laying the floor, aligning it with the rigid vertical part of the joint. 4. Complete laying by levelling the joint with the floor. 5. Using the mortar, grout the gap between the tiles and the profile. 141

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


MORTAR LAYING FULL JOINT

FULL SILICONE JOINT is a co-extruded profile in hard and soft PVC. The double internal silicone provides a high degree of resistance to any type of compressive stress, heavy loads and foot traffic. The extension is designed to lengthen the joint, extending it to the total depth of auxiliary or insulation castings as required.

movement joints

CO-EXTRUDED VINYL RESIN (PVC) WITH FULL SILICONE GPSP 43... 10

GP 20

GPS 23...

8 10

H 43 mm

H 23 mm

H 20 mm

VINYL RESIN CO - EXTRUSION (PVC) with FULL SILICONE bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

L x H mm

GPSP 43...

10 x 43

GPS 23...

10 x 23

GP 20

8 x 20

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

GS - Dark grey for rigid and flexible part

GT - Dark grey for rigid part / Transparent for flexible part

GL - Light grey for rigid and flexible part

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Available combinations: GS - GT - GL. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GPSP 43... (combination chosen colour Dark Grey/Transparent) GPSP 43GT.

1. Choose the colour and the necessary height of the joint, calculating the thickness of the finished floor and the thickness of the screed. 2. Insert the joint into the screed letting it protrude slightly. 3. Proceed with laying the floor, aligning it with the rigid vertical part of the joint. 4. Complete laying by levelling the joint with the floor. 5. Using the mortar, grout the gap between the tiles and the profile.

142 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROEXPAN 115-130-190-210 is a range of structural expansion joints in natural aluminium with knurled flat surface and a black or grey synthetic rubber insert. Made to withstand vertical, horizontal and transversal structural movements due to compressive and tensile stress in large buildings or complexes. The joint is laid on existing surfaces, also vertically, over the void between the two semi-detached surfaces of the same building or between two bays. It withstands frequent pedestrian traffic and also vehicles with rubber tyres that can load to 700 kgs. (PENF 190-210)

PROEXPAN 115-130-190-210 NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT

PENF 115... La 115 mm

H 12 mm 47 mm

L 21 mm

47 mm

PENF 130... La 128 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 3 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 30 LM Article

INTERCHANGEABLE INSERT in VINYL RESIN/RUBBER INSERT BLACK or GREY - bar length 3 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 30 LM

LxHxLa mm

PENF 115... PENF 130...

Article

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT bar length 3 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 30 LM (L 90 mm - 4 LM while stocks last) Article

Article IPEN 65N (black) IPEN 452... (black or grey)

Movement mm: -10/+16 (PENF 190N) -15/+10 (PENF 210...). Available in the colours: G - N ( PENF 190N excluded ). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PENF 130... (chosen insert colour Grey) PENF 130G.

45 mm

20 35

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

INTERCHANGEABLE NEOPRENE INSERT BLACK or GREY bar length 4 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 40 LM

LxHxLa mm

PENF 190N (black) 65 x 19 x 185 PENF 210... (black or grey) 90 x 19 x 210

L 38 mm

L mm

IPEN 20... IPEN 40...

21 x 12 x 115 38 x 12 x 128

H 12 mm 45 mm

L mm 65 45 x 2 Pz

Insert available in the colours: G - N ( IPEN 65N excluded ). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: IPEN 20... (chosen insert colour Grey) IPEN 20G.

Fix the side wings/flanges in aluminium with. 1. Screws and screw anchors at 20cm intervals along both sides of the whole joint 2. Two-pack epoxy adhesive or with strong fast-setting silicone.

PRODUCT SUPPLIED NOT ASSEMBLED COLOURS PENF 190N N - Black (RAL 9005)

H 19 mm L 65 mm

G - Grey (RAL 7035)

La 185 mm

B - Beige (E84)

A - Ivory (E81)

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 100 LM - ONLY FOR: PENF 115 , PENF 130 (price and delivery time to be agreed)

PENF 210...

H 19 mm L 90 mm

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

La 210 mm

ANGLES BAR / WALL PENFP 190N

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT ANGLE BAR NATURAL ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT bar length 3 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 30 LM (L 90 mm - 4 ML while stocks last) Article

LxHxLa mm

PENFP 190N (black) 65 x 19 x 125 PENFP 210.. (black or grey) 90 x 19 x 150

L 65 mm La 125 mm

INTERCHANGEABLE INSERT in VINYL RESIN/RUBBER INSERT BLACK or GREY - bar length 4 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 40 LM Article IPEN 65N (black) IPEN 452... (black or grey)

L mm 65 45 x 2 PZ

Available in the colours: G - N . LThe code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PENFP 210... (chosen insert colour Grey) PENFP 210G.

PRODUCT SUPPLIED NOT ASSEMBLED

PENFP 210...

L 90 mm La 150 mm

143 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROEXPAN H20 - H40

PROEXPAN is a range of professional structural joints for floors laid on mortar bed (PEN H20) and (PEN H 40). They are made with a punched aluminium base and a vinyl rubber insert available in black or grey. PROEXPAN profiles for laying with mortar must have the flanges fixed to the substrate by screws and screw anchors (approx. every 30 cm).

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT structural joints

82 mm 24 mm

H 20 mm

124 mm 45 mm

H 40 mm

INSERT COLOURS

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT bar length 3 LM - pack. 5 Pcs - 15 LM Article

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS N - Black (E85)

G - Grey (E83)

(price and delivery time to be agreed)

1. Choose the expansion joint with suitable height for the thickness of the floor and the screed/floor rough and choose the colour of the insert. 2. Fix the punched flanges to the substrate using screws and screw anchors, calculating the fixing points at 30cm intervals on both sides. 3. Make the screed over the punched flanges of the structural or expansion joint, calculating the thickness of the final floor, and then lay the floor as normal.

GDA 25 - GDA 35

20 x 24

PEN 40...

40 x 45

ANGLE BAR / WALL NATURAL ALUMINIUM + VINYL RESIN / RUBBER INSERT - bar length 3 LM - pack. 5 Pcs - 15 LM

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 300 LM B - Beige (E84)

HxL mm

PEN 20...

Article

A - Ivory (E81)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

HxLmm

PENP 20...

20 x 24

PENP 40...

40 x 45

Available in the colours: G - N (Beige and Ivory available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 300 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PEN 20... (chosen insert colour Grey) PEN 20G.

GDA 25/35 is a range of professional structural joints for floors laid on mortar bed. They are made with a punched aluminium base and a vinyl rubber insert available in black or grey. It withstands traffic of vehicles with tyreload to 700 kgs and also trucks with maximum tyreload to 1000 kgs.

162 mm

173 mm

L 25 mm

L 35 mm

INSERT COLOURS

H 50 mm

H 50 mm

structural joints

NATURAL ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT

AVAILABLE NATURAL ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT bar length 3 LM Article

A - Ivory (E81)

G - Grey (RAL 7031)

Upon request-minimum quantity 400 lm - gda 25/ gdap 25 (price and delivery time to be agreed) Upon request-minimum quantity 300 lm - gda 35/ gdap 35 (price and delivery time to be agreed)

GDAP 25...

50 x 25

GDA 35...

50 x 35

Movement mm: +/- 5

Article

H 50 mm

HxL mm

GDA 25...

ANGLE BAR / WALL NATURAL ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT - bar length 3 LM

GDAP 35... L 34 mm

L 25 mm

H 50 mm

N - Black (RAL 9005)

HxL mm

GDAP 25...

50 x 25

GDAP 35...

50 x 35

Available in the colours: G - N (Ivory available upon request with a minimum). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GDA 25... (chosen insert colour Grey) GDA 25G.

144 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


STRUCTURAL JOINT for floors, 35, 50 and 80 mm, in good quality natural aluminium with the interchangeable neoprene insert allowing the joint to expand and contract. Visible thickness 55 mm (GDA 55), bar length 4 m. Black or Grey insert. Bear weights of cars, with the wheel loads up to 650 kg and trucks with a maximum load of 1000 kg on the wheel

GDA 55 ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT

H 35 mm

GDA 5550 H 50 mm

ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT BLACK / GREY bar length 3 LM Article

GDA 5580

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

L x H x L1 mm

GDA 5535...

55 x 35 x 155

GDA 5550...

55 x 50 x 155

GDA 5580...

55 x 80 x 155

H 80 mm

Movement mm: +/- 10

L1: 155 mm

Available in the colours: G - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: GDA 5535... (chosen insert colour Black) GDA 5535N

1. Choose the expansion joint with suitable height for the thickness of the floor and the screed/floor rough and choose the colour of the insert. 2. Fix the punched flanges to the substrate using screws and screw anchors, calculating the fixing points at 30cm intervals on both sides. 3. Make the screed over the punched flanges of the structural or expansion joint, calculating the thickness of the final floor, and then lay the floor as normal.

ANGLES BAR ALUMINIUM + NEOPRENE INSERT BLACK bar length 3 LM Article

L x H x L1 mm

GDAP 5535

55 x 35 X 105

GDAP 5550

55 x 50 X 105

GDAP 5580

55 x 80 X 105

structural joints

L 55 mm

GDA 5535

L 55 mm

GDAP 5535 H 35 mm

50 mm

GDAP 5550

H 50 mm

COLOURS

GDAP 5580 H 80 mm

N - Black (RAL 9005)

G - Grey (RAL 7038) 50 mm

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

L1: 105 mm

FIREPROOF CORD MINERAL WOOL AND FIBREGLASS FIREPROOF CORD - Diameter 20 - 60 mm

FIREPROOF GLUE for CORD FIXING Article CIC 014 CIC 7

pack. Kg 1,4 7

The delivery of the test certificate depends on the use of silicate glue for the fixing of the same. The cord is certified in accordance with the new European Standard EN 13501-2. Consumption of sealant is of about 50 g per linear metre of cord.

* *

*

Ă˜ mm

ML Roll

CDT 20

Article

20

30

CDT 30

30

30

CDT 40

40

30

CDT 50

50

25

CDT 60

60

25

= Upon request, delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

* * * * *

145


GNS 20 - GNS 50

STRUCTURAL JOINT GNS 20/50 is in good quality natural aluminium with neoprene in the lower central part and another aluminium profile in the upper visible part. It withstands heavy loads and frequent traffic of vehicles with a total truckload of 8 kgs/mmq. Bar length 3 m, visible head width 30 mm.

structural joints

NATURAL ALUMINIUM GNS 3020

L 30 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H 20 mm

GNS 3050

H 50 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM bar length 3 LM Article

127 mm

L x H mm

GNS 3020

30 x 20

GNS 3050

30 x 50

1. Choose the expansion joint with suitable height for the thickness of the floor and the screed/floor rough and choose the colour of the insert. 2. Fix the punched flanges to the substrate using screws and screw anchors, calculating the fixing points at 30cm intervals on both sides. 3. Make the screed over the punched flanges of the structural or expansion joint, calculating the thickness of the final floor, and then lay the floor as normal.

Movement mm: +/- 3

ANGLES BAR / WALL

NATURAL ALUMINIUM GNSP 3050

GNSP 3020

ANGLES BAR NATURAL ALUMINIUM bar length 3 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 30 LM

2 Pieces attached by 1 Rivet

Article

COLOURS

L x H mm

GNSP 3020

30 x 20

GNSP 3050

30 x 50

AN - Natural aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

GNS 75...18/50/80

STRUCTURAL JOINT GNS 75...18/50/80 is in good quality natural aluminium with neoprene in the lower central part and another aluminium profile in the upper visible part. It withstands heavy loads and frequent pedestrian traffic. Bar length 3 m, visible head width 75 mm. It withstands forklift trucks with rubber tyre and transpallets to a maximum total load of 6,5 kgs/mmq.

structural joints

NATURAL ALUMINIUM GNS 7518

75 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS H 18 mm

GNS 7550

75 mm

H 50 mm

50

GNS 7580

NATURAL ALUMINIUM bar length 3 LM

75 mm

Article

H 80 mm

H mm

GNS 7518

18

GNS 7550

50

GNS 7580

80

Movement mm: +10/-5 Horizz. +/-5 Vert.

1. Choose the expansion joint with suitable height for the thickness of the floor and the screed/floor rough and choose the colour of the insert. 2. Fix the punched flanges to the substrate using screws and screw anchors, calculating the fixing points at 30cm intervals on both sides. 3. Make the screed over the punched flanges of the structural or expansion joint, calculating the thickness of the final floor, and then lay the floor as normal.

COLOURS

AN - Natural aluminium 50

146

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROPLATE FIX is a range of flat joint-cover profiles to cover structural movements (contraction due to flexural or compressive stress) of two different load-bearing structures. PROPLATE FIX made in silver anodised aluminium is recommended for environments with intense pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Available upon request with stainless steel fixing clips (5 pcs. for vertical/faรงade use 10 pcs. for horizontal/floor use); corner profiles are also available.

PROPLATE FIX FLAT AND ANGLE PROFILE IN ALUMINIUM PETFXPAA 50

50 mm

70 mm

PETFXPAA 70

H 5 mm

PETFXAA 50

PETFXAA 70 70 mm

50 mm

FLAT PROFILE - SILVER ANOD. ALUMINIUM bar length 3 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 60 LM Article

L mm

PETFXPAA 50

50

PETFXPAA 70

70

ANGLE PROFILE - SILVER ANOD. ALUMINIUM bar length 3 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 60 LM Article

H 22 mm

H x L mm

PETFXAA 50

22 x 50

PETFXAA 70

24 x 70

H 24 mm

PRODUCT SUPPLIED NOT ASSEMBLED EXAMPLES OF LAYING

FIXING CLIPS between 20 and 45 mm - STAINLESS STEEL - pack. 10 Pcs Article CPFXAC 40

H mm

COLOURS

40

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the profile in the required width and material. 2. Insert the fixing clips into the relative groove, one every 50/75 cm (5 pcs. for wall applications - 10 pcs. for floor applications). 3. Insert/Lay the PROPLATE FIX in the existing void, applying uniform pressure or using a plastic hammer, thereby creating a perfect joint cover. The same method is used for laying the corner profile.

AA - Silver anod. alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROPLATE FIX

PROPLATE FIX is a range of flat joint-cover profiles to cover structural movements (contraction due to flexural or compressive stress) of two different load-bearing structures. PROPLATE FIX made in rigid PVC is recommended for walls and facades and for ceilings. Available upon request with stainless steel fixing clips (5 pcs. for vertical/faรงade use 10 pcs. for horizontal/floor use); corner profiles are also available.

FLAT AND ANGLE PROFILE IN VINYL RESIN (PVC) PETFXP 50-01

PETFX 50-01

L 50 mm

L 50 mm

H 22 mm

FLAT PROFILE - VINYL RESIN (PVC) bar length 3 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 60 LM Article PETFXP 50-01

L mm

Article PETFX 50-01

50

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ANGLE PROFILE - VINYL RESIN (PVC) bar length 3 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 60 LM H x L mm 22 x 50

PRODUCT SUPPLIED NOT ASSEMBLED FIXING CLIPS between 20 and 45 mm - STAINLESS STEEL - pack. 10 Pcs Article CPFXAC 40

H mm 40

CPFXAC 40

40 mm

COLOURS

1. Choose the profile in the required width and material. 2. Insert the fixing clips into the relative groove (5 pcs. for wall applications - 10 pcs. for floor applications). 3. Insert/Lay the PROPLATE FIX in the existing void, applying uniform pressure or using a plastic hammer, thereby creating a perfect joint cover. The same method is used for laying the corner profile.

01 - White

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

between 20 and 45 mm

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

147


â—? profiles, membranes for terraces/ balconies & drainage systems


PROTERRACE DRAIN FDP VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM PFDP10 AL...

90 mm

20 mm

H 10 mm

drain’s eyelet

53,5 mm

PFDP125 AL...

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM bar length 2,7 ML - Pack 5 Pcs - 13,5 ML

90 mm

22,5 mm

H 12,5 mm

PROTERRACE DRAIN FDP is an edging profile in colored aluminium, designed to protect the edges of tiles on terraces and balconies and to allow the downflow of water. The profile is provided with a perforated anchoring flange that ensures perfect fastening of the profile to the substrate and a vertical side, protecting the edge of the flooring, partly bended outwards in order to allow the downflow of water. Moreover, the profile has perimetral holes for the outflow of water that may seep from under the tiles. PROTERRACE DRAIN FDP is available in 5 different colors; it is equipped with special completing elements, such as pre-welded outside corners and linking elements, that facilitate its installation.

drain’s eyelet 53,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article PFDP 10AL... PFDP 125AL...

H mm 10 12,5

Available in the colours: B-G-T-E-A-CORTEN. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PFDP 10AL... (White) PFDP 10ALB COLOURS

OUTSIDE CORNER - Pack 10 Pcs Article AEPFDP 10AL... AEPFDP 125AL...

JOINTS - Pack 10 Pcs (upper / lower) Article GINFDP 10AL .../1 GINFDP 125AL .../1

The junction is composed of one upper pieces (GINFDP 10AL .../1) eand one lower piece (GINFDP AL ...).

B - White (RAL 9010)

G - Gray (RAL 7038)

A - Anthracite grey - (no RAL)

C - Corten

AVAILABLE

T - Dark Brown (RAL 8019)

GINFDP 10/125AL .../1

GINFDP AL ...

E - Beige (RAL 1019) DRAIN EYELET

1. Choose the PROTERRACE DRAIN FDP in accordance to the thickness of the tile and of the desired finishing; 2. Fix the pre-welded outside corners to the screed; 3. Cut the PROTERRACE DRAIN FDP at desired length; lay the profile, joining it to the corners using the linking element and fastening it with screws to the substrate; 4. Apply the desired waterproofing system, sealing the profile to the joint; 5. Lay the tiles, leaving at least about 5 millimeters between the tile and the profile; 6. Fill the space between the tiles and the profile with a plaster suitable for the chosen floor covering.

AEPFDP 10/125AL...

= News 2015

150 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

= News 2013


PROTERRACE PCG in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A is a range of edging profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. The profile has been designed with a tile retaining and finishing detent 10 or 12.5 mm in height plus a drainage corner to protect the screed. Placing it under the waterproofing membrane, it acts as a drip moulding. It can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed. Available in 3 with standard punched base (width 80 mm) and heights 55, 75 and 95 mm, in the versions with detent 10 or 12.5 mm. Prewelded outside and corner joints as well as corner linking elements also available to join the profile longitudinally. EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PROTERRACE PCG STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A L 80 mm

L 80 mm H 12,5

H 10

PCG10 8055AC

PCG125 8055AC H 55 mm

H 55 mm

H 12,5

H 10

PCG10 8075AC

PCG125 8075AC H 75 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 5 Pcs - 13,5 LM (H 55 mm - 18,9 LM) Article PCG10 8055AC PCG10 8075AC PCG10 8095AC PCG125 8055AC PCG125 8075AC PCG125 8095AC

h x H x L mm 10 x 55 x 80 10 x 75 x 80 10 x 95 x 80 12,5 x 55 x 80 12,5 x 75 x 80 12,5 x 95 x 80

1. Choose the PROTERRACE PCG of the type and finish suitable for the thickness of the screed. 2. Lay the PROTERRACE PCG along the edge of the surface to be tiled at the same time as laying the tiles and using the same adhesive. 3. For a perfect waterproofing, below the glue it is recommended to use an elastic membrane product ( e.g. Mapelastic - Rasoelastic - Elastocem - Elastomalta - Idrobuild) and our sheathing/ waterproof membrane/draining PROFILMAT and/or PRODRAIN.

H 75 mm

H 12,5

H 10

PCG10 8095AC

PCG125 8095AC H 95 mm

H 95 mm

OUTSIDE CORNERS and JOINTS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A OUTSIDE CORNERS - pack. 10 Pcs

AEPG outside corners (pre-welded)

JOINTS - pack. 10 Pcs

Article

Article

AEPG10 55AC/75AC/95AC

GING10 55AC/75AC/95AC GING125 55AC/75AC/95AC

AEPG125 55AC/75AC/95AC

PROTERRACE PCG in varnished/coated aluminium is a range of edging profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. The profile has been designed with a tile retaining and finishing detent 10 or 12.5 mm in height plus a drainage corner to protect the screed. Placing it under the waterproofing membrane, it acts as a drip moulding. It can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed. Available in 3 with standard punched base (width 80 mm) and heights 55, 75 and 95 mm, in the versions with detent 10 or 12.5 mm. Prewelded outside and corner joints as well as corner linking elements also available to join the profile longitudinally. EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see above)

m

0m

L 21

GING joints

PROTERRACE PCG VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM L 80 mm

L 80 mm H 12,5

H 10

PCG10 8055AL...

PCG125 8055AL... H 55 mm

H 55 mm

H 12,5

H 10

PCG10 8075AL...

PCG125 8075AL... H 75 mm

VARNISHED/COATED ALU. - bar length 2,7 LM pack. 5 Pcs - 13,5 LM (H 55mm - 18,9 LM) Article PCG10 8055AL... PCG10 8075AL... PCG10 8095AL... PCG125 8055AL... PCG125 8075AL... PCG125 8095AL...

h x H x L mm 10 x 55 x 80 10 x 75 x 80 10 x 95 x 80 12,5 x 55 x 80 12,5 x 75 x 80 12,5 x 95 x 80

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T- A-C-. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PCG10 8055AL... (colour White) PCG10 8055ALB.

H 75 mm

COLOURS

B - White (RAL 9010)

G - Gray (RAL 7038)

A - Anthracite grey - (no RAL)

C - Corten

T - Dark Brown (RAL 8019)

H 12,5

H 10

PCG10 8095AL...

PCG125 8095AL... H 95 mm

H 95 mm

AVAILABLE

E - Beige (RAL 1019)

= News 2015

OUTSIDE CORNERS and JOINTS

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM OUTSIDE CORNERS - pack. 10 Pcs Article AEPG10 55AL../75AL../95AL.. AEPG125 55AL../75AL../95AL..

JOINTS - pack. 10 Pcs Article GING10 55AL../75AL../95AL.. GING125 55AL../75AL../95AL..

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T-A- C-. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AEPG10 55AL... (colour White) AEPG10 55ALB. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

AEPG outside corners (pre-welded)

m 0m L 21

GING joints

151


m

m

m

PROTERRACE PCJ in varnished/coated aluminium is a range of edging profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. The profile has been designed with a tile retaining and finishing joint 10 or 12.5 mm in height plus a drainage corner to protect the screed. Placing it under the waterproofing membrane, it acts as a drip moulding. It can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed. Available in 3 with standard punched base (width 80 mm) and heights 55, 75 and 95 mm, in the versions with joint 10 or 12.5 mm. Prewelded outside and corner joints as well as corner linking elements also available to join the profile longitudinally.

PROTERRACE PCJ VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM PCJ10 8055AL...

55 55 mm mm

55 mm 55 mm

PCJ10 8075AL...

75 mm

12,5 12,5

10 10

10

55 1055 mm mm

10

1055 mm 55 10mm

10

55 mm

55 mm 55 mm

10

10 10

10

10

75 mm

75 75 mm mm

75 mm

75 mm 10

10 10

95 mm

95

95 95 mm

95 mm mm

mm

12,5

12,5

75 mm

12,5

12,5

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM 12,5 bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 7 Pcs - 18,9 LM (H 75 mm - 13,5 ML - H 95 mm - 5,4 LM) Article

75 mm

12,5 12,5

95 10 PCJ125 8095AL... 95 mm mm 10 10 95 95 mm mm

10

12,5

12,5

12,5 12,5

75 mm

12,5

12,5

12,5

PCJ125 8075AL...

75 75 mm mm

95 PCJ10 8095AL... mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PCJ125 8055AL...

10

12,5 12,5

h x H x L mm

PCJ10 8055AL... 12,5

10 x 55 x 80

PCJ10 8075AL...

10 x 75 x 80

PCJ10 8095AL...

10 x 95 x 80

12,5 PCJ125 8055AL... 12,5 x 55 x 80

COLOURS

PCJ125 8075AL... 12,5 x 75 x 80 12,5 PCJ125 8095AL... 12,5 x 95 x 80

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T-C-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PCJ10 8055AL... (colour White) PCJ10 8055ALB.

95 mm

1. Choose the PROTERRACE PCJ of the type and finish suitable for the thickness of the screed. 2. Lay the PROTERRACE PCJ along the edge of the surface to be tiled at the same time as laying the tiles and using the same adhesive. 3. For a perfect waterproofing, below the glue it is recommended to use an elastic membrane product ( e.g. Mapelastic - Rasoelastic - Elastocem - Elastomalta - Idrobuild) and our sheathing/ waterproof membrane/draining PROFILMAT and/or PRODRAIN.

PRODUCTIONS ON REQUEST: DELIVERY TIME TO BE AGREED.

B - White (RAL 9010)

G - Gray (RAL 7038)

A - Anthracite grey - (no RAL)

E - Beige (RAL 1019)

T - Dark Brown (RAL 8019)

AVAILABLE

C - Corten

= News 2015

OUTSIDE CORNERS and JOINTS

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM AEPJ outside corners (pre-welded)

OUTSIDE CORNERS - pack. 10 Pcs

GINJ joints

JOINTS - pack. 10 Pcs

Article

m

0m

1 L2

Article

AEPJ10 55AL../75AL../95AL..

GINJ10 55AL../75AL../95AL..

AEPJ125 55AL../75AL../95AL..

GINJ125 55AL../75AL../95AL..

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T-C-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AEPJ10 55AL... (colour White) AEPJ10 55ALB.

PROTERRACE ECO

PROTERRACE ECO is a range of edging profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. The profile is made in natural aluminium with a tile retaining and finishing edge H 08 & 10mm in height plus a drainage corner to protect the screed. PROTERRACE ECO can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed.

ALUMINIUM PTEE 08AL

3

14 mm

NATURAL ALUMINIUM - 5 pack. thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

H 8 mm

PTEE 10AL

H mm

PTEE 08AN

8

PTEE 10AN

10

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H 10 mm

Article

H mm

PTEE 08AA

8

PTEE 10AA

10

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the profile with the required height. 2. Lay the PROTERRACEECO along the edge of the surface to be tiled at the same time as laying the tiles and using the same adhesive. 3. For a perfect waterproofing, below the glue it is recommended to use an elastic membrane product ( e.g. Mapelastic - Rasoelastic - Elastocem - Elastomalta - Idrobuild) and our sheathing/waterproof membrane/draining PROFILMAT and/or PRODRAIN. 152

COLOURS

AN - Natural aluminium

AA - Silver anod. alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)


PROTERRACE PC in stainless steel AISI 304/1.430-V2A is a range of edging profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. The profile has been designed with a drainage corner to protect the screed. Placing it under the waterproofing membrane, it acts as a drip moulding. It can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed. Available in 3 with standard punched base (width 80 mm) and heights 55, 75 and 95 mm. Prewelded outside and corner joints as well as corner linking elements also available to join the profile longitudinally. EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PROTERRACE PC STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PC 8055AC

PC 8075AC L 80 mm

L 80 mm

H 55 mm

H 75 mm

PC 8095AC

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 7 Pcs - 18,9 LM (H 75 mm - 13,5 LM - H 95 mm - 5,4 LM) Article PC 8055AC PC 8075AC PC 8095AC

L x H mm 80 x 55 80 x 75 80 x 95

1. Choose the PROTERRACE PC of the type and finish suitable for the thickness of the screed. 2. Lay the PROTERRACE PC along the edge of the surface to be tiled at the same time as laying the tiles and using the same adhesive. 3. For a perfect waterproofing, below the glue it is recommended to use an elastic membrane product ( e.g. Mapelastic - Rasoelastic - Elastocem - Elastomalta - Idrobuild) and our sheathing/ waterproof membrane/draining PROFILMAT and/or PRODRAIN

H 95 mm

OUTSIDE CORNERS and JOINTS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A OUTSIDE CORNERS - pack. 10 Pcs

JOINTS - pack. 10 Pcs

Article

AEPC outside corners (pre-welded)

Article

AEPC 55AC

GINC 55AC

AEPC 75AC

GINC 75AC

AEPC 95AC

GINC 95AC

PROTERRACE PC varnished/coated aluminium is a range of edging profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. The profile has been designed with a drainage corner to protect the screed. Placing it under the waterproofing membrane, it acts as a drip moulding. It can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed. Available in 3 with standard punched base (width 80 mm) and heights 55, 75 and 95 mm. Prewelded outside and corner joints as well as corner linking elements also available to join the profile longitudinally. EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see above)

GINC joints m 0m L 21

PROTERRACE PC VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM PC 8055AL

PC 8075AL L 80 mm

L 80 mm

H 55 mm

H 75 mm

PC 8095AL

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM - bar length 2,7 LM pack. 7 Pcs - 18,9 LM (H 75 mm - 13,5 LM H 95 mm - 5,4 LM) Article PC 8055AL... PC 8075AL... PC 8095AL...

COLOURS

L x H mm 80 x 55 80 x 75 80 x 95

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T-C-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PC 8055AL... (colore Bianco) PC 8055ALB.

H 95 mm

B - White (RAL 9010)

G - Gray (RAL 7038)

A - Anthracite grey - (no RAL)

E - Beige (RAL 1019)

T - Dark Brown (RAL 8019)

AVAILABLE

C - Corten

= News 2015

OUTSIDE CORNERS and JOINTS

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM OUTSIDE CORNERS - pack. 10 Pcs Article

JOINTS - pack. 10 Pcs Article

AEPC 55AL...

GINC 55AL...

AEPC 75AL...

GINC 75AL...

AEPC 95AL...

GINC 95AL...

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T-C-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AEPC 55AL... (colour White) AEPC 55ALB. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

AEPC outside corners (pre-welded)

m

GINC joints

0m

L 21

153


PROTERRACE PTER STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PTER 8042AC

PTER 8055AC

L 80 mm

L 80 mm

PROTERRACE PTER in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A is a range of edging L-shape profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. It can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed. Available in 4 sizes with standard punched base (width 80 mm) and heights 42, 55, 75 and 95 mm. Prewelded outside and corner joints as well as corner linking elements also available to join the profile longitudinally.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H 42 mm

H 55 mm

PTER 8075AC

PTER 8095AC

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM H 75 mm

Article PTER 8042AC PTER 8055AC PTER 8075AC PTER 8095AC

H 95 mm

L x H mm 80 x 42 80 x 55 80 x 75 80 x 95

1. Choose the PROTERRACE PTER of the type and finish suitable for the thickness of the screed. 2. Lay the PROTERRACE PTER along the edge of the surface to be tiled at the same time as laying the tiles and using the same adhesive. 3. For a perfect waterproofing, below the glue it is recommended to use an elastic membrane product ( e.g. Mapelastic - Rasoelastic - Elastocem - Elastomalta - Idrobuild) and our sheathing/ waterproof membrane/draining PROFILMAT and/or PRODRAIN.

OUTSIDE CORNERS and JOINTS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A AEPR outside corners (pre-welded)

m

0m

L 21

OUTSIDE CORNERS - pack. 10 Pcs

GIN joints

JOINTS - pack. 10 Pcs

Article AEPR AEPR AEPR AEPR

Article

42AC 55AC 75AC 95AC

GIN GIN GIN GIN

42AC 55AC 75AC 95AC

PROTERRACE PTER

PROTERRACE PTER in painted aluminium is a range of edging L-shape profiles for finishing and protecting the concrete front edges of terraces and balconies. It can be laid flush with or detached from the screed according to whether the tiles are laid flush with or protruding from the screed. Available in 4 sizes with standard punched base (width 80 mm) and heights 42, 55, 75 and 95 mm. Prewelded outside and corner joints as well as corner linking elements also available to join the profile longitudinally.

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM PTER 8042AL...

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see above)

PTER 8055AL... L 80 mm

L 80 mm

H 42 mm

H 55 mm

2,5 2,5

PTER 8075AL...

PTER 8095AL...

VARNISHED/COATED ALU. - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H 75 mm

H 95 mm

PTER PTER PTER PTER

Article 8042AL... 8055AL... 8075AL... 8095AL...

L x H mm 80 x 42 80 x 55 80 x 75 80 x 95

COLOURS

B - White (RAL 9010)

G - Gray (RAL 7038)

A - Anthracite grey - (no RAL)

E - Beige (RAL 1019)

T - Dark Brown (RAL 8019)

AVAILABLE

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T-C-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PTER 8042AL... (colour White) PTER 8042ALB.

C - Corten

= News 2015

OUTSIDE CORNERS and JOINTS

VARNISHED/COATED ALUMINIUM AEPR outside corners (pre-welded)

m 0m L 21

GIN joints

OUTSIDE CORNERS - pack. 10 Pcs AEPR AEPR AEPR AEPR

154

JOINTS - pack. 10 Pcs

Article 42AL... 55AL... 75AL... 95AL...

Article GIN GIN GIN GIN

42AL... 55AL... 75AL... 95AL...

Available in the colours: B-G-E-T-C-A. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AEPR 42AL... (colour White) AEPR 42ALB. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM


PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM Revolutionary patented system, uncoupling, crack isolation and waterproofing membrane, for electrical floor heating PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM by Progress Profiles combines the benefit of an underlayment membrane with the comfort and convenience of

The PRODESO HEAT Membrane can be installed over the entire subfloor as an uncoupling, crack isolating and waterproofing

electrical floor heating.

membrane.


PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM

The PRODESO HEAT Cable is then installed in the areas where heat is required. Once the Heat Cable is installed you can begin tiling

Install an underlayment membrane, the floor heat and tile all in the same day. PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM will add only 5.5mm

immediately, no waiting is necessary.

to your overall installation. That’s less than a 1/4 inch, which is considerably less than any previously used systems. The patented PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM by Progress Profiles allows you to have the comfort and convenience of under floor electrical radiant heating without the unnecessary added time and cost of previously used systems. The innovative and Patented PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM by Progress Profiles is a time saving, cost effective system to install a warm and comforting floor. The electric heating cable can be installed in the grooves of our patented membrane just where heat is desired and recommended. PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM thermostat allows you to program and control your floor heat cycles to optimize comfort and minimize operating costs. The pleasure of under floor heat where you want it, when you want it. The PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM is an easy to install and cost effective solution.


PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM The advantages of a radiant heat floor system have long been known but the PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM has game changing advantages. • Thanks to the uncoupling and crack isolating properties of the PRODESO HEAT membrane, it’s possible to install tile and floor heating over a variety of difficult substrates such as Plywood, Cement Slabs etc. • Thanks to the uncoupling and crack isolating properties of PRODESO HEAT membrane, it’s possible to eliminate some of the otherwise necessary expansion joints in your installation. • With its low profile design, the height of the membrane is only 5.5 mm (¼ inch) PRODESO HEAT is the perfect solution for remodeling projects where the new floor needs to transition over an existing surface. • The low overall weight of the system makes it the perfect choice for applications when load bearing capacity of the subfloor is a limitation. • Low thermal inertia. Tiles are installed directly on top of the heating cable. The heat will transfer rapidly and efficiently to the above tile for instant comfort and enjoyment. • The benefit of choosing exactly where to install your heat areas will allow you to maximize your return on investment. Heat where you want it, when you want it, reducing the operating cost of the overall system while increasing the comfort and value of your home. • Cost effective/time saving installation, coupled with the efficiency and safety of electric radiant heat make PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM the obvious choice. • PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM does not require any maintenance over time.

LAYING’S SECTION OF PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM 1

Tiles (Ceramic or natural stone)

2

Adhesive / Thin-set

3

PRODESO HEAT MEMBRANE

4

PRODESO HEAT CABLE

5

Adhesive / Thin-set

6

Subfloor / Plywood / OSB

158 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM PRODESO HEAT MEMBRANE is a polypropylene uncoupling crack isolation waterproofing membrane, with rounded square shaped reliefs. These reliefs form a channel specially designed to embed and hold the Prodeso Heat Cable. Prodeso Heat Membrane unique design allows for: • Flexible heating zone selection • Cost and time saving installation • Waterproofing • Uncoupling crack isolation • Vapor management • Support load distribution • Small height increase 5.5mm (1/4 inch)

PRODESO HEAT MEMBRANE

UNCOUPLING WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE FOR ELECTRIC HEATING - 15/5 M2 Article

*

Prodeso Heat Membrane

Width. roll L x H ML 1 m x 15 m

Tot. m2

PDESH 151/E PDESH 051/E

Prodeso Heat Membrane

1mx5m

5

*

= Upon request

PRODESO HEAT CABLE

PRODESO HEAT CABLE

is a heating cable designed to work in conjunction with Prodeso Heat Membrane. Cable separation 2 ½" & 3 ¾" depending on the cable power rating.

PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB PDHCB

PRODESO HEAT THERMOSTAT KIT

PRODESO HEAT TERMOSTAT KIT

is a digital floor thermostat kit with cable floor sensor.

15

Article 12 17 23 29 35 41 47 53 59 71 83 95 107 119 143 179

Lenght / lm Roll

Area m2

12,07 ml 17,66 ml 23,77 ml 29,87 ml 35,97 ml 41,56 ml 47,67 ml 53,77 ml 59,87 ml 71,57 ml 83,77 ml 95,47 ml 107,67 ml 119,37 ml 143,27 ml 179,37 ml

1,1 1,6 2,2 2,7 3,3 3,8 4,4 5,0 5,5 6,6 7,7 8,8 10,0 11,1 13,3 16,6

Total power Total W resistance Ω 230 Volts 150 352,67 225 235,11 300 176,33 375 141,07 450 117,56 525 100,76 600 88,17 675 78,37 750 70,53 900 58,78 1050 50,38 1200 44,08 1350 39,19 1500 35,27 1800 29,39 2250 23,51

Current Intensity I 0,65 0,98 1,30 1,63 1,96 2,28 2,61 2,93 3,26 3,91 4,57 5,22 5,87 6,52 7,83 9,78

PRODESO HEAT DIGITAL FLOOR THERMOSTAT KIT WITH CABLE FLOOR SENSOR Article PDHTSK 230V

= News

PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM CAN BE USED AS PRIMARY OR SECONDARY HEAT SOURCE IN A VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS. CommerciaL Lobby / Reception / Conference Room / Office / Bathrooms / Restaurant / SPA / Pool Surroundings /Reception Hall. ResidentiaL Foyers / Kitchen / Bathroom / Shower / Living Room / Dining Room / Pools Surroundings / Basements / Home Theater / Man-Cave. The applications are endless. Wherever heat and comfort are desired, PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM is the solution.

159 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PRODESO UNCOUPLING & WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE

PRODESO is a membrane in low density polyethylene provided with circular cavities and coated on both sides of a non-wonen polypropilene thermowelded which ensures the adhesion to the support and the anchoring of the floor.

UNCOUPLING & WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE thickness H 3 mm Article

PDES 3530

H Roll (LM) 1

L Roll (LM) 30

Rolls x Pallet 8

H 3 mm

AREA OF USE • Use Desolidarisation and waterproofing of substrates before laying ceramic floor and natural stone. Cement subfloor even if fissured and not completely seasoned aged, ceramic floors, terrazzo, existing natural stone surfaces anchored to the substrate, not fully seasoned aged concrete and wooden substrates. PRODESO is resistant to saline solutions, acids and alkalis, alcohol and oils. For application not included above contact our technical office. • Don’t use On bitumen membranes/coverings, on top of lightweight insulating rooftop panels or lightweight cement substrate.

PDES 35...

WARNINGS

Do not lay tile size less than 5 x 5 cm. The technological and applicative details can be found on the technical sheet WATERSTOP SYSTEM. For matters not covered in the technical sheet WATERSTOP SYSTEM, consult the technical department.

PROBAND 150/250 ROLLS IN HDPE AND PP

PROBAND 150/250 is a waterproofing elastic polyethylene ribbon with polypropylene nonwoven on both side that guarantees high adhesion to the support. ROLLS IN HDPE AND PP - thickness 0,40 mm

PRBPE 1505

Article

Roll width H mm x L LM 150 x 5

Rolls/ Pack 10

PRBPE 1530

150 x 30

6

PRBPE 2505

250 x 5

5

PRBPE 2530

250 x 30

3

AREA OF USE • Use Terraces, balconies and external surfaces of any dimension. To realize waterproofing joints between floor and wall and along the joints between two sheet of PROFOIL and with WATERSTOP SYSTEM. • Don’t use On bituminous membranes/coverings, over insulating panels and lightweight cement substrate. Don’t use with solvent based adhesive.

WARNINGS

Store in a cool and dry place avoiding direct sunlight and sources of heat. Read the data sheet before applying; in case of special applications call the technical department.

PREFORMED CORNERS Inner and outer preformed corners in polyethylene with polypropylene nonwoven on both side that guarantees high adhesion to the support. PREFORMED CORNERS IN HDPE E PP thickness 0,40 mm Article

OUTSIDE CORNER

H x L mm

Pcs/Pack

PRBI

150 X 150

10 Pz

PRBE

150 X 150

10 Pz

AREA OF USE • Use Terraces, balconies and external surfaces of any dimension, bathroom, showers, swimming pools and tubs. To realize inner and outer corners with PROFOIL and outer and inner corners in WATERSTOP SYSTEM. • Don’t use On bituminous coverings, over insulating panels and lightweight cement substrate. Don’t use with solvent based adhesive.

INSIDE CORNER

WARNINGS

Store in a cool and dry place avoiding direct sunlight and sources of heat. Read the data sheet before applying; in case of special applications call the technical department. 160 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFOIL is a waterproofing elastic polyethylene membrane with polypropylene nonwoven on both side that guarantees high adhesion to the support.

PROFOIL

AREAS OF USE • Use waterproofing of substrates and vertical structures before coverings in ceramic and stone materials are laid in areas subject to occasional contact with water like bathrooms and kitchens, with high vapor pressure like saunas and Turkish baths and with permanent contact with water also in pressure like swimming pools and tubs. Screed without cracks and completely cured, ceramic floors and natural stones anchored to the substrate, concrete completely cured and wood supports. • Don’t use On bituminous coverings, over insulating panels and lightweigh cement substarte, on terraces and balconies.

ROLLS IN HDPE AND PP

WARNINGS

Store in a cool and dry place avoiding direct sunlight and sources of heat. Read the data sheet before applying; in case of special applications call the technical department. ROLLS IN HDPE AND PP - thickness 0,5 mm Roll width H x L LM 1x5

total m2

PFLO 0405

Article

PFLO 0430

1 x 30

30

E/m2

E/Roll

5

PROBAND 150/250 is a waterproofing elastic polyethylene ribbon with polypropylene nonwoven on both side that guarantees high adhesion to the support.

AREA OF USE • Use Terraces, balconies and external surfaces of any dimension. To realize waterproofing joints between floor and wall and along the joints between two sheet of PROFOIL and with WATERSTOP SYSTEM. • Don’t use On bituminous coverings, over insulating panels and lightweigh cement substarte. Don’t use with solvent based adhesive.

PROBAND 150/250 ROLLS IN HDPE AND PP

WARNINGS

Store in a cool and dry place avoiding direct sunlight and sources of heat. Read the data sheet before applying; in case of special applications call the technical department.

ROLLS IN HDPE AND PP - thickness 0,40 mm

PRBPE 1505

Article

Roll width H mm x L LM 150 x 5

Rolls/ Pack 10

PRBPE 1530

150 x 30

6

PRBPE 2505

250 x 5

5

PRBPE 2530

250 x 30

3

PREFORMED CORNERS AND PIPE COLLAR Inner and outer preformed corners and pipe collar in polyethylene with polypropylene nonwoven on both side that guarantees high adhesion to the support. PREFORMED CORNERS AND PIPE COLLAR IN HDPE E PP - thickness 0,40 mm Article

H x L mm

Pcs/Pack

PRBI (interno)

150 X 150

10 Pz

PRBE (esterno)

150 X 150

10 Pz

PRBT (tassello)

125 X 125

10 Pz

AREA OF USE • Use Terraces, balconies and external surfaces of any dimension, bathroom, showers, swimming pools and tubs. To realize inner and outer corners and pipe collar with PROFOIL and outer and inner corners in WATERSTOP SYSTEM. • Don’t use On bituminous coverings, over insulating panels and lightweigh cement substarte. Don’t use with solvent based adhesive.

OUTSIDE CORNER

INSIDE CORNER

WARNINGS

Store in a cool and dry place avoiding direct sunlight and sources of heat. Read the data sheet before applying; in case of special applications call the technical department.

PIPE COLLAR 161

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PRODRAIN 10

PRODRAIN 10 is a drainage membrane formed from a sheet of high density polyethylene (HDPE) blue, provided with reliefs truncated conical to base circular, surmounted by a non-woven polypropylene gray water permeable.

DRAINAGE MEMBRANE DRAINAGE MEMBRANE thickness 10 mm - Total 12,0 m2 - 6 rolls per pallet = 72 m2 Article PDRI 10

H Roll (LM) 0,96

L Roll (LM) 12,5

Rolls/ Pallet 6

AREA OF USE • Use Outside on floors sloped properly waterproofed such as terraces and balconies and in contact with vertical waterproof structures such as foundation walls before filling the trench. Resistant to saline solutions, acids and alkalis, alcohol and oils. In case there are particular products consult the technical department. • Don’t use On floors not waterproofed or waterproofing of that have no adequate slope for drainage of the water drained. How phono absorbent pad and thermal insulation.

H 10 mm

PDRI 10

WARNINGS

Store in cool, dry place avoiding direct sunlight and heat sources. See the data sheet prior to application in the case of special applications, we recommend that you consult the technical department.

PROBAND SE is a waterproof tape in SEBS (styrene - ethylene - butylene - styrene) thermoplastic, suitable for the production of highperformance expansion joints on terraces, floors in general, tubs, canals and civil and industrial works.

PROBAND SE WATERPROOF TAPE IN SEBS

WATERPROOF TAPE IN SEBS Roll 50 ML Article PRBSE

120 mm

Roll width H x L LM 0,12 X 50

AREA OF USE • Use Waterproofing of floor joints and perimeter joints connecting wall-floor on balconies, terraces and exterior surfaces of any size, tubs, canals and civil and industrial works. • Don’t use With WATERSTOP SYSTEM. On bituminous coverings. With adhesives containing solvents.

PRODUCT APPLICATION

1. Apply a thin layer of at least 1 mm of thickness of sealant PROBAND KOLL along the wall-floor perimeter joints to a width of at least 15 cm.

2. Apply PROBAND SE, after cutting to length, with the net in full-height on the layer of sealant still wet.

3. Exert a strong pressure and to smooth with a smooth spatula to favoring the complete drowning of the net in the sealant and to avoid the formation of folds of the tape.

WARNINGS

Preserve avoiding direct sunlight and heat sources. See the data sheet prior to application in the case of special applications, we recommend that you consult the technical department.

162 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PRODRIP

PRODRIP is a perimetral drain in ASA(Modified ABS), equipped with junction wall-floor covered with nonwoven in polypropylene to ensure sealing in the system WATERSTOP SYSTEM. PERIMETRAL DRAIN Pack per Pallet = 192 Article PDRP

Colour

Pcs/Pack

Gray

4

PERIMETRAL DRAIN

AREA OF USE • Use balconies, terraces and external horizontal surfaces of any size, creation of drains in the system WATERSTOP SYSTEM. • Don’t use Under cement substrate and as vertical drain.

WARNINGS

Do not heat with direct flames. Consult the data sheet prior to application in the case of special applications, we recommend that you consult the technical department.

PROBAND KOLL is a monocomponent sealant in very low emissions of volatile organic compounds for sealing waterproof with high adhesion of the PROBAND tape waterproofing

MONOCOMPONENT SEALANT

MONOCOMPONENT SEALANT Bucket of 20Kg Bucket per Pallet = 30Kg per Pallet 600Kg Article

Colours

Bucket Kg.

Red

20

PRBKL

PROBAND KOLL

AREA OF USE • Use Sealant for sealing of the waterproof elastic tape “PROBAND” in the system WATERSTOP SYSTEM Balconies, terraces, bathrooms, kitchens, saunas and external surfaces of any size. • Don’t use Of bituminous coverings, on top of lightweight insulating rooftop panels or lightweight cement substrate.

WARNINGS

Store in cool, dry place avoiding direct sunlight and heat sources. See the data sheet prior to application in the case of special applications, we recommend that you consult the technical department.

PROBAND BU is a high adhesion butyle adhesive tape coated on one side with non-woven polypropylene and alkali resistant. BUTYLE TAPE - thickness 1 mm Article PRBBU 7515

H Roll (mm) 75

L Roll (LM) 15

PROBAND BU BUTYLE TAPE

Rolls/ Pack 2

AREA OF USE • Use Balconies, terraces and external surfaces of any size. Realization of perimeter junctions in the system WATERSTOP SYSTEM in the case of supports in bitumen, PVC, wood, polycarbonate, glass, plastic and metal. • Don’t use On dirty, inconsistent and wet surfaces.

WARNINGS

Store the product in a dry place and avoid direct sunlight and heat sources. See the data sheet prior to application in the case of special applications, we recommend that you consult the technical department.

PROBAND FIX is a silicon based moisture-curing sealant with high adhesion and elasticity. PROBAND FIX is used to waterproof and seal the bond between PROBAND and PROFOIL, for junction of PROBAND at fixtures and sheet metal in general. SEALANT MONOCOMPONENT WATERPROOF Pack of 12 cartridges Article

Colours

PRBFXB

White

290

PRBFXG

Gray

290

PROBAND FIX SEALANT MONOCOMPONENT WATERPROOF

For more details see page 250.

Cartridge

B - white

G -gray

AREA OF USE • Use Balconies, terraces, bathrooms, kitchens, saunas, swimming pools and exterior surfaces of any size. • Don’t use On bitumen membranes. To seal PROBAND with PRODESO.

WARNINGS

Store in cool, dry place avoiding direct sunlight and heat sources. See the data sheet prior to application in the case of special applications, we recommend that you consult the technical department. 163 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSHOWER is a water collecting duct system with floor flush overall height of 85 mm, entirely made of AISI 304/1.4301 – V2A steel, available in 5 different lengths and equipped with 6 different stainless steel finish grids. After the production cycle, PROSHOWER undergoes electro-polishing and then passivation to make the product fully corrosion-resistant. Its low thickness combined with the fully adjustable siphon, its special modularity and high number of finish grids makes it a very appreciated solution under a technical and aesthetic aspect.

PROSHOWER BASE L SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A PSHWDL 70 / 80 / 90 / 100 / 120 700 - 800 - 900 - 1000 - 1200 mm

125 85 mm mm

80 mm

50 mm

13 mm 85 mm

DUCT BODY MADE OF AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL

Article

Description

62 mm

55 mm

50 mm

Pc/Pck

PSHWDL 70

PROSHOWER BASE L W 70 x 8 cm

1

PSHWDL 80

PROSHOWER BASE L W 80 x 8 cm

1

PSHWDL 90

PROSHOWER BASE L W 90 x 8 cm

1

PSHWDL 100

PROSHOWER BASE L W 100 x 8 cm

1

PSHWDL 120

PROSHOWER BASE L W 120 x 8 cm

1

On request available vertical Outlet drain. (Reference code: PSHWDV...)

Article

Description

Pc/Pck

PSHWT 70

PROSHOWER TILE - STEEL - Grid L 70 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWT 80

PROSHOWER TILE - STEEL - Grid L 80 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWT 90

PROSHOWER TILE - STEEL - Grid L 90 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWT 100

PROSHOWER TILE - STEEL - Grid L 100 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWT 120

PROSHOWER TILE - STEEL - Grid L 120 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

Description

Pc/Pck

PROSHOWER TILE-LINE SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

PSHWT 70/80/90/100/120

TILE

Provided only combined with L. Proshower Base L.

Article PSHWL 70

PROSHOWER LINE - STEEL- Grid L 70 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWL 80

PROSHOWER LINE - STEEL- Grid L 80 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWL 90

PROSHOWER LINE - STEEL- Grid L 90 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWL 100

PROSHOWER LINE - STEEL- Grid L 100 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWL 120

PROSHOWER LINE - STEEL- Grid L 120 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWL 70/80/90/100/120

LINE

Provided only combined with L. Proshower Base L. 165 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSHOWER DESIGN - STRIPS - GRILL - SQUARE SUPER POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

DESIGN Article

PSHWD 70/80/90/100/120

STRIPS

GRILL

1

PSHWD 80

PROSHOWER DESIGN - STEEL- Grid L 80 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWD 90

PROSHOWER DESIGN - STEEL- Grid L 90 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWD 100

PROSHOWER DESIGN - STEEL- Grid L 100 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWD 120

PROSHOWER DESIGN - STEEL- Grid L 120 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

Provided only combined with L. Proshower Base L.

166

Pc/Pck

PROSHOWER STRIPS - STEEL- Grid L 70 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWST 80

PROSHOWER STRIPS - STEEL- Grid L 80 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWST 90

PROSHOWER STRIPS - STEEL- Grid L 90 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWST 100

PROSHOWER STRIPS - STEEL- Grid L 100 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWST 120

PROSHOWER STRIPS - STEEL- Grid L 120 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

On request

Article

Description

Pc/Pck

PSHWGR 70

PROSHOWER GRILL - STEEL - Grid L 70 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWGR 80

PROSHOWER GRILL - STEEL - Grid L 80 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWGR 90

PROSHOWER GRILL - STEEL - Grid L 90 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWGR 100

PROSHOWER GRILL - STEEL - Grid L 100 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

PSHWGR 120

PROSHOWER GRILL - STEEL - Grid L 120 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

1

Description

Pc/Pck

On request

Article

PSHWSQ 70/80/90/100/120

Description

PSHWST 70

PSHWGR 70/80/90/100/120

SQUARE

Pc/Pck

PSHWD 70

Article

PSHWST 70/80/90/100/120

Description PROSHOWER DESIGN - STEEL- Grid L 70 x 8 cm made of AISI 304 stainless steel

PSHWSQ 70

PROSHOWER SQUARE - STEEL - Grid L 70 x 8 cm made of stainless steel

1

PSHWSQ 80

PROSHOWER SQUARE - STEEL - Grid L 80 x 8 cm made of stainless steel

1

PSHWSQ 90

PROSHOWER SQUARE - STEEL - Grid L 90 x 8 cm made of stainless steel

1

PSHWSQ 100

PROSHOWER SQUARE - STEEL - Grid L 100 x 8 cm made of stainless steel

1

PSHWSQ 120

PROSHOWER SQUARE - STEEL - Grid L 120 x 8 cm made of stainless steel

1

On request Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


Article

Description

PROFOIL SECTION

Pc/Pck

PSHANT 70

PROFOIL section and double sided tape 3 lm

1

PSHANT 80

PROFOIL section and double sided tape 3 lm

1

PSHANT 90

PROFOIL section and double sided tape 3 lm

1

PSHANT 100 PROFOIL section and double sided tape 3 lm

1

PSHANT 120 PROFOIL section and double sided tape 3 lm

1

HDPE E PP GUAINE

3 ml / lm PROFOIL SECTION AND DOUBLE SIDED TAPE

DRAIN REDUCTION

Article

Description

PSHWRD 5040

50 to 40 mm polypropylene drain reduction

POLYPROPYLENE

Pc/Pck 1

REDUCTION

KIT DE MONTAGE MODULAIRE Article PSHWRD

Description Modular assembly kit to make drain ducts of any length

Pc/Pck 1

MODULAR ASSEMBLY KIT

MODULARITY

DRAIN

PROFOIL SECTION AND DOUBLE SIDED TAPE

PROSHOWER PROFILE 167

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSHOWER PROFILE STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 / 1.4301 – V2A PSHWPACS ...DX/SX

PROSHOWER PROFILE is a profile in AISI 304 / 1.4301 – V2A satined stainless steel, which has been degreased and passivated, with adjustable length, conceived for the protection of floor edges and the joining of plane tiled surfaces to inclined tiled surfaces; consisting of two parts: the first is “L”-shaped and is available in the heights of 8 and 10mm and in the lengths of 100 and 150 cm; the second part has the shape of an elongated and pressed “C”, has an exposed surface with a height sloping from 12 mm to 32 mm (for the 100 cm long version) or to 42 mm (for the 150 cm long version). The “C”-shaped part is laser-cut and its surface - apart from the last 12 cm long section, which is perfectly plane - has a 2% inclination. Thanks to its particular shape and to the different lengths/heights available PROSHOWER PROFILE can be used in any situation and fits with any kind of flooring.

H 12/14 mm

7 mm

H 32/34 mm

PROFILE’S HEAD

H 42/44 mm

PROFILE’S HEAD AT 1 LM PROFILE’S HEAD AT 1,5 LM

PROSHOWER PROFILES IN STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A DEGREASED AND PASSIVATED thermo packed - Pack 60 Pc - RIGHT

h 10 mm

Article

40 mm

h 8 mm

40 mm

h mm

L LM

H mm

PSHWPACS 0810DX

8

1

12-32

PSHWPACS 1010DX

10

1

14-34

PSHWPACS 0815DX

8

1,5

12-42

PSHWPACS 1015DX

10

1,5

14-44

PROSHOWER PROFILES IN STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A DEGREASED AND P ASSIVATED thermo packed - Pack 60 Pc - LEFT h mm

L LM

H mm

PSHWPACS 0810SX

Article

8

1

12-32

PSHWPACS 1010SX

10

1

14-34

PSHWPACS 0815SX

8

1,5

12-42

PSHWPACS 1015SX

10

1,5

14-44

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the right PROSHOWER PROFILE depending on the length of the planned shower; 2. Cut PROSHOWER PROFILE at the desired length and apply the adhesive on the substrate; 3. Press the anchoring flange of PROSHOWER PROFILE in the adhesive; 4. Lay the tiles, aligning them to the profile and leaving a 2mm join; 5. Plaster the join between the profile and the tiles, in order to avoid water stagnation.

168 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


Article

Description

PSHWDS 50

Pc/Pck

PROSHOWER DRAIN L- side drain with siphon with 50 mm diameter and fitting section

PROSHOWER DRAIN L PP

1

300 mm

40 mm

50 mm

PROSHOWER DRAIN L 300 mm

271 mm

PROSHOWER DRAIN SQUARE

Article

Description

Pc/Pck

PSHWDQ 10

PROSHOWER DRAIN – SQUARE 10 x 10 Grid holder with stainless steel base

1

STAINLESS STEEL

100 mm

70 mm

100 mm

PROSHOWER DRAIN - SQUARE

PROSHOWER DRAIN

100 mm

Article

Description

PSHWDG 93

Pc/Pck

PROSHOWER DRAIN 93 x 93 Grid, Fusion for grid holder

STAINLESS STEEL

1

PROSHOWER DRAIN

PROSHOWER DRAIN EXTEND Article

Description

PSHWDB 100

Pc/Pck

PROSHOWER DRAIN EXTEND Vertical and side drain extension with flange

PP

1

300 mm 100 mm

130 mm

110 mm

PROSHOWER DRAIN EXTEND

PROSHOWER DRAIN V

100 mm

Article

Description

PSHWDS 70

PROSHOWER DRAIN V vertical drain without siphon with 70 mm diameter

Pc/Pck

PP

1

305 mm 150 mm 100 mm

180 mm

PROSHOWER DRAIN V 75 mm

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

169


â—? curve and bendable profiles


PRO...CURVE LINE PRO CURVE LINE are a range of profiles that may be curved/shaped, with a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements. The profiles in the PRO CURVE LINE may be used as transition or edging profiles or to create joining and expansion joints on any type of ceramic, parquet, wood, laminate/melamine coated wood, marble, carpeted, Palladian, Venetian floor, etc. The profiles are made in AISI 304/1.4301-V2A stainless steel, aluminium and brass and may be easily shaped by using the PROCURVE MACHINE to bend the profiles mechanically.

PROTERMINAL CURVE STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A CURVABLE PTACCV 06

PROTERMINAL CURVE are a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped, with a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements and with a separation of 3 mm. The product is made in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A in various heights (6, 8, 10 and 12,5 mm) in 2.7m bars.

3

H 6 mm

PTACCV 08 H 8 mm

PTACCV 10 H 10 mm

PTACCV 125 H 12,5 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film - bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM - 10/10 mm Article PTACCV 06

PTACCV 15 H 15 mm

PTACCV 20

H 20 mm

6

PTACCV 08

8

PTACCV 10

10

PTACCV 125

COLOURS

H mm

12,5

PTACCV 15

15

PTACCV 20

20

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

For hand-brushed version + 30% gross price.

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the PROTERMINAL CURVE with the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive. If it is used as a joining profile, bring each floor to the edge of the profile.

172

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROTERMINAL CURVE are a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped. They feature a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent easily so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements and with a separation of 3 mm of sandable profile. The product is made in natural brass in 2.7 m bars and heights of 6, 8, 10, 12.5, 15 and 20 mm.

PROTERMINAL CURVE NATURAL BRASS CURVABLE 3

PTONCV 06 H 6 mm

PTONCV 08 H 8 mm

PTONCV 10 H 10 mm

PTONCV 125

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 10 pc bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 15 - H 20 mm - 54 LM) Article PTONCV 06 PTONCV 08 PTONCV 10 PTONCV 125 PTONCV 15 PTONCV 20

H 12,5 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm 6 8 10 12,5 15 20

COLOURS

PTONCV 15 H 15 mm

1. Choose the PROTERMINAL CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive. Any oxidation marks may be easily removed with specific chemical products (Sidol-Smac, etc.). If it is used as a joining profile, bring each floor to the edge of the profile.

PTONCV 20

H 20 mm

ON - Natural Brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROTERMINAL CURVE are a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped. They feature a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent easily so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements and with a separation of 3 mm of sandable profile. The product is made in natural aluminium in 2.7 m bars and heights of 6, 8, 10, 12.5, 15 and 20 mm.

PROTERMINAL CURVE NATURAL ALUMINIUM CURVABLE 3

PTANCV 06 H 6 mm

PTANCV 08 H 8 mm

PTANCV 10 H 10 mm

PTANCV 125

NATURAL ALUMINIUM thermo packed 10 pc bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PTANCV 06 PTANCV 08 PTANCV 10 PTANCV 125 PTANCV 15 PTANCV 20

H 12,5 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see upstairs)

H mm 6 8 10 12,5 15 20

PTANCV 15 H 15 mm

COLOURS

PTANCV 20

H 20 mm

AN - Natural aluminium (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

173


174


PROELEGANT CURVE are a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped. They feature a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent easily so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements and with a separation of 6 mm of sandable profile. The product is made in natural brass in 2.7 m bars and heights of 8-10-12.5 and 14 mm.

PROELEGANT CURVE NATURAL BRASS CURVABLE 6

PELONCV 08 H 8 mm

PELONCV 10 H 10 mm

PELONCV 125 H 12,5 mm

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PELONCV 08 PELONCV 10 PELONCV 125 PELONCV 14

COLOURS

PELONCV 14 H 14 mm

H mm 8 10 12,5 14

ON - Natural Brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the PROELEGANT CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive. Any oxidation marks may be easily removed with specific chemical products (Sidol-Smac, etc.).

PROELEGANT CURVE are a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped. They feature a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent easily so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements and with a separation of 6 mm of sandable profile. The product is made in silver anodised aluminium in 2.7 m bars and heights of 8-10-12.5 mm.

PROELEGANT CURVE SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM CURVABLE 6

PELAACV 08 H 8 mm

PELAACV 10 H 10 mm

PELAACV 125 H 12,5 mm

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PELAACV 08 PELAACV 10 PELAACV 125

COLOURS

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm 8 10 12,5

AA - Silver anod. alu. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROELEGANT CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive. Any oxidation marks may be easily removed with specific chemical products (Sidol-Smac, etc.).

175 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFINAL CURVE

PROFINAL CURVE are a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped. They feature a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent easily so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements and with a separation of 8 mm of sandable profile. The product is made in natural brass in 2.7 m bars and heights of 8, 10 and 12.5 mm.

NATURAL BRASS CURVABLE 8

PRFONCV 08 H 8 mm

PRFONCV 10 H 10 mm

PRFONCV 125 H 12,5 mm

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article PRFONCV 08 PRFONCV 10 PRFONCV 125

COLOURS

H mm 8 10 12,5

ON - Natural Brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROFINAL CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive. Any oxidation marks may be easily removed with specific chemical products (Sidol-Smac, etc.). If it is used as a joining profile, bring each floor to the edge of the profile.

PROFINAL CURVE

PROFINAL CURVE are a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped. They feature a special system of perforations allowing them to be bent easily so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements and with a separation of 8 mm of sandable profile. The product is made in silver anodised aluminium in 2.7 m bars and heights of 8, 10 and 12.5 mm.

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM CURVABLE 8

PRFAACV 08 H 8 mm

PRFAACV 10 H 10 mm

PRFAACV 125 H 12,5 mm

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article PRFAACV 08

8

PRFAACV 10

10

PRFAACV 125

COLOURS

H mm

12,5

AA - Silver anod. alu (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROFINAL CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive. Any oxidation marks may be easily removed with specific chemical products (SidolSmac, etc.). If it is used as a joining profile, bring each floor to the edge of the profile.

176 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROJOLLY CURVE is a range of terminal transition profiles that may be curved/shaped, with a special system of perforations allowing it to be bent so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements. It is made in natural brass, height H 8 - H 10mm, length 2.7 lm.

PROJOLLY CURVE NATURAL BRASS CURVABLE PJONCV 08 H 8 mm

PJONCV 10 H 10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed 5 pcs bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PJONCV 08 PJONCV 10

COLOURS

H mm 8 10

ON - Natural Brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROJOLLY CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive.

PROJOLLY CURVE SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM CURVABLE

PROJOLLY CURVE is a range of terminal transition profiles that may be curved/shaped, with a special system of perforations allowing it to be bent so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements. It is made in anodised aluminium, height H 8 -H 10mm, length 2.7 lm. PJAACV 08 H 8 mm

PJAACV 10 H 10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PJAACV 08 PJAACV 10

COLOURS

H mm 8 10

AA - Silver anod. alu. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

1. Choose the PROJOLLY CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive.

177 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


TERMINAL CURVE ALUMINIUM SILVER ANODISED and 10 WOOD FINISHES – CURVABLE

TERMINAL CURVE is a range of edging and joining profiles that may be curved/shaped, with a special system of perforations allowing it to be bent so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements.Recommended for edging and/or joining floating floors in wood & melaminelaminated wood. It is made in anodised aluminium and in 10 wood effect finishes; it comes in various heights, length 2.7m.

15 mm

PINT... CV 07

H 7 mm

PINT... CV 09 H 9 mm

PINT... CV 11 H 11 mm

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

PINT... CV 15

Article

H 15 mm

PINTAACV 07 PINTAACV 09 PINTAACV 11 PINTAACV 15

29 mm

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm

Article PINT... CV 09 PINT... CV 15

7 9 11 15

AA - Silver anod. alu.

1. Choose the TERMINAL CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive.

PROCOVER

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut) UPON REQUEST MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

AO - Gold anod. alu.

PROCOVER is a joint-cover profile in anodised aluminium and aluminium covered with a very strong film available in 10 wood finishes. It is applied at the end of laying two adjoining floors with the same height, having left a 6 - 24 mm gap between the two floors set in a thin bed of adhesive. It protects the outside edges of the floor/covering. It is easy to lay and attractive. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with the silicone/adhesive.

ALUMINIUM SILVER ANODISED and 10 WOOD FINISHES – CURVABLE PCRAA 149 PCR... 149

9 15

Available in the wood finishes: 04W-05W-07W-08W-09W-10W-11W28W-29W-30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINT... CV 09 (chosen finish Dark beech) PINT04W CV 09.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

H mm

14 mm

H 9 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM 1. Choose the PROCOVER with the width suitable for the gap between the two floors to be joined, taking into consideration 2/3 mm side lap. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined.

Article

L x H mm

PCRAA 149 (pack. 108 LM)

14 x 9

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PCR... 149

THE WHOLE PROCOVER RANGE ON PAGES 90-91.

COLOURS

AA - Silver anod. alu.

L x H mm 14 x 9

Available in the wood finishes: 04W-05W-07W-08W-09W-10W-11W28W-29W-30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PCR...149 (chosen finish light maple) PCR 01W 149.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut) UPON REQUEST MINIMUM QUANTITY 500 LM

178

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

AO - Gold anod. alu.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSLIDER CURVE is a range of transition profiles that may be curved/shaped, with a special system of perforations allowing it to be bent so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements. Recommended for joining floating floors in wood, melamine laminated wood and ceramics. It is made in natural brass in various heights, length 2.7 lm.

NATURAL BRASS thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 15 Pcs - 40,5 LM Article PDONCV 08 PDONCV 10

PROSLIDER CURVE NATURAL BRASS CURVABLE PDONCV 08 H 8 mm

H mm 8 10

PDONCV 10

COLOURS

H 10 mm

ON - Natural Brass (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the PROSLIDER CURVE in the required height and material. 2. Cut the profile to the necessary length, calculating the total length. 3. Bend the profile mechanically with the PROCURVE MACHINE. 4. If necessary fix with screws and screw anchors, if used for floating floors in melamine/laminated wood, or simply insert the punched base under the floor laid with the same adhesive.

PROSLIDER CURVE is a range of transition profiles that may be curved/shaped, with a special system of perforations allowing it to be bent so that particular geometric shapes may be easily obtained in situ. This allows decorative patterns to be created at will according to technical and aesthetic requirements. Recommended for joining floating floors in wood, melamine laminated wood and ceramics. It is made in anodised aluminium in various heights, length 2.7 lm. SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PDAACV 08 PDAACV 10

PROSLIDER CURVE SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM CURVABLE PDAACV 08 H 8 mm

H mm 8 10

PDAACV 10

COLOURS

H 10 mm

AA - Silver anod. alu. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

PROCURVE MACHINE is a manual profile bending machine for profiles of the CURVE SERIES.

PROCURVE MACHINE PROCURVE MACHINE - complete with wheels for all profiles Article PCM 08 Page

Items / series available for

172 173 173 175 175 176 176 177 177 178 178 178 179 179

PTACCV PTONCV PTANCV PELONCV PELAACV PRFONCV PRFAACV PJONCV PJAACV PINTAACV PCRAA 149 PCR... 149 PDONCV PDAACV

Minimum inside Minimum outside radius radius 30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 150 cm 200 cm 200 cm 200 cm 200 cm 200 cm 300 cm 80 cm 100 cm 300 cm 300 cm

30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 300 cm 300 cm

300 cm 300 cm 80 cm 100 cm

179 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? skirting boards


182


PROSKIRTING CHANNEL is the new innovative skirting designed with an integrated system for plasterboard walls, and devised to create a skirting flush to the wall with decorative inner grooves for a modern and contemporary touch.

PROSKIRTING CHANNEL ANODISED, BRUSHED, VARNISHED ALUMINIUM

SUPPORT/ PERFORATED BASE - ANODISED SILVER ALU. thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM Article

Support/ base PKGCFAA 75

H mm

PKGCFAA 75

Top PKCH... 55

75

ORDER THE SUPPORT AND THE TOP YOU WISH

Article

PLASTERBOARD

TOP

H mm

PKCHAA 55 PKCHBS 55 PKCHA 55-01

55 55 55

H 55,4 mm

EXEMPLE OF LAYING (for laying instructions, see below)

H 75 mm

VISIBLE TOP - ANODISED, BRUSHED, WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE. OUTSIDE CORNER - ANODISED, BRUSHED, WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM pack. 5 Pcs Article

13,7 mm

H mm

REPKCH... 55

55

REPKCHA 55-01

55

Available in the finish: AA - BS - 01. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: REPKCH... 55 (chosen colour Anodised silver) REPKCHAA 55.

PROSKIRTING FLAT ANODISED, BRUSHED, VARNISHED ALUMINIUM

PROSKIRTING FLAT is the new innovative skirting designed with an integrated system for plasterboard walls, and devised to create a skirting flush to the wall for a modern and contemporary touch. SUPPORT/ PERFORATED BASE - ANODISED SILVER ALU. thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM Article

12,7 mm

Support/ base PKGCFAA 75

H mm

PKGCFAA 75

75

Top PKFL... 60

ORDER THE SUPPORT AND THE TOP YOU WISH

Article

PLASTERBOARD

H mm

PKFLAA 60 PKFLBS 60 PKFLA 60-01

60 60 60

H 59,2 mm

EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H 75 mm

VISIBLE TOP - ANODISED, BRUSHED, WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

TOP

OUTSIDE CORNER - ANODISED, BRUSHED, WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM pack. 5 Pcs Article 1. Fix the substrate/perforated base to the wall before laying the plasterboard, calculating all the heights and distances. 2. Lay the plasterboard aligning the lower part flush to the PROSKIRTING CHANNEL and/or FLAT. 3. Plaster and carry out the surface finishing on the plasterboard. 4. Choose the required Top PROSKIRTING CHANNEL and/or FLAT finish, cut and lay the profile fitting the lower part and then the upper part by pressing gently. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium PROSKIRTING. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

13,7 mm

12,7 mm

COLOURS

H mm

REPKFL... 60

60

REPKFLA 60-01

60

Available in the finish: AA - BS - 01. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: REPKFL... 60 (chosen colour Anodised silver) REPKFLAA 60.

AA - Anodised silver aluminium

BS - Brushed silver aluminium

01 - White varnished alu. (RAL 9016)

183 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSKIRTING INS

PROSKIRTING INS is the new innovative skirting designed with an integrated system for plasterboard walls, and devised to create a recessed skirting for a modern and minimalist design in line with the latest trends.

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM

EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PKINSAA 60 14 mm

PLASTERBOARD

H 75 mm

GLUE / SILICONE

H 60 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 30 Pcs - 60 LM Article PKINSAA 60

H x L mm 60 x 15

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY (MINIMUM QUANTITY ORDER OF 500 LM), TIMING AND PRICE.

15 mm

COLOURS

1. Fix PROSKIRTING INS using screws (concealed part) and glue/silicone (exposed side), before laying the plasterboard, calculating all the heights and distance. 2. Lay the plasterboard aligning the lower part flush to the PROSKIRTING INS. 3. Plaster and carry out the surface finishing on the plasterboard. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium “Proskirting”. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anodised silver alu.

PROSKIRTING LINE ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM

PKLIAA 60

PROSKIRTING LINE in the innovative skirting suitable for smoothed lime, marmorino, stucco, and Venetian coats on civil plaster or plasterboard. EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

2,5 mm

WALL

H 60 mm

GLUE / SILICONE

H 61 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 80 LM Article

H x L mm

PKLIAA 60

60 x 2,5

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY (MINIMUM QUANTITY ORDER OF 500 LM), TIMING AND PRICE. COLOURS

AA - Anodised silver alu.

184

1. Fix the PROSKIRTING LINE using glue/silicone (exposed side), before making the required coat, calculating all the heights and distances. 2. Carry out the surface finishing aligning the lower part flush to the PROSKIRTING LINE. IMPORTANT: Pay attention to the external edges of the aluminium “Proskirting”. They must be protected against agents such as adhesives and sealants and against grinding or scraping actions.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)


PROSKIRTING ISP is a joint, inspectional “cable duct” baseboard in aluminium, conceived and designed to hide and protect the passage of electric cables, the ones for computer, telephones and other plants as well, allowing an easy and quick access. The supports that are to be fixed on the wall consent accommodate different utility wires/ cables as well. Aesthetically pleasant, it is recommended for various public and private environments: offices, schools, residences, commercial centers etc. Available in silver anodised aluminium (H: 100 mm) and in polished titanium and brushed titanium aluminium (H: 70 mm). In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

PROSKIRTING ISP

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM, TITANIUM POLISHED and BRUSHED ALU. (H:70 mm) PKISPAA 100

PKISP... 70 9,9 mm

PKGS 55

SKIRTING ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - 25 Pcs - 50 LM (H: 100 mm - 40 LM ) Article

Article

H mm

PKISPAA 70

70

PKISPAA 100

100

PUNCHED SUPPORT support length 2 cm - pack. 10 Pcs PKGS 55

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

55

H 54 mm

Article SPA 1820

70

SWITCH BOX with BOX BASIS

SKIRTING POLISHED BRUSHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2 LM pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM Article

Article SI 1410

H mm

PKISPTS 70

H 70 mm

POWER SUPPLY BOX SOCKET with FASTENING BASIS

H mm

PKISPBT 70

L 20 mm

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

SKIRTING POLISHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2 LM pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM Article

H 100 mm

H mm

70

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

JUNCTION BOX with FASTENING BASIS

Skirtings in polished brushed titanium aluminium match with capsules and joints in varnished PVC with polished titanium aluminium effect (see below).

H 70

Article SD 1210

COLOURS

VERTICAL CABLE DUCT PROFILE bar length 2,7 LM AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BT - Polished titanium alu.

H 100

SUPPORT

Article PSPV

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (finishes anod. silver, polished titanium) and BRUSHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER - pack. 5 Pcs Article PKIAGI 70 (inside)

Article

H x L mm

70 x 24

PKIAGIBT 70 (inside) PKIAGEBT 70 (outside)

70 x 24 70 x 5

PKIAGE 70 (outside)

70 x 5

PKIAGI 100 (inside)

100 x 24

PKIAGE 100 (outside)

100 x 5

JOINTS - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER - pack. 10 Pcs Article

H mm

PKIGIN 70

70

PKIGIN 100

100

70

PKITDSAA 100/5

100

PKIAGE 70 / 100 outside corner

L

Article

H x L mm

PKIAGITS 70 (inside) PKIAGETS 70 (outside)

70 x 24 70 x 5

Article PKIGINBT 70

PKIAGE.. 70 / 100 outside corner

PKIAGI.. 70 / 100 inside corner

PKIGIN.. 70 / 100 joint

PKITDS.. 70 / 100/5 end caps

H mm 70

END CAPS R / L - PAINTED PLASTIC POLI. TITANIUM - pack. 10 Pcs (5 right and 5 left)

H mm

PKITDSAA 70/5

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-GLUED BRUSHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

JOINTS - PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 10 Pcs

END CAPS R / L - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER pack. 10 Pcs (5 right and 5 left) Article

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

H x L mm

Article PKITDSBT 70/5 PKIAGI 70 / 100 inside corner

PKIGIN 70 / 100 joint

H mm 70 PKITDS 70 / 100/5 end caps

185 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


186


PROSKIRTING LED is an innovative patented baseboard called “cable duct” in anodised aluminium, with illumination led system incorporated. Conceived and designed to illuminate the passage zone such as corridors and house and office entrances as well. It generates soft and indirect light. Moreover, it solves many other problems such as the laying of the baseboard itself, the passage of the electric cables, the ones for PC, telephone and other plants as well. PROSKIRTING LED has been designed with double function and utility: 1: PROSKIRTING LED COMPLETE PKLEDAA 80 is an inspectional joint baseboard composed of PKGS 66 support for fixing it with screws on the wall and the PROSKIRTING LED PKLEDAA 80 at sight profile. 2: PROSKIRTING LED PKLEDAA 80 is a at sight baseboard profile to be fixed directly wtth silicone/ adhesive. It is not an inspectional one like PROSKIRTING LED COMPLETE, and is available also in auto adhesive version (PKLEDAA 80A).

PROSKIRTING LED ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM with LED and POWER SUPPLY BOX PKLEDAA.. 80 / PKLEDAA.. 80A CSPPK 80

16 mm

PKGS 66

Article

H mm

PKLEDAA 80

SKIRTING BOARD in ANOD. SILVER ALU. WITH ADHESIVE WITH FLAT ( INDICATE THE ARTICLE) thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

H mm

H mm

PUNCHED SUPPORT - NATURAL ALUMINIUM support length 2 cm - pack. 10 Pcs Article

Please, specify in your order the code of the FLAT you choose : matt or gloss Eg.: PKLEDAA 80 + PKGPIAL

66

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

Article AA - Anod. silver aluminium

POLYCARBONATE’ S FLAT Article PKGPIAL PKGPIAO

L 20 mm

COLOURS

ADHESIVE FLEXIBLE LED COIL length 5 LM - Pack 1 Roll LEDN (neutral light 12V) LEDF (cold light 12V) LEDC (hot light 12V)

LED

H mm

PKGS 66

80

H 80 mm

H 70 mm

Article CSPPK 80

80

PKLEDAA 80A

SOFT FLANGES

CABLE RACEWAY/ SUPPORT- COEXTRUDED PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM

H 66 mm

SKIRTING BOARD in ANOD. SILVER ALU. WITHOUT ADHESIVE WITH FLAT ( INDICATE THE ARTICLE) thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

POLYCARBONATE TRASPARENT / MATT

13 mm

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SWITCH BOX with BOX BASIS Article SI 1410

gloss matt

JUNCTION BOX with FASTENING BASIS

POWER SUPPLY BOX SOCKET with FASTENING BASIS

Article SD 1210

Article SPA 1820

LED POWER SUPPLY

VERTICAL CABLE DUCT PROFILE bar length 2,7 LM

Article ALL 7512

Article PSPV

1. Fix the support one the wall putting the screws and plugs every 50 cm (recommended). Make a test with BATTISCOPA LED in order to value the height and the correct position of supports. 2. Fix in the chosen spaces the SOCKET/ POWER SUPPLY BOX basis, SWITCH BOX basis and, eventually, the JUNCTION BOX. 3. Connect 220V supply to power/ transformer unit, and afterwards, connect the PROSKIRTING LED bar next to power unit. 4. Connect the pre-applied led bars inside the PROSKIRTING LED with the supplied cables/ wires in continuous way. 5. The power supply unit guarantees about 15 lm of led illumination, beyond that distance it is necessary to add another POWER SUPPLY BOX/SOCKET. When fixing without support, clean the surface carefully so that it’s dry and with no grass trace, apply the silicone on the knurled sides of the profile and lay down correctly, pressing uniformly and with no hammering. For the application of PROSKIRTING LED with adhesive, we recommend the temperature not below 15°.

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS PAINTED PLASTIC finish SILVER

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PAINTED PLASTIC (SILVER FIN.) pack. 5 Pcs

L

Article

L PKAGI 80 inside corner

PKAGE 80 outside corner

R

L

PKAGI 80 inside corner

PKGIN 80 joint

PKTDS 80 end caps

H x L mm

PKAGI 80 (inside)

80 x 40

PKAGE 80 (outside)

80 x 40

JOINTS - PAINTED PLASTIC (SILVER FIN.) - pack. 10 Pcs Article PKGIN 80

H mm 80

END CAPS R / L - SPAINTED PLASTIC (SILVER FIN.) pack. 10 Pcs (5 right and 5 left) Article PKTDS 80

PKGIN 80 joint

PKAGE 80 outside corner

H mm 80

PKTDS 80 end caps

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

187


188


PROSKIRTING GILED is an innovative profile in silver anodised aluminum and polished chrome, with 80 and 100 mm height, with a rigid vinyl resin TOP PROFILE, with a 17,5mm exposed surface, available in 9 different marmorised finishes, provided with an integrated LED lighting system generating a soft and indirect light. PROSKIRTING GILED can be used instead of the classic skirting board or rotated 180 degrees and installed along the ceiling edges, allowing to cover up to 15mm wide joints. The reflection of the LED light by the aluminum surface of the profile creates a modern atmosphere. PROSKIRTING GILED is equipped with all the trim pieces available such as inside and outside corner, joints, end caps and power supply box. Conceived and designed by the designer Gilberto Toneguzzi.

PROSKIRTING GILED ANODISED ALUMINIUM POLISHED ALUMINIUM 16,4 mm

PKGLED... 100A/100F

PKGLED... 80A/80F 16,4 mm

H mm

Article

H mm

PKGLEDAA 80

80

PKGLEDAA 100

PKGLEDBC 80

100

80

PKGLEDBC 100

100

- Adhesive version add 3,00 €/LM to the gross price; - Punched version add 1,50 €/LM to the gross price.

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE. LED ADAPTOR AC/DC 75W - 12V (15 LM) LED ADAPTOR AC/DC 25W - 12V (5 LM)

- Punched version add 1,50 €/LM to the gross price.

ADHESIVE FLEXIBLE LED COIL length 5 LM - Pack 1 Roll Article LEDN (neutral light) LEDF (cold light) LEDC (hot light)

COLOURS

In the order specify the chosen colour of the TOP PROFILE E.g. TOPPKGL... (colour gold) TOPPKGLMBO.

AA - Silver anod. All

BC - Polished Chrome all.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS CEILING

PVC TOP PROFILE’S COLOURS (OTHER FINISHES ON REQUEST)

MBC - Polished chrome

TOP PROFILE in PVC

- Adhesive version add 3,00 €/LM to the gross price;

Article TOPPKGL...

Specify the chosen colour of the PVC TOP PROFILE (see below).

MAA - Silver anod. All

LED

TOP PROFILE in PVC

Article ALL 7512 (supplies 15 LM) ALL 2512 (supplies 5 LM)

TOP PROFILE in PVC

H 80 mm

Article

SKIRTING H 100 mm in SILVER ANOD., POLI. CHROME ALUMINIUM. PVC TOP PROFILE INCLUDED thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - Pack 20 Pcs - 40 LM

H 100 mm

LED

SKIRTING H 80 mm in SILVER ANOD., POLI. CHROME ALUMINIUM. PVC TOP PROFILE INCLUDED thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - Pack 20 Pcs - 40 LM

CEILING

MBO - Polished gold

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

FLOOR

FLOOR

1. Choose PROSKIRTING GILED depending on the desired finish and fixing system; 2. If you are installing the version with adhesive: clean the surface on which the profile is to be laid, ensuring that it is dry. Remove the protective film and place the profile, applying adequate pressure on it. If you are installing the punched version, drill the surface on which the profile is to be laid using a drill with 5mm diameter and insert the 5x 25mm screws. Screw the profile; 3. Connect the 12/24 V adaptor; 4. Fix the LED light to the inclined side of the aluminum profile or to the vinyl resin support and install electrical wiring; 5. Apply the rigid vinyl resin insert to the aluminum profile.

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS PAINTED PLASTIC FLUSH CORNERS painted plastic

FLUSH CORNERS painted plastic

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH CORNERS PAINTED PLASTIC SILVER, CHROME - Pack 5 Pcs

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH CORNERS PAINTED PLASTIC SILVER, CHROME - Pack 5 Pcs

Article REPKGLEDAA 80 (outside) RIPKGLEDAA 80 (inside) REPKGLEDBC 80 (outside) RIPKGLEDBC 80 (inside)

Article REPKGLEDAA 100 (outside) RIPKGLEDAA 100 (inside) REPKGLEDBC 100 (outside) RIPKGLEDBC 100 (inside)

H x L mm 80 x 10 80 x 10 80 x 10 80 x 10

H x L mm 100 x 10 100 x 10 100 x 10 100 x 10

FLUSH JOINT - PAINTED PLASTIC SILVER ANOD., POLI. CHROME- Pack 5 Pcs

FLUSH JOINT - PAINTED PLASTIC SILVER ANOD., POLI. CHROME - Pack 5 Pcs

Article GIPKGLEDAA 80 GIPKGLEDBC 80

Article GIPKGLEDAA 100 GIPKGLEDBC 100

H mm 80 80

GIPKGLED... 80/100

REPKGLED... 80/100

TPKGLED... 80/100

H mm 100 100

FLUSH END CAPS R / L - PAINTED PLASTIC SILVER ANOD., POLI. CHROME - Pack 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

FLUSH END CAPS R / L - PAINTED PLASTIC SILVER ANOD., POLI. CHROME - Pack 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

Article TPKGLEDAA 80 TPKGLEDBC 80

Article TPKGLEDAA 100 TPKGLEDBC 100

H mm 80 80

RIPKGLED... 80/100

H mm 100 100 189

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSKIRTING

PROSKIRTING is an innovative patented “cable channel” skirting in anodised aluminium. Studied and designed to resolve various problems related to the installation of skirting and to the laying of electrical, computer and telephone cables and other service systems. PROSKIRTING has been designed to offer a dual function: 1: PROSKIRTING COMPLETE PKAA 80 is a snap-on inspectable skirting consisting of a support PKGS 66 to be screwed to the wall and the visible profile PROSKIRTING PKAA 80. 2: PROSKIRTING PKAA 80 is the visible skirting profile to be fixed directly with silicone/adhesive. It is not inspectable like PROSKIRTING COMPLETE; it is also available in a self-adhesive version (PKAA 80A).

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM PKAA 80 / PKAA 80A 16 mm

CSPPK 80

PKGS 66

H 80 mm

ONLY SKIRTING (for sale singly) - ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

H 66 mm

SOFT FLANGES

H 70 mm

13 mm

H mm

PKAA 80 (without adhesive)

80

PKAA 80A (with adhesive)

80

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

CABLE

PUNCHED

RACEWAY

SUPPORT

ADHESIVE

Advantages: Easy to lay thanks to the knurling on the side of the profile to be glued. Aesthetically superior thanks to the HITECH design with rounded shell-shape top and bottom edges that are easy to clean. PROSKIRTING is made in anodised aluminium with silver finish; the anodising layer is approx. 15/20 micron. Recommended for indoor and outdoor use thanks to its good anti-oxidation properties. • Single visible skirting profile, which may be inspectable or fixed. • Minimum stock investment with just 2 products for three functions. • Easy to install and clean. • Patented innovative HI-TECH design. • Inside-outside corners-end caps and joints painted in the same finish as the profile. • The PROSKIRTING profile is antistatic and stops electromagnetic and electrostatic discharge.

1. Choose the system with or without support 2. Fix the support to the wall with screws and screw anchors at 50 cm intervals (recommended). 3. When laying without support, thoroughly clean the surface ensuring that it is grease-free and dry, apply the silicone on the knurled sides of the profiles and lay correctly by applying pressure evenly over the whole profile without using a hammer. 4. For the PROSKIRTING with adhesive, application is recommended at a temperature of at least 15°. Always use the inside/outside corner linking elements and end caps for impeccable, faultless laying.

CABLE RACEWAY/ SUPPORT- COEXTRUDED PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM Article

H mm

CSPPK 80

PUNCHED SUPPORT - NATURAL ALUMINIUM support length 2 cm - pack. 10 Pcs Article

H mm

PKGS 66

66

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY L 20 mm

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

POWER SUPPLY BOX SOCKET with FASTENING BASIS

OTHER COLOURS ANODISED, POLISHED, BRUSHED AND VARNISHED AVAILABLE.

JUNCTION BOX with FASTENING BASIS

Article SPA 1820

Article SD 1210

SWITCH BOX with BOX BASIS

VERTICAL CABLE DUCT PROFILE bar length 2,7 LM

Article SI 1410

Article PSPV

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS PAINTED PLASTIC finish SILVER

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PAINTED PLASTIC (SILVER FIN.) pack. 5 Pcs

L

Article

L PKAGI 80 inside corner

PKAGE 80 outside corner

R

L

PKAGI 80 (inside)

80 x 40

PKAGE 80 (outside)

80 x 40

PKAGI 80 inside corner

PKGIN 80 joint

PKTDS 80 end caps

JOINTS - PAINTED PLASTIC (SILVER FIN.) - pack. 10 Pcs Article PKGIN 80

H mm 80

END CAPS R / L - PAINTED PLASTIC (SILVER FIN.) pack. 10 Pcs (5 right and 5 left) Article PKTDS 80

PKGIN 80 joint

PKAGE 80 outside corner

H x L mm

H mm 80

PKTDS 80 end caps

190 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSKIRTING SHELL is an innovative aluminum skirting board, with 70mm height, in silver anodised finish. The skirting board can be fixed to the wall with silicone or screwed to 20mm long aluminum punched flanges, that have to be fastened to the wall at 50cm distance from each other. It allows to cover up to 25mm high perimeter edges. Moreover the version with punched flanges allows the housing of low tension electrical cables, such as internet, phone, TV and satellite cables and can be easily inspected. The optional completing pieces, such as inside/outside corners, linking elements and end caps make PROSKIRTING SHELL easy to install and guarantee a practical and elegant end result.

PROSKIRTING SHELL SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM 25,2 mm

PKSHAA 70/70A

H 70 mm

Article

H 54 mm

COLOURS

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed Bar length 2 LM - Pack 25 Pcs - 50 LM H mm

PKSHAA 70 (without adhesive)

70

PKSHAA 70A (with adhesive)

70

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

AA - Silver anod. all. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

PUNCHED SUPPORT - NATURAL ALUMINIUM Support Length 2 cm - Pack 10 Pcs Article

H mm

PKGS 55

55

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

L 20 mm

1. Choose the right version of PROSKIRTING SHELL depending on the desired fixing solution; 2. If you want to build low tension electrical cables (e.g. internet, phone, TV and satellite cables) into the profile, fasten the punched flanges to the wall using dowels at 50cm distance from each other; 3. Install electrical wiring and fasten PROSKIRTING SHELL to the flanges; 4. If you are installing the version with adhesive, first clean and the surface where the profile will be installed, then apply the silicone once the surface is dry. Remove the protective film and lay the profile, applying adequate pressure on it.

Adhesive

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS PAINTED PLASTIC (Silver anodised aluminium finish) EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic

REPKSHAA 70

RIPKSHAA 70

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - Pack 5 Pcs Article RIPKSHAA 70 (inside) REPKSHAA 70 (outside)

H x L mm 70 x 20 70 x 20

JOINT - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - Pack 5 Pcs Article GIPKSHAA 70

H mm 70

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER - Pack 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPKSHAA 70

H mm 70

GIPKSHAA 70

TPKSHAA 70

191 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING 40

SKIRTING made in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A in height 40 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality, extremely strong and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments that require high standards of hygiene and image. Used increasingly more often in contrast combinations with wood, carpeted floors, etc. for an unmistakeable hi-tech effect. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A BTAC/S 40

H 40 mm

10 mm

EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM Article

H mm

Article

H mm

BTAC 40A (with adhesive)

40

BTACS 40A (with adhesive)

40

BTAC 40 (without adhesive)

40

BTACS 40 (without adhesive)

40

COLOURS

1. Choose the skirting also choose with or without adhesive. 2. Cut the profile to the required length, taking care to calculate the width of the inside-outside corner joints. 3: For the self-adhesive version, the surface must be smooth, grease-free and not porous. It is not recommended for plaster and mortar surfaces (version without adhesive is better, using fast-setting acrylic silicone which is suitable for fixing aluminium to mortar - plaster, etc.). 4. Use the corner linking elements-joints and right and left end caps to facilitate laying.

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (polished chrome finish, is best suited for POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL) and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL L

L

EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic

EDGE COVER

R

RICTAC 40 inside corner

RECTAC 40 outside corner

GICTAC 40 joint

L

TPCTAC 40/3 end caps

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER POLISHED STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTAC 40 (inside) RECTAC 40 (outside)

JOINT - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTAC 40

PRE-WELDED

L

L

H x L mm 40 x 20 40 x 20

H mm 40

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTAC 40/3

H mm 40

EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTACS 40 (inside) RECTACS 40 (outside)

H x L mm 40 x 20 40 x 20

JOINT - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTACS 40

H mm 40

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTACS 40/3

H mm 40

FLUSH CORNERS satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A RIACS 40 inside corner

REACS 40 outside corner

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-WELDED SATINED STAINLESS STEEL - pack. 5 Pcs Article RIACS 40 (inside) REACS 40 (outside)

H x L mm 40 x 50 40 x 50

194 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING 40

SKIRTING made in anodised, polished and brushed aluminium in height 40 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments. Can be used with all types of flooring. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

ANODISED, POLISHED and BRUSHED ALUMINIUM BT... 40

H 40 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 80 LM Article

H mm

Article

H mm

BTAA 40A (with adhesive)

40

BTBS 40A (with adhesive)

40

BTAA 40 (without adhesive)

40

BTBS 40 (without adhesive)

40

BTRS 40A (with adhesive)

40

POLISHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 80 LM Article

H mm

BTBT 40A (with adhesive)

40

BTBT 40 (without adhesive)

40

COLOURS

10 mm

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 80 LM

BTRS 40 (without adhesive)

40

BTTS 40A (with adhesive)

40

BTTS 40 (without adhesive)

40

EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

* *

Skirtings in polished brushed alu. finishes (BS and TS) match with end caps and joints in varnished PVC with aluminium (AA and BT) effect (see below). (There aren’t combinations for the finish alu. RS) (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ANODISED

POLISHED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BT - Polished titanium alu.

BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

1. Choose the skirting also choose with or without adhesive. 2. Cut the profile to the required length, taking care to calculate the width of the inside-outside corner joints. 3. For the self-adhesive version, the surface must be smooth, grease-free and not porous. It is not recommended for plaster and mortar surfaces (version without adhesive is better, using fast-setting acrylic silicone which is suitable for fixing aluminium to mortar - plaster, etc.). 4. Use the corner linking elements-joints and right and left end caps to facilitate laying.

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (finishes anod. silver, polished titanium) and BRUSHED SILVER-COPPER-TITANIUM ALUMINIUM EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTAA 40 (inside) RECTAA 40 (outside)

H x L mm 40 x 20 40 x 20

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTBT 40 (inside) RECTBT 40 (outside)

H x L mm 40 x 20 40 x 20

FLUSH CORNERS aluminium

L

L

EDGE COVER

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-GLUED BRUSHED silver - copper - titanium ALUMINIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBS 40 (inside) REBS 40 (outside) RIRS 40 (inside) RERS 40 (outside) RITS 40 (inside) RETS 40 (outside)

H x L mm 40 x 25 40 x 27 40 x 25 40 x 27 40 x 25 40 x 27

R

* *

RICT... 40 inside corner

RECT... 40 outside corner

GICT... 40 joint

PRE-GLUED

L

L

TPCT... 40/3 end caps

L

JOINT - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER and POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTBT 40 GICTAA 40

H mm 40 40

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER and POLI. TITANIUM - pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTBT 40/3 TPCTAA 40/3

*

H mm 40 40

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

RI... 40 inside corner

RE... 40 outside corner

195


SKIRTING 60

SKIRTING made in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A in height 60 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality, extremely strong and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments that require high standards of hygiene and image. Used increasingly more often in contrast combinations with wood, carpeted floors, etc. for an unmistakeable hi-tech effect. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A BTAC/S 60

H 60 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM Article

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

BTAC 60A (with adhesive)

60

BTACS 60A (with adhesive)

60

BTAC 60 (without adhesive)

60

BTACS 60 (without adhesive)

60

10 mm

EXEMPLE OF LAYING

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS COLOURS LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the skirting also choose with or without adhesive. 2. Cut the profile to the required length, taking care to calculate the width of the insideoutside corner joints. 3. For the self-adhesive version, the surface must be smooth, grease-free and not porous. It is not recommended for plaster and mortar surfaces (version without adhesive is better, using fast-setting acrylic silicone which is suitable for fixing aluminium to mortar - plaster, etc.). 4. Use the corner linking elements-joints and right and left end caps to facilitate laying.

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (polished chrome finish, is best suited for POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL) and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL EDGE COVER CORNERS EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic painted plastic IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER POLISHED STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs

EDGE COVER

Article RICTAC 60 (inside) RECTAC 60 (outside)

L

L

R

RICTAC/S 60 inside corner

RECTAC/S 60 outside corner

L L

GICTAC/S 60 joint

TPCTAC/S 60/3 end caps

FLUSH

REBAC/S 60 outside corner

L

GIBAC/S 60 TPBAC/S 60/3 end caps joint

PRE-WELDED

L

Article RICTACS 60 (inside) RECTACS 60 (outside)

JOINTS - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTAC 60

H mm 60

Article TPCTAC 60

H mm 60

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBAC 60 (inside) REBAC 60 (outside)

JOINTS - FLUSH - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GIBAC 60

L

H x L mm 60 x 25 60 x 25

H mm 60

Article TPBAC 60/3

Article GICTACS 60

H mm 60

Article TPCTACS 60

H mm 60

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

FLUSH CORNERS painted plastic

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBACS 60 (inside) REBACS 60 (outside)

H mm 60

H x L mm 60 x 25 60 x 25

JOINTS - FLUSH - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GIBACS 60

END CAPS R / L - FLUSH - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

H x L mm 60 x 20 60 x 20

JOINTS - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

FLUSH CORNERS painted plastic

R

RIBAC/S 60 inside corner

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs

H x L mm 60 x 20 60 x 20

H mm 60

END CAPS R / L - FLUSH - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPBACS 60/3

H mm 60

FLUSH CORNERS satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

RIACS 60 inside corner

196

REACS 60 outside corner

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-WELDED SATINED STAINLESS STEEL - pack. 5 Pcs Article RIACS 60 (inside) REACS 60 (outside)

H x L mm 60 x 50 60 x 50

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING 60

SKIRTING made in anodised, polished and brushed aluminium in height 60 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments. Can be used with all types of flooring. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

ANODISED, POLISHED and BRUSHED ALUMINIUM BT... 60

H 60 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 80 LM Article

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 80 LM

H mm

BTAA 60A (with adhesive)

60

BTAA 60 (without adhesive)

60

Article

POLISHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 80 LM Article

H mm

BTBT 60A (with adhesive)

60

BTBT 60 (without adhesive)

60

COLOURS

H mm

BTBS 60A (with adhesive) BTBS 60 (without adhesive) BTRS 60A (with adhesive) BTRS 60 (without adhesive) BTTS 60A (with adhesive) BTTS 60 (without adhesive)

60 60 60 60 60 60

* *

10 mm

EXEMPLE OF LAYING

Skirtings in polished brushed finishes (BS and TS) match with end caps and joints in varnished PVC with aluminium (AA and BT) effect (see below). (There aren’t combinations for finish alu. RS) (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ANODISED

POLISHED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BT - Polished titanium alu.

BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (finishes anod. silver, polished titanium) and BRUSHED SILVER-COPPER-TITANIUM ALUMINIUM EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTAA 60 (inside) RECTAA 60 (outside)

H x L mm 60 x 20 60 x 20

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTBT 60 (inside) RECTBT 60 (outside)

H x L mm 60 x 20 60 x 20

JOINT - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER and POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTBT 60 GICTAA 60

H mm 60 60

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER and POLI. TITANIUM - pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTBT 60/3 TPCTAA 60/3

H mm 60 60

FLUSH CORNERS - aluminium

Article RIBS 60 (inside) REBS 60 (outside) RIRS 60 (inside) RERS 60 (outside) RITS 60 (inside) RETS 60 (outside)

H x L mm 60 x 25 60 x 27 60 x 25 60 x 27 60 x 25 60 x 27

FLUSH CORNERS - painted plastic

Article RIBBT 60 (inside) REBBT 60 (outside)

H x L mm 60 x 25 60 x 25

RICT... 60 inside corner L

Article TPBAA 60/3 TPBBT 60/3

RECT... 60 outside corner

L

GICT... 60 joint

L

TPCT... 60 end caps

FLUSH

R

RIB... 60 inside corner

REB... 60 outside corner

GIB... 60 joint

PRE-GLUED

L

JOINT - FLUSH - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER and POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

L

TPB... 60 end caps

L

H mm 60 60

END CAPS R / L - FLUSH - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER and POLI. TITANIUM - pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) = Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

**

H x L mm 60 x 25 60 x 25

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBAA 60 (inside) REBAA 60 (outside)

EDGE COVER

R

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

Article GIBAA 60 GIBBT 60

*

L

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-GLUED BRUSHED silver - copper - titanium ALUMINIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

H mm 60 60

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

RI... 60 inside corner

RE... 60 outside corner

197


SKIRTING 80

SKIRTING made in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A in height 80 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality, extremely strong and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments that require high standards of hygiene and image. Used increasingly more often in contrast combinations with wood, carpeted floors, etc. for an unmistakeable hi-tech effect. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A BTAC/S 80

H 80 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM Article

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

BTAC 80A (with adhesive)

80

BTACS 80A (with adhesive)

80

BTAC 80 (without adhesive)

80

BTACS 80 (without adhesive)

80

10 mm

EXEMPLE OF LAYING

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS COLOURS LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the skirting also choose with or without adhesive. 2. Cut the profile to the required length, taking care to calculate the width of the insideoutside corner joints. 3. For the self-adhesive version, the surface must be smooth, grease-free and not porous. It is not recommended for plaster and mortar surfaces (version without adhesive is better, using fast-setting acrylic silicone which is suitable for fixing aluminium to mortar - plaster, etc.). 4. Use the corner linking elements-joints and right and left end caps to facilitate laying.

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (polished chrome finish, is best suited for POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL) and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL EDGE COVER CORNERS EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic painted plastic IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER POLISHED STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs

L EDGE COVER

L

Article RICTAC 80 (inside) RECTAC 80 (outside) R

RICTAC/S 80 inside corner

RECTAC/S 80 outside corner

L

L

GICTAC/S 80 joint

TPCTAC/S 80/3 end caps

REBAC/S 80 outside corner

L

GIBAC/S 80 TPBAC/S 80/3 end caps joint

PRE-WELDED

L

Article RICTACS 80 (inside) RECTACS 80 (outside)

JOINTS - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTAC 80

H mm 80

Article TPCTAC 80/3

H mm 80

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBAC 80 (inside) REBAC 80 (outside)

H x L mm 80 x 25 80 x 25

JOINTS - FLUSH - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GIBAC 80

H mm 80

Article TPBAC 80/3

H mm 80

END CAPS R / L - FLUSH - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

H x L mm 80 x 20 80 x 20

JOINTS - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

FLUSH CORNERS painted plastic

FLUSH

R

RIBAC/S 80 inside corner

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs

H x L mm 80 x 20 80 x 20

Article GICTACS 80

H mm 80

Article TPCTACS 80/3

H mm 80

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

FLUSH CORNERS painted plastic

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBACS 80 (inside) REBACS 80 (outside)

H x L mm 80 x 25 80 x 25

JOINTS - FLUSH - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GIBACS 80

H mm 80

Article TPBACS 80/3

H mm 80

END CAPS R / L - FLUSH - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left)

FLUSH CORNERS satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-WELDED SATINED STAINLESS STEEL - pack. 5 Pcs RIACS 80 inside corner

198

REACS 80 outside corner

Article RIACS 80 (inside) REACS 80 (outside)

H x L mm 80x 50 80 x 50

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING 80

SKIRTING made in anodised, polished and brushed aluminium in height 80 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments. Can be used with all types of flooring. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

ANODISED, POLISHED and BRUSHED ALUMINIUM BT... 80

H 80 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM Article

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM

H mm

BTAA 80A (with adhesive)

80

BTAA 80 (without adhesive)

80

Article

POLISHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM Article

H mm

BTBT 80A (with adhesive)

80

BTBT 80 (without adhesive)

80

H mm

BTBS 80A (with adhesive) BTBS 80 (without adhesive) BTRS 80A (with adhesive) BTRS 80 (without adhesive) BTTS 80A (with adhesive) BTTS 80 (without adhesive)

80 80 80 80 80 80

* *

10 mm

EXEMPLE OF LAYING

Skirtings in polished brushed (BS and TS) match with capsules and joints in varnished PVC with aluminium (AA and BT) effect (see below). (There aren’t combinations for poli. brushed copper alu. RS)

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ANODISED

POLISHED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BT - Polished titanium alu.

BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (finishes anod. silver, polished titanium) and BRUSHED SILVER-COPPER-TITANIUM ALUMINIUM EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic

FLUSH CORNERS - aluminium

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTAA 80 (inside) RECTAA 80 (outside)

H x L mm 80 x 20 80 x 20

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Articolo RICTBT 80 (inside) RECTBT 80 (outside)

H x L mm 80 x 20 80 x 20

E/PZ

E/Conf.

JOINT - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER and POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTBT 80 GICTAA 80

H mm 80 80

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER and POLI. TITANIUM - pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTBT 80/3 TPCTAA 80/3

H mm 80 80

Article RIBS 80 (inside) REBS 80 (outside) RIRS 80 (inside) RERS 80 (outside) RITS 80 (inside) RETS 80 (outside)

H x L mm 80 x 25 80 x 27 80 x 25 80 x 27 80 x 25 80 x 27

FLUSH CORNERS - painted plastic Article RIBBT 80 (inside) REBBT 80 (outside)

H x L mm 80 x 25 80 x 25

JOINT - FLUSH - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER and POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

RICT... 80 inside corner

Article TPBAA 80/3 TPBBT 80/3

GICT... 80 joint

RECT... 80 outside corner

L

L

TPCT... 80/3 end caps

FLUSH

R

RIB... 80 inside corner

L

REB... 80 outside corner

GIB... 80 joint

L

TPB... 80/3 end caps

PRE-GLUED

L

L

H mm 80 80

END CAPS R / L - FLUSH - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER and POLI. TITANIUM - pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) = Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

**

H x L mm 80 x 25 80 x 25

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBAA 80 (inside) REBAA 80 (outside)

EDGE COVER

R

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - FLUSH PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

Article GIBAA 80 GIBBT 80

*

L

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-GLUED BRUSHED silver - copper - titanium ALUMINIUM - pack. 5 Pcs

H mm 80 80

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

RI... 80 inside corner

RE... 80 outside corner

199


SKIRTING 100

SKIRTING made in stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A in height 100 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality, extremely strong and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments that require high standards of hygiene and image. Used increasingly more often in contrast combinations with wood, carpeted floors, etc. for an unmistakeable hi-tech effect. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

POLISHED and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A BTAC/S 100

H 100 mm

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM

SATINED STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304/1.4301-V2A with protective film bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

BTAC 100A (with adhesive)

100

BTACS 100A (with adhesive)

100

BTAC 100 (without adhesive)

100

BTACS 100 (without adhesive)

100

10 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

SUITABLE FOR USE IN CONTACT WITH FOODSTUFFS COLOURS LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Choose the skirting also choose with or without adhesive. 2. Cut the profile to the required length, taking care to calculate the width of the insideoutside corner joints. 3. For the self-adhesive version, the surface must be smooth, grease-free and not porous. It is not recommended for plaster and mortar surfaces (version without adhesive is better, using fast-setting acrylic silicone which is suitable for fixing aluminium to mortar - plaster, etc.). 4. Use the corner linking elements-joints and right and left end caps to facilitate laying.

AC - Polished stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

ACS - Satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS/CONNECTOR, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (polished chrome finish, is best suited for POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL) and SATINED STAINLESS STEEL L

L

EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic

EDGE COVER

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER POLISHED STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs R

RICTAC 100 inside corner

CTAC... 100 outside corner

GICTAC 100 joint

TPCTAC 100/3 end caps

Article RICTAC 100 (inside) RECTAC 100 (outside)

H x L mm 100 x 20 100 x 20

JOINTS - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTAC 100

PRE-WELDED

L

L

H mm 100

EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTACS 100 (inside) RECTACS 100 (outside)

H x L mm 100 x 20 100 x 20

JOINTS - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTACS 100

H mm 100

L

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - POLISHED STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTAC 100/3

RIACS 100 inside corner

REACS 100 outside corner

H mm 100

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - SATINED ST. STEEL EFFECT pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTACS 100/3

H mm 100

FLUSH CORNERS satined stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301-V2A IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-WELDED SATINED STAINLESS STEEL - pack. 5 Pcs Article RIACS 100 (inside) REACS 100 (outside)

H x L mm 100 X 50 100 X 50

200 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING 100

SKIRTING made in anodised, polished and brushed aluminium in height 100 mm. Available with or without adhesive. Superior aesthetic quality and easy to lay, it is ideal for all public and private environments. Can be used with all types of flooring. In order to facilitate and to perfect the laying process, internal and external angles, plugs and junctions are recommended.

ANODISED, POLISHED and BRUSHED ALUMINIUM BT... 100

H 100 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM Article

BRUSHED ALUMINIUM (silver-copper-titanium) thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

BTAA 100A (with adhesive)

100

BTBS 100A (with adhesive)

100

BTAA 100 (without adhesive)

100

BTBS 100 (without adhesive)

100

BTRS 100A (with adhesive)

100

BTRS 100 (without adhesive)

100

BTTS 100A (with adhesive)

100

BTTS 100 (without adhesive)

100

POLISHED TITANIUM ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 40 LM Article

H mm

BTBT 100A (with adhesive)

100

BTBT 100 (without adhesive)

100

COLOURS

* *

10 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

Skirtings in polished brushed (BS and TS) match with capsules and joints in varnished PVC with aluminium (AA and BT) effect (see below). (There aren’t combinations for poli. brushed copper alu. RS) (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

ANODISED

POLISHED

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BT - Polished titanium alu.

BRUSHED

BS - Brushed silver alu.

RS - Brushed copper alu.

TS - Brushed titanium alu.

UPON REQUEST MAY BE REALISED IN OTHER FINISHES OF THE COLOUR CHART. CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MINIMUM QUANTITY, TIMING AND PRICE.

IN/OUTSIDE CORNERS, JOINTS, END CAPS

PAINTED PLASTIC (finishes anod. silver, polished titanium) and BRUSHED SILVER-COPPER-TITANIUM ALUMINIUM EDGE COVER CORNERS painted plastic IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTAA 100 (inside) RECTAA 100 (outside)

H x L mm 100 x 20 100 x 20

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - EDGE COVER PAINTED PLASTIC POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article RICTBT 100 (inside) RECTBT 100 (outside)

H x L mm 100 x 20 100 x 20

FLUSH CORNERS aluminium

L EDGE COVER

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER - PRE-GLUED BRUSHED silver - copper - titanium ALUMINIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article RIBS 100 (inside) REBS 100 (outside) RIRS 100 (inside) RERS 100 (outside) RITS 100 (inside) RETS 100 (outside)

H x L mm 100 x 25 100 x 27 100 x 25 100 x 27 100 x 25 100 x 27

R

**

RICT... 100 inside corner

RECT... 100 outside corner

GICT... 100 joint

PRE-GLUED

L

L

TPCT... 100/3 end caps

L

JOINT - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANODISED SILVER and POLISHED TITANIUM - pack. 5 Pcs Article GICTBT 100 GICTAA 100

H mm 100 100

END CAPS R / L - EDGE COVER - PAINTED PLASTIC ANOD. SILVER and POLI. TITANIUM - pack. 6 Pcs (3 right and 3 left) Article TPCTBT 100/3 TPCTAA 100/3

*

RI... 100 inside corner

RE... 100 outside corner

H mm 100 100

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed. Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

201


SKIRTING

SKIRTING in foamed pvc H 70mm x L 16mm available in 30 wood finishes and 3 finishes in semi-matt black and white hues that could be matched with the PROINSERT SYSTEM’S profiles for raised floors in laminated wood. The skirting could be used also with the traditional parquet. The profile can be laid with acetic-acrylic silicon or mastic or, it could be fixed to the support with screws, dowels or nails. Aesthetically pleasing, strong, long lasting and inexpensive, easy to lay and suitable for public (hospitals, schools, gymnasiums, rest homes and creative areas) and private environments. Easy to match with several wood essences.

FOAMED VINYL RESIN BTEPR... 7016

BTEPRS/385/100

11,27 mm

70 mm

37,5 mm

FOAMED VINYL RESIN (wood finishes - black - white and silver ) bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article 16 mm

H mm

BTEPR... 7016

Article BTEPRS 385/100

70

21W - Oak powder

36W - Wood

37,5

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range)

04W - Dark beech 05W - Light oak (strip)

1. Choose the skirting in the required the colour. 2. Lay the skirting using quick-setting acrylic silicone, mastic or bostik, suitable for gluing flexible PVC onto mortar-plaster-accessorised walls, etc. or fix with screws/nails.

H mm

Order the SUPPORT and choose the SKIRTING in the desired finish.

He code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: BTEPR... 70 (chosen finish Dark beech) BTEPR04W 70. COLOURS

INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

SUPPORT / FIXING CLIP - PLASTIC support lenght 5 cm - pack. 100 Pcs

06W - Dark oak 07W - Light cherry 08W - Dark cherry 09W - Red walnut 10W - Wengè 11W - Decapè 13W - Indonesian (walnut) (strip) (board) (merbau-apple-walnut) (panga-panga - wengè) bleached Teak

25W -Bleached 28W - Aspen Oak 29W - White Oak 30W - Grey Oak Fir

37W - Wood

38W - Wood

39W - Wood

40W - Wood

31W - Wood

32W - Wood

41W - Wood

42W - Wood

18W - Light Zerbano

33W - Wood

34W - Wood

35W - Wood

43W - Wood

44W - Wood

45W - Wood

(new wood finishes will be available soon) = News 2015

B - White

N - Black

AA - silver

202 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING

SKIRTING in PVC foam height 70 mm in 16 finishes: 4 in semi-matt black-grey-white and 12 wood finishes to be matched with the PROINSERT SYSTEM profiles for floating laminated wood floors and traditional parquet floors. Laying is done by gluing (acetic silicone -acrylic-mastic) or using screws or nails. Attractive, strong, hardwearing and economic, it is easy to lay and ideal for many public premises (hospitals, schools, gymnasiums, rest homes and creative areas) and private environments. Easy to match with many wood species.

EXPANDED VINYL RESIN - 16 finishes (4 plain colors and 12 wood finishes) skirting

BTPR...70

H 70 mm

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (black - light and dark grey - white) bar length 2 LM - pack. 60 Pcs - 120 LM Article

H mm

BTPR... 70

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (12 wood finishes) bar length 2 LM - pack. 60 Pcs - 120 LM Article BTPR... 70

70

H mm 70

Available in the finish: B - GC - GS - N - 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: BTPR... 70 (chosen colour black) BTPRN 70. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/PVC results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in Aluminium.

10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

B - White

GC - Light Grey

GS - Dark Grey

N - Black

01W - Light maple (ash–birch-distr look)

02W - Dark maple

03W - Light beech

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

M - Mahogany

P - Pine

1. Choose the skirting in the required the colour. 2. Lay the skirting using quick-setting acrylic silicone, mastic or bostik, suitable for gluing flexible PVC onto mortar-plaster-accessorised walls, etc. or fix with screws/nails.

ANGLE BAR

ANGLE BAR produced in expanded PVC in 16 finishes: 4 colours in semi-matt, black-grey-white and 12 wood finishes used to protect angles. Laying is done by gluing (acetic silicone - acrylic-mastic) or using screws or nails. Attractive, strong, hardwearing and economic, it is easy to lay and ideal for many public premises (hospitals, schools, gymnasiums, rest homes and creative areas) and private environments. Easy to match with many wood species.

EXPANDED VINYL RESIN - 16 finishes (4 plain colors and 12 wood finishes) 25 mm

H 25 mm

edge guard

AGE...25

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (black - light and dark grey - white) bar length 3 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 120 LM Article AGE... 25

L x H mm 25 x 25

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (12 wood finishes) bar length 3 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 120 LM Article AGE... 25

L x H mm 25 x 25

Available in the finish: B - GC - GS - N - 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AGE... 25 (chosen colour black) AGEN 25. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/PVC results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in Aluminium. 203 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING

PVC FLEXIBLE SKIRTING height 60 mm and 120 mm, is a very strong profile ideal for easily achieving special, attractive, superior finishes. Installation recommended with glue or silicone. Easy to install, the shaped edges ensure perfect adhesion to the surface. The projecting rounded flange covers the terminal expansion joint. Colours: white – light grey – dark grey – dark brown – brown – black.

NON-TOXIC FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN in 6 COLOURS BTPV... 60

BTPV... 120

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS 3 mm

H 60 mm

H 120 mm

NON-TOXIC FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN rolls length 50 LM Article

1. Choose the skirting of the required height 60/120mm and choose the colour. 2. Lay the profile, taking care to calculate the width of the inside/ outside corners (for the H: 60 mm version only). 3. Lay the skirting using quick-setting acrylic silicone, mastic or bostik, suitable for gluing flexible PVC onto mortar, plaster, accessorised walls, etc. or fix with screws/nails.

H mm

BTPV... 60

60

BTPV... 120

120

Available in the colours: B - GC - GS - T - M - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: BTPV... 60 (chosen colour Light Grey) BTPVGC 60. 10 mm

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

B - White

GC - Light Grey

GS - Dark Grey

T - Dark Brown

M - Brown

N - Black

INSIDE and OUTSIDE CORNERS NON-TOXIC FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN - 6 COLOURS L

FLUSH CORNERS

L

IN/OUTSIDE CORNER for FLEXIBLE SKIRTIG - pack. 10 Pcs Article

RIBF... 60 inside corner

REBF... 60 outside corner

SKIRTING 62F FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN in 6 COLOURS

H x L mm

RIBF... 60 (inside)

60 X 60

REBF... 60 (outside)

60 X 43

Available in the colours: B - GC - GS - T - M - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: RIBF... 60 (chosen colour Light Grey) RIBFGC 60.

RIBF... 60 inside corner

REBF... 60 outside corner

SKIRTING 62F is a new 62 mm skirting board made of non-toxic, flexible vinyl resin. This profile is very resistant and particularly suited for providing highly aesthetic perimeter skirting of excellent quality at reasonable prices. It differs from the BTPV.. 60 skirting board in that it is provided with a bottom flange that allows it to be placed perpendicularly (90°) to the wall/lining and welded to PVC floors. In addition, the horizontal flange covers the floor’s perimeter expansion joint. We recommend applying the skirting using glue/adhesive/ Bostik/mastic. Alternatively, you can choose the self-adhesive version for quick, effortless installation. FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN rolls length 50 LM with or without adhesive

BTPF... 62 / BTPF... 62A

Article

H mm

BTPF... 62A (with adhesive)

62

BTPF... 62

62

Available in the colours: B - GC - GS - T - M - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: BTPF...62 (chosen colour Light Grey) BTPFGC 62. 50 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

H 62 mm

COLOURS

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS 12 mm

1,8 mm

1. Choose the colour of the skirting board, indicating whether you want it with or without a self-adhesive backing. 2. Cut the skirting to length, taking into account the width of the internal and external connections. 3. Self-adhesive skirting is recommended only for surfaces that are perfectly smooth, nonoily and non-porous. On plaster and mortar surfaces, use a non-adhesive version and apply the skirting using quick-setting acrylic silicone suitable for gluing aluminium to mortar, plaster, etc.

B - White

GC - Light Grey

GS - Dark Grey

T - Dark Brown

M - Brown

N - Black

204 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSEAL WOOD is a new inner connector square suitable for creating a concave skirting for wood / rolled-melamime floating wood / ceramic / marble tiles to reduce the floor /covering detachment. The particular material used allows to resist to the main chemical agents ant to small breakages. PROSEAL WOOD’s dimensions allow the necessary expansion of the outer joint. Ideal for public (schools, rest homes, recreational area) and private places. In expanded PVC , in 12 wood finishes 4 in matching colours to combine with various wood finishes. Easy to lay with fixing silicone.

PROSEAL WOOD EXPANDED PVC 12 wood finishing and 4 matching colours

30 mm

transition profiles

PSAW... 20

21 mm

EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

EXPANDED PVC - 12 WOOD FINISHING bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

EXPANDED PVC - 4 COLOURS bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM

L x H mm

PSAW... 20

Article PSAW... 20

20 x 20

L x H mm 20 x 20

Available in the wood finishes: 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P, and colours: B - GC - GS - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PSAW...20 (chosen colour Black) PSAWN 20. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/PVC results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in Aluminium.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

B - White

GC - Light Grey

GS - Dark Grey

N - Black

01W - Light maple (ash–birch-distr look)

02W - Dark maple

03W - Light beech

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

M - Mahogany

P - Pine

PROANGLE WOOD is a new inner connector square suitable for creating a convex skirting for wood / rolled-melamime floating wood / ceramic / marble floor to reduce the floor /covering detachment. The particular material used allows to resist to the main chemical agents and to small breakages. PROANGLE WOOD’s dimensions allow the necessary expansion of the outer joint. Ideal for public (schools, rest homes, recreational area) and private places. In expanded PVC , in 12 wood finishes 4 in matching colors to combine with various wood finishes. Easy to lay with fixing silicone.

1. Choose PROSEAL WOOD color and/or wood finish required. 2. The laying must be carried out using fast fixing acrylic silicone, mastic, bostik suitable for gluing PVC with mortar - plaster - wall units etc., or fix using screws/nails.

PROANGLE WOOD EXPANDED PVC 12 wood finishing and 4 matching colours

20 mm

15 mm

EXAMPLE AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

EXPANDED PVC - 12 WOOD FINISHING bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article PGAW... 15

L x H mm 15 x 15

transition profiles

PGAW... 15

EXPANDED PVC - 4 COLOURS bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article PGAW... 15

L x H mm 15 x 15

Available in the wood finishes: 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P and colours: B - GC - GS - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PGAW...15 (chosen colour Black) PGAWN 15. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/PVC results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in Aluminium.

1. Choose PROANGLE WOOD color and/or wood finish required. 2. The laying must be carried out using fast fixing acrylic silicone, mastic, bostik, suitable for glueing PVC with mortar-plaster-wall units etc., or fix using screws/nails.

205 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? profiles for laminate, parquet and carpeted floors


PROINSERT SYSTEM

INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING

PROGRESS PROFILES® presents the innovative patented line PROINSERT SYSTEM®, of aluminium profiles covered with very strong films, available in 30 wood effect finishes and six anodised aluminium finishes. PROINSERT SYSTEM® is a range of profiles for finishing laminate, melamine, parquet and floating floors. INTERCHANGEABLE INSERTS in 7 heights: (H 07, 09, 11, 13, 15, 17 and 19 mm). PROFILES COVERED IN PVC: resistant to wear and UV rays (classe AC1). TWO VERSATILE VERSIONS OF BASES: available for fixing with glue or screws. 30 WOOD-EFFECT FINISHES: Dark beech, Light oak, Dark oak, Light cherry, Dark cherry, Red walnut, Wengè, Decapè bleached, Indonesian Teak, Light Zerbano, Oak powder, Bleached Fir, Aspen Oak, White Oak, Grey Oak. 6 ALUMINUM FINISHES: anodised Silver, Gold and Bronze (Titanium, Champagne and Sand ON REQUEST). COLOURS (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING:

PINBFT 40

PINBFT 45

1

1) Choose between the two types of aluminium base.

2

PIN 07

3 3) Lay the floor correctly leaving between 3 and 10 mm gap for the natural expansion of the wood.

6 6) Place the profile over the “U” shaped channel.

208

2

2) Fix and/or glue the base to the floor.

PIN 13

PIN 09

PIN 15

PIN 11

PIN 17

PIN 19

4

4) Choose the vinyl resin insert according to the clear height and thickness of the floor.

5 5) Keep the profile with the groove for insertion facing upwards and slot in the insert from the top downwards (if it does not slide easily, lubricate with water, silicone spray or vegetable oil).

7 7) With the help of a wooden tapping block, apply pressure evenly over the whole length of the profile using a hammer. If tapping is done correctly, a “click” will be heard when the profile slots into place.


These profiles can be used to create: • Threshold covers and expansion joints (SOL 30, SOL 40P and SOL 50) • Transition joints for floors with difference in height, thickness and made of different materials (ZERO CURVE) • Perimeter joints or terminal expansion pieces (TERMINAL PIN) • Corner joints and step nosings (STYLE STAIR)

SOL 30, SOL 40P AND SOL 50

ZERO CURVE

TERMINAL PIN

209


STYLE STAIR

PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM

The PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM is a range of profiles in aluminium with a longitudinal dovetail groove/channel into which the anchors or the tap-down punched/perforated aluminium profile may be inserted for easy and invisible fixing.

NYLON SCREW ANCHORS

TAP-DOWN BASE

210


SOL 40P range comprises a large assortment of universal jointing profiles in aluminium covered with PVC film that is highly resistant to pedestrian traffic, wear, UV rays and commonly used floor cleaning products. Thanks to the insert in rigid PVC (non-conducting) between the base and the top, the new SOL 40P stops and eliminates electrostatic charges and magnetic fields and whatever else may be transmitted between two floors (e.g.: heated floors). Twenty-nine wood-effect finishes: light maple, dark maple, light beech, dark beech, light durmast, dark durmast, light cherry, dark cherry, walnut, wenge ... plus six anodised finishes (3 available on demand). Any insert of height H 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 and 19 mm may be used with either the punched/perforated base for screwing or for gluing. Covering width 40 mm.

SOL 40P TOP + PIN INSERT + ALUMINIUM BASE 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES universal joints

PISPC...407

40 mm

H 2,8 mm H 7/10 mm

PISPC...409

H 9/12 mm

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 17 - 19mm - 40,5 LM) Article

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (30 wood finishes) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 17 - 19mm - 40,5 LM)

H mm

PISPC... 407 (PIN insert 07) PISPC... 409 (PIN insert 09)

Article

H 11/14 mm

H mm

7 / 10

PISPC... 407 (PIN insert 07)

7 / 10

9 / 12

PISPC... 409 (PIN insert 09)

PISPC... 4011 (PIN insert 11)

11 / 14

PISPC... 4011 (PIN insert 11)

11 / 14

PISPC... 4013 (PIN insert 13)

13 / 16

PISPC... 4013 (PIN insert 13)

13 / 16

PISPC... 4015 (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PISPC... 4015 (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PISPC... 4017 (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PISPC... 4017 (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PISPC... 4019 (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

PISPC... 4019 (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

9 / 12

PISPC...4013

H 13/16 mm

COMPLETE

COMPLETE

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed SELF L 0,90 LM - 15 Pcs (H 13 - H 15 - H 17 - H 19 H - 10 Pcs) PACK

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (30 wood finishes) thermo packed SELF L 0,90 LM - 15 Pcs (H 13 - H 15 - H 17 - H 19 H - 10 Pcs) PACK

Article

H mm

PISPC... 4079S (PIN insert 07)

PISPC...4011

Article

PISPC...4015

H mm

7 / 10

PISPC... 4079S (PIN insert 07)

PISPC... 4099S (PIN insert 09)

9 / 12

PISPC... 4099S (PIN insert 09)

9 / 12

PISPC... 40119S (PIN insert 11)

11 / 14

PISPC... 40119S (PIN insert 11)

11 / 14

PISPC... 40139S (PIN insert 13)

13 / 16

PISPC... 40139S (PIN insert 13)

13 / 16

PISPC... 40159S (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PISPC... 40159S (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PISPC... 40179S (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PISPC... 40179S (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PISPC... 40199S (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

PISPC... 40199S (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

H 15/18 mm

7 / 10 PISPC...4017 AVAILABLE in H 17 PISPC...4019

TOP

PIN INSERT H 19/20 mm

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PISPC... 4079S (chosen finish Anod. gold) PISPCAO 4079S. BASE 45

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Fix and/or glue the base to the floor. 2. Lay the floor leaving from 3 to10 mm between the floor and the insert. 3. Choose the desired profile, if necessary cut TOP, PIN and BASE at the needed length and then insert the PIN in the TOP in the specific “dovetail” seat. The position the profile above the U-shaped snap-in seat of the base. 4. With the aid of a board, hammer the TOP to the desired fitting level.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

43W

44W

45W

= News 2015

211 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


ZERO CURVE TOP + PIN INSERT + ALUMINIUM BASE 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES

The ZERO CURVE range comprises a large assortment of terminal transition profiles for joining floors at different levels and with different thickness varying from 7 to 22 mm. 30 wood-effect finishes are available: light maple - dark maple - light beech - dark beech - light durmast - dark durmast - light cherry - dark cherry – walnut - wenge... plus six anodised finishes (3 available on demand). There is a profile (top) and an insert (pin) for each height, while the base (punched or perforated) allows fixing by screwing or gluing.

transition profiles

PINZC...07

H 7/9 mm

PINZC...11

H 10/12 mm

PINZC...13

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/ PERFORATED (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 14 - 16 mm - 40,5 LM) (H 18 mm - 27 LM)

H 13/14 mm

PINZC...15

H 14/15 mm

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/ PERFORATED (30 wood finishes) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 14 - 16 mm - 40,5 LM) (H 18 mm - 27 LM)

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PINZC... 07 (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 09) PINZC... 11 (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 11) PINZC... 13 (top PINZ... 09 + PIN 13) PINZC... 15 (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 15) PINZC... 17 (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 17) PINZC... 19 (top PINZ... 15+ PIN 19)

7/9 10 / 12 13 / 14 14 / 15 16 / 17 18 / 20

PINZC... 07 (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 09) PINZC... 11 (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 11) PINZC... 13 (top PINZ... 09 + PIN 13) PINZC... 15 (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 15) PINZC... 17 (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 17) PINZC... 19 (top PINZ... 15+ PIN 19)

7/9 10 / 12 13 / 14 14 / 15 16 / 17 18 / 20

COMPLETE

PINZC...17

COMPLETE

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed SELF L 0,90 LM - 15 Pcs (H 13 - H 14 - H 16 - H 8 - 10 Pcs) PACK

H 16/17 mm

PINZC...19

TOP

PIN INSERT H 18/20 mm

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 45 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (30 wood finishes) thermo packed SELF L 0,90 LM - 15 Pcs - (H 13 - H 14 - H 16 - H 8 - 10 Pcs) PACK

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PINZC... 07S (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 09) PINZC... 11S (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 11) PINZC... 13S (top PINZ... 09 + PIN 13) PINZC... 15S (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 15) PINZC... 17S (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 17) PINZC... 19S (top PINZ... 15+ PIN 19)

7/9 10 / 12 13 / 14 14 / 15 16 / 17 18 / 20

PINZC... 07S (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 09) PINZC... 11S (top PINZ... 07 + PIN 11) PINZC... 13S (top PINZ... 09 + PIN 13) PINZC... 15S (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 15) PINZC... 17S (top PINZ... 13 + PIN 17) PINZC... 19S (top PINZ... 15+ PIN 19)

7/9 10 / 12 13 / 14 14 / 15 16 / 17 18 / 20

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINZC... 07S (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINZCAO 07S.

BASE 45

45 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Fix and/or glue the base to the floor. 2. Align the laminate/melamine/wood floor, ensuring that approx. 3/10mm gap is left on each side to accommodate the natural expansion between the floor and the base. 3. Choose the desired profile, if necessary cut TOP, PIN and BASE at the needed length and then insert the PIN in the TOP in the specific “dovetail” seat. The position the profile above the U-shaped snap-in seat of the base. 4. With the aid of a board, hammer the TOP to the desired fitting level.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

212 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


The TERMINAL PIN series consists in a wide range of terminal/ outer joint squares ideal to realize the connection and junction with floors in laminate or melamine and/or wood/parquet rolled floor. The TERMINAL PIN allows the floor underneath to expand for more than 5 / 10 mm. It prevents from the use of the skirting –board and covers perfectly any kind of floor with a minimum thickness of 7 mm and a maximum of 21 mm. It delimitates the floor in proximity of walls, coverings, windows, doors, sliding doors, doormats buss etc.

TERMINAL PIN terminal - outer profiles

TOP + PIN INSERT + ALUMINIUM BASE 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES 30 mm

PINTPC...07

10 mm

H 7 mm

PINTPC...09 10 mm

H 9 mm

PINTPC...11 10 mm H 11 mm

PINTPC...13 10 mm H 13 mm

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 40 PUNCHED/ PERFORATED (30 wood finishes) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 17 - 19 mm - 40,5 LM)

Article

H mm

Article

PINTPC... 07 (PIN insert 07)

7 / 10

PINTPC... 07 (PIN insert 07)

PINTPC... 09 (PIN insert 09)

9 / 11

PINTPC... 09 (PIN insert 09)

9 / 11

PINTPC... 11 (PIN insert 11)

10 / 13

PINTPC... 11 (PIN insert 11)

10 / 13

PINTPC... 13 (PIN insert 13)

12 / 16

PINTPC... 13 (PIN insert 13)

12 / 16

PINTPC... 15 (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PINTPC... 15 (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PINTPC... 17 (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PINTPC... 17 (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PINTPC... 19 (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

PINTPC... 19 (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

COMPLETE

PINTPC...15 10 mm H 15 mm

PINTPC...17 AVAILABLE IN H 17 mm PINTPC...19

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 40 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 17 - 19 mm - 40,5 LM)

TOP

10 mm

PIN INSERT H 19 mm

H mm 7 / 10

COMPLETE

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 40 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed SELF L 0,90 LM - 15 Pcs (H 12 - H 15 - H 17 - H 19 - 10 Pcs) PACK

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 40 PUNCHED/ PERFORATED (30 wood finishes) thermo packed - L 0,90 SELF LM - 15 Pcs (H 12 - H 15 - H 17 - H 19 - 10 Pcs Pcs) PACK

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PINTPC... 07S (PIN insert 07)

7 / 10

PINTPC... 07S (PIN insert 07)

7 / 10

PINTPC... 09S (PIN insert 09)

9 / 11

PINTPC... 09S (PIN insert 09)

9 / 11

PINTPC... 11S (PIN insert 11)

10 / 13

PINTPC... 11S (PIN insert 11)

10 / 13

PINTPC... 13S (PIN insert 13)

12 / 16

PINTPC... 13S (PIN insert 13)

12 / 16

PINTPC... 15S (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PINTPC... 15S (PIN insert 15)

15 / 18

PINTPC... 17S (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PINTPC... 17S (PIN insert 17)

17 / 20

PINTPC... 19S (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

PINTPC... 19S (PIN insert 19)

19 / 22

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINTPC... 07S (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINTPCAO 07S.

BASE 40

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Fix PINBFTL 40 base at the outer edge/wall. 2. Align the laminate/melamine/wood floor, ensuring that approx. 3/10mm gap is left on each side to accommodate the natural expansion between the floor and the base. 3. Choose the desired profile, if necessary cut TOP, PIN and BASE at the needed length and then insert the PIN in the TOP in the specific “dovetail” seat. The position the profile above the U-shaped snap-in seat of the base. 4. With the aid of a board, hammer the TOP to the desired fitting level.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

214 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


The TERMINAL range comprises a large assortment of perimeter joint or edging profiles in aluminium covered in 18 wood-effect finishes plus six anodised finishes (3 available on demand). They are used in various laying situations. Ideal as an edging profile for wood parquet, laminate and melamine-coated floors. They finish the floor where it joins to abutting surfaces, windows, glazed areas, doors, terraces and may also be used for joining two floors: wood/tiles, wood/carpeting.

TERMINAL ALUMINIUM 18 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES 15 mm

H 10 mm

H 7 mm

PINT... 09

H 12 mm

H 9 mm

PINT... 11

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM (H 11 - H 13 - H 15 mm - 81 ML) Article PINT... 07

ALUMINIUM COVERED in 18 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 11 - H 15 mm - 81 ML)

H mm

Article

7

PINT... 09

9

PINT... 11

11

PINT... 11

11

PINT... 15

15

PINT... 13

13

PINT... 15

15

9 PINT... 13

H 16 mm

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINT... 07 (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINTAO 07. ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed SELF L 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs - BLISTER PACKS PACK PINT... 07S

H 11 mm

H mm

PINT... 09

Article

H 14 mm

ALUMINIUM COVERED in 18 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed SELF L 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs - BLISTER PACKS PACK

H mm

Article

terminal - outer profiles

PINT... 07

H 13 mm

PINT... 15

H 18 mm

H 15 mm

H mm

7/8

PINT... 09S

PINT... 09S

9 / 10

PINT... 11S

11 / 12

PINT... 11S

11 / 12

PINT... 15S

15 / 16

PINT... 15S

15 / 16

9 / 10 30 mm

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINT... 07S (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINTAO 07S.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the TERMINAL according to the required height and finish and fix with screws and screw anchors or with glue/silicone; the profile must be placed next to the abutting surface e.g. wall, glazing, etc. 2. Align the laminate/melamine/wood floor, ensuring that a large enough gap is left to accommodate the natural expansion between the floor and the profile (approx. 3/10mm on one side).

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

Wood

Wood

Wood = News 2015

(new wood finishes will be available soon)

215 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


The STYLE STAIR range comprises a large assortment of aluminium step nosing profiles for the edges of steps in wood, parquet, laminate or melamine with thickness varying from 7 to 22 mm. 18 wood-effect finishes are available: light maple - dark maple - light beech - dark beech - light durmast - dark durmast - light cherry - dark cherry – walnut - wenge... plus six anodised finishes (3 available on demand). Select the most suitable profile for the thickness of the floor. There is a profile (top) and an insert (pin) for each height, while the base (punched or perforated) allows fixing by screwing or gluing.

STYLE STAIR stair nosing profiles

TOP + PIN INSERT + ALUMINIUM BASE 18 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES 27,5 mm

PINYC...07

H 7/9 mm 25 mm

PINYC...09

H 10/12 mm 25 mm

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 40 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 14 - H 16 - H 18 mm - 40,5 LM) Article

PINYC...11

H 13/14 mm 25 mm

ALU. TOP + PIN INSERT + ALU. BASE 40 PUNCHED/PERFORATED (18 wood finishes) thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 14 - H 16 - H 18 mm - 40,5 LM)

H mm

Article

7/9

PINYC... 07 (PIN insert 09)

7/9

PINYC... 09 (PIN insert 11)

10 / 12

PINYC... 09 (PIN insert 11)

10 / 12

PINYC... 11 (PIN insert 13)

13 / 14

PINYC... 11 (PIN insert 13)

13 / 14

PINYC... 13 (PIN insert 15)

14 / 15

PINYC... 13 (PIN insert 15)

14 / 15

PINYC... 15 (PIN insert 17)

16 / 17

PINYC... 15 (PIN insert 17)

16 / 17

PINYC... 17 (PIN insert 19)

18 / 20

PINYC... 17 (PIN insert 19)

18 / 20

COMPLETE PINYC...13

COMPLETE

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINYC... 07 (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINYCAO 07.

H 14/15 mm

25 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

PINYC...15

H 16/17 mm

PINYC...17

H mm

PINYC... 07 (PIN insert 09)

25 mm

TOP

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Fix the base exactly over the stair riser. 2. Align the laminate/melamine/ wood floor, ensuring that approx. 3/10mm gap is left on one side to accommodate the natural expansion between the floor and the base. 3. Choose the desired profile, if necessary cut TOP, PIN and BASE at the needed length and then insert the PIN in the TOP in the specific “dovetail” seat. The position the profile above the U-shaped snap-in seat of the base. 4. With the aid of a board, hammer the TOP to the desired fitting level.

PIN INSERT 25 mm

H 18/20 mm BASE 40

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

Wood

Wood

Wood = News 2015

(new wood finishes will be available soon) 216 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


LVT PROFILES UNIVERSAL, CONNECTION AND PERIMETER JOINTS

SOL 30P

ZERO CURVE

(Pag. 218)

COLOURS

(Pag. 218)

TERMINAL PIN

(Pag. 218)

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

CONNECTION JOINTS

PROINTER KL ALL

(Pag. 61)

PROSHELL D ALL (Pag. 60)

PROSHELL R ALL (Pag. 60)

PROLEVALL 305 (Pag. 82)

PROLINOLEUM PROFLOOR 24 PROSLIDER KL PROCOVER ALL 1045 ALL

(Pag. 87)

(Pag. 87)

(Pag. 88)

(Pag. 88)

STAIR NOSINGS PROFILES

PROSTYLE KL 10

(Pag. 122)

PROSTAIR KL 20

(Pag. 122) 217

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


LVT PROFILES - SOL 30P ALUMINIUM 3 ANODISED FINISHES AND 30 WOODEN FINISHES

SOL 30P, ZERO CURVE and TERMINAL PIN are profile which serve as expansion joints, junction and as perimetrical expansion joint between different floors in vinyl. The profiles are composed of a BASE in aluminium to fix to the support and of three TOP. The choice of the TOP depend on the desired application. Their particular section, together with the wide range of finishes available and the ease of installation, make them a much-sought profiles, that could be easily matched with every type of floor in vinyl.

universal joints

DISEGNO AGGIORNATO AL 11 11 2014

ALUMINIUM TOP (3 ANOD. ALU FINISHES) (30 WOOD FINISHES) + BASE THErmo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

PNSP 3046 L 30 mm

H 4÷6 mm

L 36 mm

EXAMPLES FOR LAYING METHODS

Article

L mm

PNSP... 3046 (anodiz.) PNSP... 3046 (wood) PINBFT 3646 (base)

30 30 36

Available in the colours: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. He code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PNSP... 3046 (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PNSPAO 3046.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose SOL P / ZERO CURVE / TERMINAL PIN according to the desired finish. 2. Cut the BASE in aluminium to the desired length and fix it with adhesive or dowels to the support. 3. Lay the floor in vinyl, leaving a 5 mm joint between the vertical walls of the base in aluminium and the floor. 4. Cut the desired TOP in aluminium to the desired length. 5. Place a small wooden board on the TOP in aluminium and hammer equally in order to facilitate the insertion of the TOP into the aluminium base.

LVT PROFILES - ZERO CURVE

ALUMINIUM TOP (3 ANOD. ALU FINISHES) (30 WOOD FINISHES) + BASE THermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

transition profiles

ALUMINIUM 3 ANODISED FINISHES AND 30 WOOD FINISHES PINZ 2646

DISEGNO AGGIORNATO AL 11 11 2014 L 26 mm

L mm 26 26 23

Available in the colours: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. He code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINZ... 2646 (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PINZAO 2646.

H 4÷6 mm

L 23 mm

LVT PROFILES - TERMINAL PIN

ALUMINIUM TOP (3 ANOD. ALU FINISHES) (30 WOOD FINISHES) + BASE THermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - packaging 20 Pcs - 54 LM

ALUMINIUM 3 ANODISED FINISHES AND 30 WOOD FINISHES terminal

Article PINZ... 2646 (anodiz.) PINZ... 2646 (wood) PINBFT 2346 (base)

PINTP 1946

DISEGNO AGGIORNATO AL 11 11 2014 L 19 mm

Article

L mm

PINTP... 1946 (anodiz.) PINTP... 1946 (wood) PINBFT 2346 (base)

19 19 23

Available in the colours: AO - AA - AB - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. He code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINTP... 1946 (chosen finish Anod. Gold) PINTPAO 1946.

H 4÷6 mm

L 23 mm

= News 2015

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

218 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROWALK 2510 & 2520 are new stair-nosing profiles for existing stairways. Designed to protect and restore stair steps made of wood, laminate, ceramic, etc. Made with anodised aluminium with silver, gold and bronze finish and available in self-adhesive or perforated versions. Sizes available: 2.7 m lengths and 0.9 m & 1.35 m Self-Pack.

PROWALK 2510 & 2520 ANOD. GOLD, SILVER AND BRONZE ALUMINIUM PUNCHED OR SELF ADHESIVE

24 mm

PWK... 2510F 24 mm

H 10 mm

PWK... 2520A 24 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

L x H mm

Article PWK... 2510F

25 x 10

PWK... 2520A

25 x 20

PWK... 2520F

25 x 20

L x H mm

PWK... 25109AS

25 x 10

H 20 mm

L x H mm

25 x 10

Article

24 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM punched thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

PWK... 2510A

ANODISED ALUMINIUM with adhesive thermo packed bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs

PWK... 2520F

SELF PACK

stair nosing profiles

PWK... 2510A

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PWK... 25109FS

L x H mm 25 x 10

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected finish must be added to the article code. E.g.: PWK... 2510A (chosen finish Anod. silver) PWKAA 2510A.

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH with adhesive thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

L x H mm

PWK... 2510A

25 x 10

PWK... 2520A

25 x 20

ANODISED ALU. punched with screws and screw anchors thermo packed SELF bar length 1,35 LM - pack. 20 Pcs PACK Article PWK... 251013FS

L x H mm 25 x 10

Available in the finishes: 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W - 31W - 32W - 33W 34W - 35W - 36W - 37W - 38W - 39W - 40W - 41W - 42W - 43W - 44W - 45W with a minimum purchase order of 540 LM. The code of the selected finish must be added to the article code. E.g.: PWK... 2510A (chosen finish Dark beech) PWK04W 2510A.

PROSTEP INS ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM

PROSTEP INS is a step cover profile in silver anodised aluminium ideal for protecting and laying laminated wood / floating melaminic and parquets. Available in two heights 10.5 and 16.

H 10,2 mm 22,6 mm

PTSAA 16

stair nosing profiles

PTSAA 105

H 15,9 mm

SILVER ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

28,3 mm

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

H mm

PTSAA 105

10,2

PTSAA 16

15,9

COLOURS (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) AA - Anod. silver aluminium Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

219


SOL 30 SELF-ADHESIVE

SOL 30 Self-adhesive is a joint/threshold cover profile in aluminium covered with film in 10 wood-effect finishes, which is highly resistant to pedestrian traffic, wear, UV rays and commonly used floor cleaning products. Easy to lay and to match with any wood finish; the surface has an open pore embossed finish. Recommended for covering joints between floors in laminate, wood, ceramic tiles, etc.

threshold - joint-cover profiles

ALUMINIUM COVERED WITH PROTECTIVE FILM IN 10 WOOD FINISHES PINS...30A

L 30 mm

H 4,5 mm

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (10 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE thermo packed - width 30 mm - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM 1. Choose the adhesive SOL 30 in the required finish. 2. Cut the profile to the required length and clean, degrease and dry the surface, checking that the temperature for application is at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay the profile correctly applying a uniform vertical pressure by hand without moving the profile and without using iron/steel hammers.

Article

L mm

PINS...30A

*

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (10 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs PACK Article

30

L mm

PINS...309AS

30

Available in the wood finishes: 04W - 05W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINS... 30A (chosen finish Dark beech) PINS04W 30A. = Available in the wood finishes 06W - 09W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W upon request (minimum quantity order of 1080 LM), price and delivery time to be agreed.

ZERO CURVE SELF-ADHESIVE transition profiles

ALUMINIUM COVERED WITH PROTECTIVE FILM IN 30 WOOD FINISHES PINZ...07A

ZERO CURVE Self-adhesive is a transition profile in aluminium covered with film in 30 wood-effect finishes, which is highly resistant to pedestrian traffic, wear, UV rays and commonly used floor cleaning products. Easy to lay and to match with any wood finish; the surface has an open pore embossed finish. Recommended for covering joints between floors in laminate, wood, ceramic tiles, etc.

L 40 mm

7/11 mm

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE thermo packed - width 40 mm - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article 1. Choose the ZERO CURVE with adhesive with the required finish. 2. Cut the profile to the required length and clean, degrease and dry the surface, checking that the temperature for application is at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay the profile correctly applying a uniform vertical pressure by hand without moving the profile and without using an iron/steel hammer.

COLOURS

PINZ...07A

L mm

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs PACK Article

L mm

PINZ...079AS

40

40

Available in the finisH 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINZ... 07A (chosen finish Dark beech) PINZ04W 07A.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range)

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

220 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

*


SOL 40P Self-adhesive is a joint/threshold cover profile in aluminium covered with film in 30 wood-effect finishes, which is highly resistant to pedestrian traffic, wear, UV rays and commonly used floor cleaning products. Easy to lay and to match with any wood finish; the surface has an open pore embossed finish. Recommended for covering joints between floors in laminate, wood, ceramic tiles, etc.

SOL 40P SELF-ADHESIVE ALUMINIUM COVERED WITH PROTECTIVE FILM IN 30 WOOD FINISHES

Article PNSP.. 40 PA

L mm

PNSP... 40 PA

L 40 mm

H 2,8 mm

40 TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs PACK

Available in the finisH 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PNSP... 40 PA (chosen finish Dark beech) PNSP04W 40 PA.

Article

L mm

PNSP.. 409 PAS

40

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE SELF thermo packed - bar length 1 LM - 20 Pcs PACK Article

L mm

PNSP.. 4010 PAS

40

PROCOVER WOOD is a joint-cover profile in aluminium covered with a very strong film available in 10 wood finishes. It is applied at the end of laying two adjoining floors with the same height, having left a 6 - 24 mm gap between the two floors set in a thin bed of adhesive. It protects the outside edges of the floor/covering. It is easy to lay and attractive. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with the silicone/adhesive.

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the adhesive SOL 40 in the required finish. 2. Cut the profile to the required length and clean, degrease and dry the surface, checking that the temperature for application is at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay the profile correctly applying a uniform vertical pressure by hand without moving the profile and without using iron/steel hammers.

PROCOVER WOOD ALUMINIUM COVERED WITH PROTECTIVE FILM IN 10 WOOD FINISHES 14 mm

H 9 mm

PCRA... 269

26 mm

H 9 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article

L x H mm

PCRA... 149

14 x 9

PCRA... 269

26 x 9

COLOURS

Available in the wood finishes: 04W - 05W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PCRA... 149 (chosen finish Dark beech) PCRA04W 149. 1. Choose the PROCOVER with the width suitable for the gap between the two floors to be joined, taking into consideration 2/3 mm side lap. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

28W - Aspen oak

29W - White oak

30W - Grey oak

threshold - joint-cover profiles

PCRA... 149

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

threshold - joint-cover profiles

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE thermo packed - width 40 mm - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

= News 2015

PROCOVER INSERT

VINYL RESIN / BLACK RUBBER

Vinyl resin/rubber profile “U-form” for inserting PROCOVER with PINBFT 45 or PINBFT 40 Proinsert System base. VINYL RESIN / RUBBER length 2,7 LM and/or in rolls

PROINSERT BASE 45 and BASE 40 - ALU. PUNCHED/PERFORED bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

Article

Article

PCPCR

width mm

PINBFT 45

45

PINBFT 40

40

PCRA... 149/1499/209/269 + INS +BASE 45/40

PINBFT 45

PROCOVER FOR H. MIN. 9 mm MAX. 12 mm

PCPCR BASE PINBFT 40/ PINBFT 45

45 mm

PINBFT 40

40 mm

221 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM

transition profiles

ZERO CURVE INSERTS 07-13 + NYLON ANCHORS + BASE 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES

The PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM comprises an assortment of profiles in aluminium with a longitudinal dovetail groove/channel into which the anchors or the tap-down punched/perforated aluminium profile may be inserted for easy and invisible fixing. The profiles are covered with wood-effect finishes that are highly resistant to pedestrian traffic, wear, UV rays and commonly used floor cleaning products. Plus six anodised finishes (3 available on demand). The PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM profiles are recommended for floors up to 22.5 mm thick.

PINZ... 07 + PFIXBS 23 7-13 mm 18 mm 11 mm

Minimum height 7mm

PINZ... 13 + TAS 36

15-17 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

33 mm

Article

H mm

Article

H mm

PINZ... 07 (width 40 mm)

7 - 13

PINZ... 07 (width 40 mm)

7 - 13

PINZ... 13 (width 47 mm)

15 - 17

PINZ... 13 (width 47 mm)

15 - 17

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINZ... 07 (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINZAO 07.

PINZ... 13 + PFIXBS 23

20 mm

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs SELF with 5 anchors PACK

15-17 mm

Article

6 mm

Minimum height 7mm EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) thermo packed - bar length 0,90 LM- 20 Pcs with 5 anchors

H mm

Article

SELF PACK

H mm

PINZ... 07S (width 40 mm)

7 - 13

PINZ... 07S (width 40 mm)

7 - 13

PINZ... 13S (width 47 mm)

15 - 17

PINZ... 13S (width 47 mm)

15 - 17

Available in the finishes: AO - AA - AB - 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINZ... 07S (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINZAO 07S. 1. Choose the PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM profile in the required type and finish. 2. Cut the profile to the required length. 3a. For the version with screw anchors: make 5 drill holes per linear metre on the floor using a Ø 7mm drill, insert the anchors into the relative groove/channel of the profile and with the help of a rubber/plastic hammer, tap evenly over the surface until the anchor slots into the hole. 3b: For the version with tap-down aluminium base, first insert the base into the groove/channel of the ‘’TOP’’ profile and then fix or glue the base to the floor; alternatively first fix or glue the base to the floor and then insert the ‘profile. 4. Close the profile, applying uniform pressure, either manually or with the help of a rubber hammer.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

SCREW ANCHORS 36 - H 36 MM - pack. 20 Pcs FOR SOL 30-40-50 AND ZERO CURVE 07-15 Article TAS 36

PROFIXER TAP-DOWN BASE - ALU. PUNCHED/PERFORED FOR SOL 30-40-50 AND ZERO CURVE 07-15 bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm 36

Article PFIXBS 23

H mm 23

36 mm 23 mm

222 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


The PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM comprises an assortment of profiles in aluminium with a longitudinal dovetail groove/channel into which the anchors or the tap-down punched/perforated aluminium profile may be inserted for easy and invisible fixing. The profiles are covered with wood-effect finishes that are highly resistant to pedestrian traffic, wear, UV rays and commonly used floor cleaning products. Plus six anodised finishes (3 available on demand). The PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM profiles are recommended for floors up to 22.5 mm thick.

PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM INSERTS SOL 30 - SOL 40P - SOL 50 + NYLON ANCHORS + BASE L 30 mm

H 4,5 mm

joints

PINS... 30

PNSP... 40 P L 40 mm H 2,8 mm

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

L mm

PINS... 30

30

PNSP... 40 P

40

Article

Article

H 4,5 mm

L mm

PNSP... 40 P

PINSAA 50 + TAS 36

40

H 36 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs SELF with 5 anchors PACK

L mm

PINSAA 50

L 50 mm

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (30 wood finishes) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

Article

L mm

PINS... 309S

50

30

PINSAA 50 + PFIXBS 23

Available in the finisH AO - AA - AB - 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM). The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINS... 30 (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINSAO 30. ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (10 wood finishes) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article

ALUMINIUM WOOD FINISH (10 wood finishes) thermo packed SELF bar length 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs - with 5 anchors

PINS... 30

Article

30

Minimum height 7mm

Available in the wood finishes: 04W - 05W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINS... 30 (chosen finish Dark beech) PINS04W 30. COLOURS

H 20 mm

L mm

PINS... 309S

30

H 18,5 mm

PACK

L mm

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

NYLON 36 SCREW ANCHORS AND TAP-DOWN BASE SCREW ANCHORS 36 - H 36 MM - pack. 20 Pcs FOR SOL 30-40-50 AND ZERO CURVE 07-15 Article TAS 36

PROFIXER TAP-DOWN BASE - ALU. PUNCHED/PERFORATED FOR SOL 30-40-50 AND ZERO CURVE 07-15 bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm 36

Article PFIXBS 23

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

H mm 23

36 mm 23 mm

1. Choose the PROFIXER LINE SYSTEM profile in the required type and finish. 2. Cut the profile to the required length. 3a. For the version with screw anchors: make 5 drill holes per linear metre on the floor using a Ø 7mm drill, insert the anchors into the relative groove/channel of the profile and with the help of a rubber/plastic hammer, tap evenly over the surface until the anchor slots into the hole. 3b: For the version with tapdown aluminium base, first insert the base into the groove/channel of the ‘’TOP’’ profile and then fix or glue the base to the floor; alternatively first fix or glue the base to the floor and then insert the ‘profile. 4. Close the profile, applying uniform pressure, either manually or with the help of a rubber hammer. 223

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


34 mm

PROSCREW 34

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

universal joints with screw

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ALUMINIUM

34mm mm 34

34 mm 34 mm 3,5 mm 6,5÷15 mm

BASE + TOP in ANODISED GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND and CHAMPAGNE ALUMINIUM + SCREWS and SCREW ANCHORS thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PSWCAA 34 PSWCAO 34 PSWCSB 34 PSWCAB 34 PSWCCH 34

L mm 34 34 34 34 34

Add + 5% of the price €/lm for the self pack version 0,90 lm.

44 mm

PROSCREW 44

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

ANODISED GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ALUMINIUM

44mm mm 44

PSWC... 44

44 mm

44 mm

3,5 mm 6,5÷15 mm

BASE + TOP in ANODISED GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND and CHAMPAGNE ALUMINIUM + SCREWS and SCREW ANCHORS thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PSWCAA 44 PSWCAO 44 PSWCSB 44 PSWCAB 44 PSWCCH 44

L mm 44 44 44 44 44

Add + 5% of the price €/lm for the self pack version 0,90 lm.

PROSCREW 33

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM

33 mm

3,5 mm

BASE + TOP in GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND and CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM + SCREWS and SCREW ANCHORS thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

6,5÷15 mm

33 mm

Article PSWCAA 33 PSWCAO 33 PSWCSB 33 PSWCAB 33 PSWCCH 33

33 mm

L mm 33 33 33 33 33

Add + 5% of the price €/lm for the self pack version 0,90 lm. COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

224 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSCREW 50 ANODISED GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ALUMINIUM

50 mm

3,5 mm

11,5 mm

BASE + TOP in ANODISED GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND and CHAMPAGNE ALUMINIUM + SCREWS and SCREW ANCHORS thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

universal joints with screw

EXAMPLES OF LAYING

L mm

PSWCAA 50

50

PSWCAO 50

50

PSWCSB 50

50

PSWCAB 50

50

PSWCCH 50

50

Add + 5% of the price €/lm for the self pack version 0,90 lm. COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

SCREWS AND SCREW ANCHORS TO FIX ALL PERFORATED VERSIONS

NICKEL PLATED

WHITE NICKEL-PLATED FLATHEAD SCREW UNI 7688 3X10 pack. 14 Pcs Article VIZBP 310

Ø mm

length mm

05

10

WHITE NICKEL-PLATED FLATHEAD SCREW UNI 7688 3X16 pack. 14 Pcs Article VIZBP 316

Ø mm

length mm

05

16

Ø 5 mm

Ø 5 mm

H 10 mm H 16 mm

LAYING EXAMPLE

225 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


SKIRTING

SKIRTING in foamed pvc H 70mm x L 16mm available in 30 wood finishes and 3 finishes in semi-matt black and white hues that could be matched with the PROINSERT SYSTEM’S profiles for raised floors in laminated wood. The skirting could be used also with the traditional parquet. The profile can be laid with acetic-acrylic silicon or mastic or, it could be fixed to the support with screws, dowels or nails. Aesthetically pleasing, strong, long lasting and inexpensive, easy to lay and suitable for public (hospitals, schools, gymnasiums, rest homes and creative areas) and private environments. Easy to match with several wood essences.

FOAMED VINYL RESIN BTEPR... 7016 BTEPRS/385/100

11,27 mm

70 mm

37,5 mm

FOAMED VINYL RESIN (wood finishes, black, white and silver) bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

H mm

Article

H mm

70

BTEPRS 385/100

37,5

BTEPR... 7016

16 mm

SUPPORT / FIXING CLIP - PLASTIC support lenght 5 cm - pack. 100 PC

He code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. Order the SUPPORT and choose the SKIRTING in the E.g.: BTEPR... 70 (chosen finish Dark beech) BTEPR04W 70. desired finish. COLOURS (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

04W - Dark beech 05W - Light oak (strip)

21W - Oak powder

06W - Dark oak 07W - Light cherry 08W - Dark cherry 09W - Red walnut 10W - Wengè 11W - Decapè 13W - Indonesian (walnut) (strip) (board) (merbau-apple-walnut) (panga-panga - wengè) bleached Teak

25W -Bleached 28W - Aspen Oak 29W - White Oak 30W - Grey Oak Fir

18W - Light Zerbano

31W - Wood

32W - Wood

33W - Wood

34W - Wood

35W - Wood

41W - Wood

42W - Wood

43W - Wood

44W - Wood

45W - Wood

INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

1. Choose the skirting in the required the colour. 2. Lay the skirting using quick-setting acrylic silicone, mastic or bostik, suitable for gluing flexible PVC onto mortar-plaster-accessorised walls, etc. or fix with screws/nails.

36W - Wood

37W - Wood

38W - Wood

39W - Wood

40W - Wood = News 2015

B - White

PROSEAL WOOD transition profiles

EXPANDED PVC 12 WOOD FINISHES AND 4 PLAIN COLOURS

N - Black

AA - silver

PROSEAL WOOD is a new inner connector square suitable for creating a concave skirting for wood / rolled-melamime floating wood / ceramic / marble tiles to reduce the floor /covering detachment. The particular material used allows to resist to the main chemical agents ant to small breakages. PROSEAL WOOD’s dimensions allow the necessary expansion of the outer joint. Ideal for public (schools, rest homes, recreational area) and private places. In expanded PVC , in 12 wood finishes 4 in matching colours to combine with various wood finishes. Easy to lay with fixing silicone.

PSAW... 20

30 mm

21 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

EXPANDED PVC - 4 COLOURS bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM

EXPANDED PVC - 12 WOOD FINISHES bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

L x H mm

PSAW... 20

Article PSAW... 20

20 x 20

L x H mm 20 x 20

Available in the wood finishes: 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P, and colours: B - GC - GS - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PSAW...20 (chosen colour Black) PSAWN 20. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/PVC results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in Aluminium. 1. Choose PROSEAL WOOD color and/or wood finish required. 2. The laying must be carried out using fast fixing acrylic silicone, mastic, bostik suitable for gluing PVC with mortar - plaster - wall units etc., or fix using screws/nails.

226

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

B - White

GC - Light Grey

GS - Dark Grey

N - Black

01W - Light maple (ash–birch-distr look)

02W - Dark maple

03W - Light beech

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

M - Mahogany

P - Pine

Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROANGLE WOOD is a new inner connector square suitable for creating a convex skirting for wood / rolled-melamime floating wood / ceramic / marble floor to reduce the floor /covering detachment. The particular material used allows to resist to the main chemical agents and to small breakages. PROANGLE WOOD’s dimensions allow the necessary expansion of the outer joint. Ideal for public (schools, rest homes, recreational area) and private places. In expanded PVC , in 12 wood finishes 4 in matching colors to combine with various wood finishes. Easy to lay with fixing silicone.

PROANGLE WOOD EXPANDED PVC 12 WOOD FINISHES AND 4 PLAIN COLORS

20 mm

15 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

EXPANDED PVC - 4 COLOURS bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM

EXPANDED PVC - 12 WOOD FINISHES bar length 2,5 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 100 LM Article

L x H mm

PGAW... 15

transition profiles

PGAW... 15

Article

L x H mm

PGAW... 15

15 x 15

15 x 15

Available in the wood finishes: 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P and colours: B - GC - GS - N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PGAW...15 (chosen colour Black) PGAWN 15. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/pvc Results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in aluminium.

1. Choose PROANGLE WOOD color and/or wood finish required. 2. The laying must be carried out using fast fixing acrylic silicone, mastic, bostik, suitable for glueing PVC with mortar-plaster-wall units etc., or fix using screws/nails.

SKIRTING in PVC foam height 70 mm in 16 finishes: 4 in semi-matt black-grey-white and 12 wood finishes to be matched with the PROINSERT SYSTEM profiles for floating laminated wood floors and traditional parquet floors. Laying is done by gluing (acetic silicone -acrylic-mastic) or using screws or nails. Attractive, strong, hardwearing and economic, it is easy to lay and ideal for many public premises (hospitals, schools, gymnasiums, rest homes and creative areas) and private environments. Easy to match with many wood species.

SKIRTING EXPANDED VINYL RESIN - 16 FINISHES (4 PLAIN COLORS AND 12 WOOD FINISHES) skirting

BTPR...70

H 70 mm

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (black - light and dark grey - white) bar length 2 LM - pack. 60 Pcs - 120 LM Article

H mm

BTPR... 70

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (12 wood finishes) bar length 2 LM - pack. 60 Pcs - 120 LM Article BTPR... 70

70

H mm 70

Available in the finisH B - GC - GS - N - 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: BTPR... 70 (chosen colour black) BTPRN 70. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/pvc Results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in aluminium.

COLOURS

10 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

B - White

GC - Light Grey

GS - Dark Grey

N - Black

01W - Light maple (ash–birch-distr look)

02W - Dark maple

03W - Light beech

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

M - Mahogany

P - Pine

1. Choose the skirting in the required the colour. 2. Lay the skirting using quick-setting acrylic silicone, mastic or bostik, suitable for gluing flexible PVC onto mortar-plaster-accessorised walls, etc. or fix with screws/nails.

227 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


ANGLE BAR

ANGLE BAR produced in expanded PVC in 16 finishes: 4 colours in semi-matt, black-grey-white and 12 wood finishes used to protect angles. Laying is done by gluing (acetic silicone - acrylic-mastic) or using screws or nails. Attractive, strong, hardwearing and economic, it is easy to lay and ideal for many public premises (hospitals, schools, gymnasiums, rest homes and creative areas) and private environments. Easy to match with many wood species.

edge guard

EXPANDED VINYL RESIN - 16 FINISHES (4 PLAIN COLORS AND 12 WOOD FINISHES) 25 mm

AGE...25

H 25 mm

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (black - light and dark grey - white) bar length 3 ML - pack. 40 Pcs - 120 LM Article

L x H mm

AGE... 25

25 x 25

EXPANDED RIGID VINYL RESIN (12 wood finishing) bar length 3 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 120 LM Article

L x H mm

AGE... 25

25 x 25

Available in the finisH B - GC - GS - N - 01W - 02W - 03W - 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - M - P. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AGE... 25 (chosen colour black) AGEN 25. The shade of the wooden finish in rigid expanded vinyl resin/pvc Results slightly different from the film usually applied on the profiles in aluminium.

SOL 30 - 50 (only top) joints

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES PINS... 30

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

L 30 mm

H 4,5 mm

Article PINS... 30 (width 30 mm)

L mm 30

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PINS... 30 (width 30 mm)

L mm 30

Available in the anodised finishes: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM); and in 10 wood finishes: 04W - 05W - 07W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINS... 30 (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINSAO 30.

PINS... 50 L 50 mm

H 4,5 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PINSAA 50 (width 50 mm)

L mm 50

TERMINAL PIN (only top) terminal - outer profiles

ALUMINIUM 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES PINTP... 10

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

30 mm

Article H 10 mm

PINTP... 10

H mm 10

ALUMINIUM 29 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM Article PINTP... 10

H mm 10

Available in the anodised finishes: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM); and in 30 wood finishes: 04W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINTP... 10 (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINTPAO 10.

228 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


ZERO CURVE 07-09-13-15 (only top) L 42 mm

ALUMINIUM 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES

PINZ... 07

L 48 mm

Article

PINZ... 09

H 11/14 mm

L 48 mm

ALUMINIUM COVERED in 29 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM (H 7 - H 9 mm - 108 LM)

H mm

Article

H mm

PINZ... 07

7 / 11

PINZ... 07

7 / 11

PINZ... 09

11 / 14

PINZ... 09

11 / 14

PINZ... 13

15 / 17

PINZ... 13

15 / 17

PINZ... 15

19 / 22

PINZ... 15

19 / 22

Available in the anodised finishes: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 500 LM); and in 29 wood finishes: 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINZ... 07 (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINZAO 07.

PINZ... 13

transition profiles

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pc 54 LM (H 7 - H 9 mm - 108 LM)

H 7/11 mm

H 15/17 mm

L 52 mm

PINZ... 15

H 19/22 mm

(only top)

STYLE STAIR ALUMINIUM 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES

Article PINY...

ALUMINIUM COVERED in 30 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM

L x H mm

Article

27,5 mm

L x H mm

PINY...

27,5 x 25

PINY...

27,5 x 25

Available in the anodised finishes: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM); and in 30 wood finishes: 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PINY... (chosen finish Anod. gold) PINYAO.

25 mm

(only top)

stair nosing profiles

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

SOL 40 P

ALUMINIUM 30 WOOD FINISHES AND 6 ANODISED FINISHES

Article PNSP... 40P

ALUMINIUM COVERED in 30 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 27 LM

L mm

Article

L mm

PNSP... 40P

40

PNSP... 40P

joints

ANODISED ALUMINIUM (6 anod. al. finishes of which 3 on demand) thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

L 40 mm

H 2,8 mm

40

Available in the anodised finishes: AO - AA - AB (AT, CH and SB available upon request with a minimum quantity order of 540 LM); and in 30 wood finishes: 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PNSP... 40P (chosen finish Anod. gold) PNSPAO 40P. COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet or request the wood finishes sample range) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

06W - Dark oak (walnut)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

13W - Indonesian Teak

18W - Light Zerbano

21W - Oak powder

25W - Bleached Fir

28W - Aspen Oak

29W - White Oak

30W - Grey Oak

31W

32W

33W

34W

35W

36W

37W

38W

39W

40W

41W

42W

= News 2015 43W

44W

45W

229 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


INTERCHANGEABLE INSERTS RIGID IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN PIN 07

H = 7mm

PIN 13

H = 13mm

PIN 09

RIGID IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

PIN 11

Article H = 9mm

PIN 15

H = 15mm

H = 11mm

PIN 17

RIGID IMPACT-RESISTANT NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM

H mm

Article

7

PIN 09

9

PIN 09

9

PIN 11

11

PIN 11

11

PIN 13

13

PIN 13

13

PIN 15

15

PIN 15

15

PIN 17

17

PIN 17

17

PIN 19

PIN 19

19

19 FOR ZERO CURVE, STYLE STAIR

for SOL 40 P and TERMINAL PIN

H = 17mm

H mm

PIN 07

TOP

PIN 19 PIN

FOR A CORRECT ASSEMBLY, SEE THE DRAWINGS OF THE COMPLETE PRODUCTS IN THE PREVIOUS PAGES

H PIN H = 19mm

BASE 45

PROINSERT BASE 45 AND BASE 40 NATURAL ALUMINIUM PINBFT 45

45 mm

PINBFT 40

40 mm

ALUM. PUNCHED/PERFORED FOR SOL 30-40-50 AND ZERO CURVE bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article

width mm

PINBFT 45

45

PINBFT 40

40

SCREWS AND SCREW anchors to fix all perforated versions

NICKEL - PLATED

BRASSED OVAL HEAD SCREWS + SCREW ANCHORS pack. 1.000 Pcs Article VIOTBT 325

Ø mm

length mm

03

25

+

NICKEL-PLATED FLATHEAD SCREWS + SCREW ANCHORS pack. 1.000 Pcs Article VINIPT 325

Ø mm

length mm

03

25

+

230 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROSCREW 34 GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM TOP in GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND and CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PSW... 34

PSW... 34 3,5 mm

34 mm

L mm 34

6,5÷15 mm

PROSCREW 44 GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM 3,5 mm

Article PSW... 44

L mm

44 mm

6,5÷15 mm

44

PROSCREW 33 GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM TOP in GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND and CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PSW... 33

PSW... 33

33 mm

3,5 mm

L mm 33

6,5÷15 mm

PROSCREW 50 GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND AND CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM TOP in GOLD, SILVER, BRONZE, SAND and CHAMPAGNE ANODISED ALUMINIUM thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PSW... 50

PSW... 50 50 mm

3,5 mm

L mm

11,5 mm

50

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet) ANODISED

UPON REQUEST-MINIMUM QUANTITY 540 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium

AA - Anod. silver alu.

AB - Anod. bronze alu.

AT - Anod. titanium aluminium CH - Anod. Champagne alu.

SB - Anod. Sand aluminium

PROSCREW BASE 07 NATURAL ALUMINIUM

BASE in NATURAL ALUMINIUM THermo packed bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM Article PSWBAN 07F

PSWBAN 07F 7,5 mm

L mm 22,6

22,6 mm

SCREWS AND SCREW ANCHORS to fix all perforated versions WHITE NICKEL-PLATED FLATHEAD SCREW UNI 7688 3X10 pack. 14 Pcs Article VIZBP 310

Ø mm

length mm

05

10

WHITE NICKEL-PLATED FLATHEAD SCREW UNI 7688 3X16 pack. 14 Pcs Article VIZBP 316

Ø mm

length mm

05

16

H 10 mm H 16 mm

Ø 5 mm

Ø 5 mm

231 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? do it your self profiles


CORNER EQUAL SIDES POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 1 mm

AGAC 201 AGAC 301

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL 1.4016 with protective film thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article AGAC 201 AGAC 301

20 mm

L x H mm 20 x 20 30 x 30

30 mm

COLOURS L 20 mm

L 30 mm

AC - Polished stainless steel 1.4016

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: AGAC 201C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

CORNER EQUAL SIDES POLISHED BRASS 1 mm

POLISHED BRASS with protective film thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

20 mm

AGOL 201 AGOL 301

30 mm

AGOL 201

L x H mm 20 x 20 30 x 30

COLOURS L 20 mm

AGOL 301 L 30 mm

OL - Polished Brass

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: AGOL 201C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

CORNER EQUAL SIDES

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER, POLISHED CHROME AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM 1 mm

AG... 101

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

AG...151

Article

15 mm

10 mm

L 10 mm

L 15 mm

1,5 mm

20 mm

AG... 201

25 mm

L 20 mm

L 25 mm

L 30 mm

AG... 401 L 40 mm

10 x 10 15 x 15 20 x 20 25 x 25 30 x 30 40 x 40

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AG... 101 (chosen finish anodised gold) AGAO 101.

Article 40 mm

AG... 301

L x H mm

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

30 mm

AG... 251

AG... 101 AG... 151 AG... 201 AG... 251 AG... 301 AG... 401

AGBC AGBC AGBC AGBC AGBC AGBC

101 151 201 251 301 401

L x H mm

Article AGB AGB AGB AGB AGB AGB

10 x 10 15 x 15 20 x 20 25 x 25 30 x 30 40 x 40

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add code. E.g.: AG... 101C. 1 LM long bar available upon request COLOURS

234

WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

101 151 201 251 301 401

L x H mm 10 x 10 15 x 15 20 x 20 25 x 25 30 x 30 40 x 40

x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

B - White varnished alu. Prices are referred to whole packs.


CORNER EQUAL SIDES NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article AGP10... AGP15... AGP20... AGP25...

1,2 / 1,5 mm

AGP10...

L x H mm

10 mm

10 x 10 15 x 15 20 x 20 25 x 25

Available in the colours: B-N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AGP10... (colour White) AGP10B.

20 mm L 15 mm

25 mm

AGP20... L 20 mm

COLOURS

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: AGP10...C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

15 mm

L 10 mm

AGP15...

AGP25... L 25 mm

B - White

N - Black

CORNER “L-FORM” ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER, POLISHED CHROME AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article AL... 1510 AL... 1020 AL... 3015

AL1510...

L x H mm

1 mm

AL1020...

10 mm

15 x 10 20 x 10 30 x 15

10 mm

15 mm

20 mm

AL3015...

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: AL... 1510 (chosen finish anodised gold) ALAO 1510.

15 mm

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: ALAO 1510C. 1 LM long bar available upon request COLOURS

Article ALBC 1510 ALBC 1020 ALBC 3015

15 x 10 20 x 10 30 x 15

WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

AO - Anod. gold aluminium AA - Anod. silver aluminium

30 mm

L x H mm

BC - Polished chrome alu.

ALB 1510 ALB 3015

L x H mm 15 x 10 30 x 15

B - White varnished alu.

CORNER “L-FORM” NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN NON-TOXIC VINYL RESIN bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article ALP20... ALP25... ALP30... ALP40...

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: ALP20...C. 1 LM long bar available upon request Prices are referred to whole packs.

1,2 / 1,5 mm

ALP20...

L x H mm 20 x 10 25 x 20 30 x 20 40 x 10

10 mm 20 mm

20 mm

20 mm

ALP25...

Available in the colours: B-N. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: ALP20... (colour White) ALP20B.

ALP30...

COLOURS

ALP40...

25 mm

30 mm

10 mm

40 mm

B - White

N - Black

235


CANAL “U-FORM”

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER, POLISHED CHROME AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM CU... 081

1 mm

CU... 101

1 mm

8 mm

10 mm

8 mm

10 mm

CU... 151

CU... 201

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article CU... 081 CU... 101 CU... 151 CU... 201

L x H mm 8x8 10 x 10 10 x 15 10 x 20

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CU... 101 (chosen finish anodised gold) CUAO 101.

15 mm

20 mm

10 mm

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

10 mm

CUBC 081 CUBC 101 CUBC 151

WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

L x H mm

Article CUB CUB CUB CUB

8x8 10 x 10 10 x 15

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add code. E.g.: CU... 081C. 1 LM long bar available upon request COLOURS

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

081 101 151 201

L x H mm 8x8 10 x 10 10 x 15 10 x 20

x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

B - White varnished alu.

CANAL DOUBLE “U-FORM”

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER, POLISHED CHROME AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM CW... 167

1 mm

CW... 161

1 mm

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

7 mm

12 mm

16 mm 16 mm

CW... 201

CW... 167 CW... 161 CW... 201 CW... 208

L x H mm 16 x 7 16 x 12 20 x 10 20 x 18

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: CW... 167 (chosen finish anodised gold) CWAO 167.

CW... 208

10 mm 18 mm 20 mm

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

20 mm

CWBC CWBC CWBC CWBC

167 161 201 208

WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

L x H mm

Article CWB 161 CWB 208

16 x 7 16 x 12 20 x 10 20 x 18

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add code. E.g.: CW... 167C. 1 LM long bar available upon request COLOURS

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

L x H mm 16 x 12 20 x 18

x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

B - White varnished alu.

236 Prices are referred to whole packs.


FLAT

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER, POLISHED CHROME AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article PI... 102 PI... 122 PI... 152 PI... 202 PI... 252 PI... 302 PI... 402

PI... 102 2 mm

L mm

L 10 mm

10 12 15 20 25 30 40

PI... 122 2 mm L 12 mm

PI... 152 2 mm L 15 mm

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PI... 122 (chosen finish anodised gold) PIAO 122. WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article PIB PIB PIB PIB PIB PIB

102 152 202 252 302 402

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

L mm

Article PIBC PIBC PIBC PIBC PIBC PIBC PIBC

10 15 20 25 30 40

102 122 152 202 252 302 402

PI... 202 2 mm L 20 mm

PI... 252 2 mm

L mm

L 25 mm

10 12 15 20 25 30 40

PI... 302 2 mm L 30 mm

PI... 402 2 mm L 40 mm

= News 2015

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add 1 LM long bar available upon request code. E.g.: PI... 122C.

COLOURS

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

B - White varnished alu.

EMPTY

ROUND TUBE

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER ALUMINIUM, POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article TV... 061 TV... 081 TV... 101 TV... 121 TV... 161 TV... 181 TV... 201 TV... 241

TV... 061

TV... 081

TV... 101

TV... 121

Ø mm ext.

Ø6 mm

Ø8 mm

Ø 10 mm

Ø 12 mm

6 8 10 12 16 18 20 24

Ø 16 mm

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TV... 122 (chosen finish anodised gold) TVAO 122.

COLOURS

Ø 18 mm

TV... 161

Ø 20 mm

TV... 181

TV... 201

Ø 24 mm

TV... 241

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Article TVBC TVBC TVBC TVBC TVBC TVBC TVBC

081 101 121 161 181 201 241

Ø mm ext. 8 10 12 16 18 20 24

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: TV... 061C. 1 LM long bar available upon request 237 Prices are referred to whole packs.


FULL ROUND

TUBE

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER ALUMINIUM, POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM TP... 06

TP... 08

TP... 10

Ø6 mm

Ø8 mm

Ø 10 mm

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article TP...06 TP...08 TP...10

Ø mm ext. 6 8 10

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TP... 122 (chosen finish anodised gold) TPAO 122.

COLOURS

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM AO - Anod. gold aluminium AA - Anod. silver aluminium BC - Polished chrome alu. (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

EMPTY SQUARE

Article TPBC 06 TPBC 08 TPBC 10

Ø mm ext. 6 8 10

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: TP... 06C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

TUBE

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER ALUMINIUM, POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM TQV... 10

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

TQV... 15 10 mm

1 mm

15 mm

1 mm

Article TQV...10 TQV...15 TQV...20

10 mm 15 mm

TQV... 20

20 mm

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM 20 mm

Article TQVBC 10 TQVBC 15 TQVBC 20

EMPTY RECTANGULAR

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER, POLISHED CHROME AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM

10 x 10 15 x 15 20 x 20

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: TQV... 10C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

TUBE

Article TR... 2010 TR... 3015

20 mm 1 mm 15 mm

COLOURS

L x H mm

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

1 mm 10 mm

TR... 3015

10 x 10 15 x 15 20 x 20

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TQV... 10 (chosen finish anodised gold) TQVAO 10.

1 mm

TR... 2010

L x H mm

30 mm

L x H mm 20 x 10 30 x 15

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TR... 2010 (chosen finish anodised gold) TRAO 2010. POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article TRBC 2010 TRBC 3015

AO - Anod. gold aluminium AA - Anod. silver aluminium BC - Polished chrome alu.

L x H mm 20 x 10 30 x 15

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: TR... 2010C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM B - White varnished alu.

238

Article TRB 2010

L x H mm 20 x 10 Prices are referred to whole packs.


FULL SQUARE

TUBE

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER ALUMINIUM ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article TQP... 08 TQP... 10

TQP... 08 8 mm

L x H mm 8x8 10 x 10

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: TQP... 08 (chosen finish anodised gold) TQPAO 08.

8 mm

TQP... 10 10 mm

10 mm

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: TQP... 08C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

COLOURS

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

CURVE PROFILE

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER, POLISHED CHROME AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article UG... 181 UG... 221 UG... 251

UG... 181 1 mm

L mm 18 22 25

L 18 mm

UG... 221

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: UG... 181 (chosen finish anodised gold) UGAO 181.

1 mm L 22 mm

UG... 251

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article UGB 181

Article UGBC 181 UGBC 221 UGBC 251

L mm 18

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add code. E.g.: UG... 181C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

COLOURS

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

L mm

1 mm L 25 mm

18 22 25

x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

B - White varnished alu.

239 Prices are referred to whole packs.


PROFILE “T-FORM”

ANODISED GOLD AND SILVER ALUMINIUM, POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM L 15 mm

T... 1515

ANODISED GOLD and SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article 15 mm

T... 2525

T... 1515 T... 2525

L x H mm 15 x 15 25 x 25

Available in the finishes: AO - AA. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: T... 1515 (chosen finish anodised gold) TAO 1515.

L 25 mm

POLISHED CHROME ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 1 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article

25 mm

TBC 1515 TBC 2525

L x H mm 15 x 15 25 x 25

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: T... 1515C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

COLOURS

AO - Anod. gold aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

BC - Polished chrome alu.

CURTAINBALANCE

ANODISED SILVER AND WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM CTAA 304 CTB 304

CTAA 404 CTB 404

4 mm

ANODISED SILVER ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 4 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

4 mm

Article CTAA 304 CTAA 404

L mm 30 40

30 mm 40 mm

WHITE VARNISHED ALUMINIUM thermo packed thick 4 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article CTB 304 CTB 404

L mm 30 40

The indicated prices are without bar code EAN 13. For bar code add x Pc (+ 0,20 x LM) gross and add the letter “C” after the article code. E.g.: CTAA 304C. 1 LM long bar available upon request

COLOURS

AA - Anod. silver aluminium

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

B - White varnished alu.

240 Prices are referred to whole packs.


IRON IRON PIF 153 PIF 203 PIF 253 PIF 403

FLAT IRON thick 3 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

3 mm

Article

L

PIF PIF PIF PIF 3 mm

AGF 203 AGF 303 AGF 403

Article AGF 203 AGF 303 AGF 403

L 2 mm

Article ALF 2515 ALF 3020 ALF 4020

L

Article TVF TVF TVF TVF

12 16 20 25

Article

TQPF 08 TQPF 10 TQPF 12 TQPF 14

H

Article TQPF TQPF TQPF TQPF

H

08 10 12 14

Article TQVF TQVF TQVF TQVF

1 mm H

20 25 30 40

L x H mm 25 x 15 30 x 20 40 x 20

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

Ø mm ext. 12 16 20 25

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

Ø mm ext. 10 12

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

L x H mm 8x8 10 x 10 12 x 12 14 x 14

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

L 20 mm

L x H mm 20 x 20 25 x 25 30 x 30 40 x 40

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

EMPTY RECTANGULAR TUBE IRON bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM Article TRF 3020 TRF 4020

L

L x H mm 30 x 20 40 x 20

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

PROFILE “T-FORM” IRON bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

4 mm

20 mm

CUF 1515 CUF 3020

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

EMPTY SQUARE TUBE IRON bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

1,5 mm

L

TF 20

20 x 20 30 x 30 40 x 40

FULL SQUARE TUBE IRON bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

L

TRF 3020 TRF 4020

L x H mm

FULL ROUND TUBE IRON bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

Ø

TPF 10 TPF 12

TQVF 20 TQVF 25 TQVF 30 TQVF 40

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

EMPTY ROUND TUBE IRON bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

Ø

TPF 10 TPF 12

15 20 25 40

CORNER “L-FORM” IRON thick 2 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

H

TVF 12 TVF 16 TVF 20 TVF 25

L mm

CORNER EQUAL SIDES IRON thick 3 mm - bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

H

ALF 2015 ALF 3020 ALF 4020

153 203 253 403

Article TF 20

L x H mm 20 x 20

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item.

CANAL “U-FORM” IRON bar length 2 LM - pack. 10 Pcs - 20 LM

1,5 mm

H

L

Article CUF 1515 CUF 3020

L x H mm 15 x 15 30 x 20

THE INDICATED PRICES ARE WITHOUT BAR CODE (EAN CODE). Prices are referred to whole packs.

Minimum order 20 LM / 10 Pcs. per item. 241


â—? products and accessories for fixing and laying


Lippage is a HUGE ISSUE It’s our TURN to HELP

H ≥ 50 mm

H ≥ 50 mm

The only one with 2 elements Save 3 pieces on intersections

244


NT ions PATE iple solut Mult

Lay

Turn

Remove Kicking the clip in the direction of the joint.

ADVANTAGES Simple and quick to lay with only 2 elements: Leveler & Cap. No need for expensive hand tools.

The only worldwide leveling system with multiple size levelers (2, 3 and 5mm). Built in spacers are available to accommodate “+” intersections as well as “T” joints with a single leveler saving up to 3 pieces per joint.

The only System capable of leveling 3 to 40 mm floors and wall coverings with only 2 parts: Leveler & Cap. Simply flip the cap over to work with various thicknesses.

It guarantees a minimum of 1 mm Distance on with the possibility of joints from 5 mm.

Vertical compression reduces movement and widening of joints.

The thin base of the leveler allows for easy placement without mortar accumulation.

The shaped hole in the middle of the cross- and T-shaped levelers allow a perfect control of the tiles lining up. Moreover the holes on their base enable a perfect anchoring between adhesive and tile.

245


DESCRIPTION

LAYING SYSTEM

Proleveling System is a revolutionary and innovative leveling system when laying medium and large materials with a thickness between 3 and 40 mm. The patented system is made of 2 elements: – A leveling base (1-2-3-5 mm size) with spaced notches that allow spacing/ separating/ joining floors of any type and material in a way that is: linear, cross and half cross with joints to be chosen between 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm and 5 mm. – The threaded stem is attached perpendicularly to the base in a way that allows for easy adjustment with turns of the cap during installation. Removal of the cap and Stem after the materials are set is made easy with strategically placed breakage points that release with either increased pressure by turning the cap or by kicking the cap in the direction of the joint. One cap fits all threaded stems and can be reused an infinite amount of times for big cost savings.

a) Choose the desired type of Leveler (spacers) based on the requested joints and joining: - 1 mm Linear, Cross and Half Cross Version - 2 mm Linear, Cross and Half Cross Version - 3 mm Linear, Cross and Half Cross Version - 5 mm Linear, Cross and Half Cross Version b) Apply the thinset or mortar on a level base with the proper notched trowel as called out in the setting materials manufacturer’s installation instructions. c) During the application of the tile or other materials, position the base of the chosen Leveler under the edge of the tile at the appropriate joint location and continue laying in sequence. d) Attach the cap to the threaded stem by rotating it clockwise. Level the joint by rotating the cap using the minimum amount of pressure needed. e) Once the setting materials have become solid and the floor or wall is ready for grout: – Kick the cap in the direction of the joint to detach connection points between Base and stem.

The new PPLS (patented) system assists in the reduction or elimination of ledging and lippage in the installation of various types of materials that are applied to floors or walls with mortar including: Large Format Tile, Natural Stone, Thin Profile Tile and many others.

T-shaped leveler installation.

Linear leveler installation.

Remover: Fixed on a drill allows to remove levelers from caps.

By turning the cap it is possible to level a thickness of up to 40 mm with an 8 mm joint.

246 Prices are referred to whole packs.


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

JOINT WIDTH E.g.: 2 Holes = 2mm

PRSL 1 PRSL 2 PRSL 3 PRSL 5

PRST 1 PRST 2 PRST 3 PRST 5

LINEAR LEVELER PROLEVELING SYSTEM

“T” LEVELER PROLEVELING SYSTEM

Box

thick Pack mm Pcs.

Article

thick Pack mm Pcs.

CROSS LEVELER PROLEVELING SYSTEM

Box

Article

Box

thick Pack mm Pcs.

PRSL 1

1

100

3000 Pcs

PRST 1

1

100

3000 Pcs

PRSC 1

1

100

PRSL 2

2

100

3000 Pcs

PRST 2

2

100

3000 Pcs

PRSC 2

2

100

3000 Pcs

PRSL 3

3

100

3000 Pcs

PRST 3

3

100

3000 Pcs

PRSC 3

3

100

3000 Pcs

PRSL 5

5

100

3000 Pcs

PRST 5

5

100

3000 Pcs

PRSC 5

5

100

3000 Pcs

ROTATING POMMEL CAP FOR LEVELER PROLEVELING SYSTEM

PROLEVELING SYSTEM REMOVER for LEVELER

Article

Pack Pcs.

Box

PRSSV

50

1000 Pcs

Tiles cm x cm

U. / MQ

(Type of leveler)*

3000 Pcs

PROTECTION CUP FOR PROLEVELING SYSTEM

Article

Pack Pcs.

Box

Article

Pack Pcs.

Box

PRST

50

1000 Pcs

PRSPC

50

2500 Pcs

PRSSV

*

PRST

THE HOLES ON THE LEVELER INDICATE THE WIDTH OF THE JOINT

GROSS PRICE LIST Article

PRSC 1 PRSC 2 PRSC 3 PRSC 5

It protects the marble and natural stones surface from scratches that could be provoked by the cap during the floor levelling.

30 X 30

40 X 40

45 X 45

50 X 50

60 X 60

80 X 80

90 X 90

120 X 120

11 (only +)

6 (only +)

5 (only +)

4 (only +)

3 (only +)

5 (2+, 3L)

5 (2+, 3L)

3 (1+, 2L)

30x30 40x40 45x45 50x50 60x60

80x80 90x90 120x120

+ = cross leveler, L = linear leveler , T = “T” shape leveler Tiles cm x cm

30 X 60

40 X 80

45 X 90

120 X 30

100 X 50

40x80 45x90 120x30 120x50 120x60

120 X 60

30x60

U. / MQ

(Type of leveler)* *

6 (3+, 3L)

6 (3+, 3L)

6 (3+, 3L)

4 (2+, 2L)

4 (2+, 2L)

+ = cross leveler, L = linear leveler , T = “T” shape leveler Tilest cm x cm

U. / MQ

(Type of leveler)* *

6 (only +)

10 X 100

12 X 100

15 X 100

20 X 100

10 X 120

12 X 120

15 X 120

20 X 120

10 X 80

12 X 80

15 X 80

20 X 80

40 x 80

45 x 90

100 x 50

120 x 60

20 (only T )

17 (only T )

14 (only T )

10 (only T )

17 (only T )

14 (only T )

11 (only T )

9 (only T )

25 (only T )

21 (only T )

17 (only T )

13 (only T )

6 (only T )

5 (only T)

4 (only T)

4 (only T)

+ = cross leveler, L = linear leveler , T = “T” shape leveler 10x100 12x100 15x100 20x100 10x120 12x120 = News 2015 Available

Prices are referred to whole packs.

15x120 20x120 10x80 12x80 15x80 20x80

40x80 45x90 100x50 120x60

247


PERFORATED SPACERS

The CROSS-SHAPED and T-SHAPED WEDGES are perforated, weatherproof and made in top quality material with choice of colour. They are used to provide regular gaps in floors and coverings and thanks to the anti-floating perforations remain in the correct laying position. Available in every required thickness 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 7 - 10 mm. Levelling wedges are also available for compensating differences in level that emerge during laying.

CROSS-SHAPED AND T-SHAPED PERFORATED SPACERS CROSS-SHAPED boxes with bags of 250 Pcs each Article

RC 1

RC 5

RC 2

RC 3

RC 7

RC 4

Thick mm

Pc/Box

RC 1

1

20.000

RC 2

2

15.000

RC 3

3

15.000

RC 4

4

15.000

RC 5

5

15.000

RC 7

7

10.000

RC 10

10

5.000

RC 10

PERFORATED SPACERS T-SHAPED boxes with bags of 250 Pcs Article

RT 1

RT 5

TILE FORMAT cm x cm

RT 2

RT 3

RT 7

RT 4

Thick mm

Pc/Box

RT 1

1

20.000

RT 2

2

15.000

RT 3

3

15.000

RT 4

4

15.000

RT 5

5

15.000

RT 7

7

10.000

RT 10

10

5.000

RT 10

60 x 60 60 x 30 40 x 40 40 x 30 40 x 20 33 x 33 30 x 30 30 x 20 25 x 25 20 x 20 15 x 15 13 x 26 13 x 13 10 x 20 10 x 10

CROSS-SHAPED SPACERS No. / Sq.m

3

6

7

9

12

9

11

17

16

25

44

30

60

50

100

T-SHAPED SPACERS No. / Sq.m

6

12

14

18

24

18

22

34

32

50

88

60

120

100

200

248 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


LEVELLING WEDGES COLOURED LEVELLING WEDGES coloured boxes with bags of 500 Pcs Article

Thick mm

Pc/Box

0-5

10.000

PCU 5

The SUPPORTS and LEVELLERS serve for the laying of prefabricated, floating, washed shingle squares. They are made in polyethylene, a material that is frost and weather resistant. Easy to lay. By using LEVELLERS, the original 15 mm height of the SUPPORTS may be increased by another 3+3 mm. Recommended for terraces, balconies and hanging gardens or wherever raised prefabricated draining floors are required.

PCU 5 5 mm

28 mm

SUPPORT AND LEVELLER POLYETHYLENE SQG 15

12 mm 15 mm

150 mm

Support

LQG 03

Leveller SQUARES SUPPORT boxes of 350 Pcs Article SQG 15

3 mm

SQUARES LEVELLER boxes of 100 Pcs Thick mm 15

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

Article LQG 03

150 mm

Thick mm 3

ARTICLES NOT FOR SALE SINGLY

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Lay directly on the waterproofing membrane, or better on top of the screed. 2. Support the square in the four corners. 3. If necessary use the levellers to obtain the required heights and to compensate for any differences in level of the substrate (screed-membrane).

SCISSORS FOR PVC PROFILES It is a pair of NIPPERS / SCISSORS for PVC profiles. SCISSORS for cutting PVC profiles Article FTPP

MAGNET KIT MAGNET KIT for ceramic inspection panel. MAGNET KIT - 4 magnets and 4 plates Packs of 10 kits - Price per 1 Kit Article KMD

249 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


PROBAND FIX

MONOCOMPONENT WATERPROOF SEALANT

PROBAND FIX is a silicon based moisture-curing sealant with high adhesion and elasticity. PROBAND FIX is used to waterproof and seal the bond between PROBAND and PROFOIL, for junction of PROBAND at fixtures and sheet metal in general. SEALANT MONOCOMPONENT WATERPROOF Pack of 12 cartridges Article

Colours

PRBFXB

White

Cartridge 290

PRBFXG

Grey

290

B - white

Appearance: Temperature range for application: Temperature range: Curing: Commissioning:

G -grey

Technical data: white or gray thixotropic paste + 5 °C / + 40 °C - 40 °C / + 90 °C ≈ 2 mm / 24 h ≈ 7 days

AREA OF USE • Use Balconies, terraces, bathrooms, kitchens, saunas, swimming pools and exterior surfaces of any size. • Don’t use On bitumen membranes. To seal PROBAND with PRODESO.

WARNINGS

Suggestions for the installation: In general cementitious support must be free from dust, oil and grease, dry and free from any visible moisture, free of loose or imperfectly anchored parts such as residual traces of cement, lime and paint, which must be totally removed. In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with water and seek medical advice. Avoid contact with skin and keep out of reach of children.

Store in cool, dry place avoiding direct sunlight and heat sources. See the data sheet prior to application in the case of special applications, we recommend that you consult the technical department.

SCREWS and SCREW ANCHORS to fix all perforated versions

NICKEL - PLATED

BRASSED OVAL HEAD SCREWS + SCREW ANCHORS pack. 1.000 Pcs Article VIOTBT 325

Ø mm

length mm

03

25

NICKEL-PLATED FLATHEAD SCREWS + SCREW ANCHORS pack. 1.000 Pcs Article VINIPT 325

+

PROECOFON

Ø mm

length mm

03

25

+

PROECOFON is a roll of closed-cell polyethylene used as edging between the wall and screed or where there are expansion joints. It should be used in all floor-laying work to ensure long life of the floor.

EXPANDED POLYETHYLENE CLOSED-CELL

CLOSED-CELL EXPANDED POLYETHYLENE rolls length 100 LM Article

EXEMPLES OF LAYING

L x H mm

PEF 560

5 x 60

PEF 5100

5 x 100

For perimeter areas and joints.

250 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.


â—? building systems


SNAP-ON STRAND

SHEATH

The SNAP-ON PVC STRAND SHEATH serves to cover/neutralise the reinforcement strands inside the prestressed beams; the sheath cancels out the stress that the strands transmit to the beam, thereby permitting the positive to be changed to left-handed moments. Available in various diameters and lengths.

GREY RIGID PVC R 110

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 3 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 150 LM

R 111

Article R 110 R 111 R 112 R 113

Ø 8 mm Ø 12 mm

R 112

R 113

Ø inches Ø mm 3 x 3” 3 / 8” 1 / 2” 0’ 6”

8 12 15 19

R 110/ 111 /112: 15.000 LM pallets R 113: 12.000 LM pallets EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Ø 15 mm Ø 19 mm

Laying is extremely simple by just positioning the sheath so that the “V” shaped flanges are facing the prestressed reinforcement strands that are already in situ and gently pressing until the sheath snaps on.

SNAP-ON STRAND TUBE GREY RIGID PVC R 114

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 3 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 150 LM

R 115

Article Ø 12 mm Ø 15 mm

R 114 R 115 R 116

Ø inches Ø mm 3/8” 1/2” 0/6”

12 15 19

R 114/ 115: 15.000 LM pallets R 116: 12.000 LM pallets

R 116

COLOURS

Ø 19 mm

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS Laying is very simple; just insert the casing over the strands before they are tensioned.

G - Grey (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

FINNED DISTANCE TUBE GREY RIGID PVC TDA 09

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 100 LM

TDA 12

Ø

12

m

Ø

m

9

m

m

Article TDA 09 TDA 12

Ø mm 9 12

TDA 09: 15.000 LM pallets TDA 12: 10.000 LM pallets COLOURS

G - Grey (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS Laying is very simple: 1. just insert the iron rod into the finned tube before closing the reinforcement panel. 2. Upon removing the reinforcement panels, if necessary insert the end plugs.

END CAPS for distance tube GREY HD POLYETHYLENE PPT 09 / 12

END CAPS - GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 1000 Pcs Article PPT 09 PPT 12

Ø mm 9 12

254 Prices are referred to whole packs.


RIBBED DISTANCE TUBE GREY RIGID PVC

Ø

20

m m

PPD 20

PPD 26

Article

m

m

26

22

COLOURS

Ø

Ø

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 25 Pcs - 50 LM

m

m

PPD 22

Ø mm inside

PPD 20

20

PPD 22

22

PPD 26

26

PPD 20/ PPD 22: 5.000 LM pallets PPD 26: 3.000 LM pallets

G - Grey (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

WASHERS and END CAPS for distance tube GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - PVC / RUBBER WASHERS - GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 1000 Pcs Article

Ø mm outside

PPR 20

20

PPR 22

22

PPR 26

26

OUTSIDE WASHERS - GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 1000 Pcs Article RETDB 22

END CAPS - GREY HD POLYETHYLENE (PPT 20/ 22/ 26 pack 2000 Pcs divided into two 1000 Pcs bags) Article PPT 09 PPT 12 PPT 16 PPT 20 PPT 22 PPT 26

Ø mm pack./Pc 9 1000 12 1000 16 1000 20 2000 22 2000 26 2000

PPR 20 / 22 / 26

PPT 09 / 12 / 16 / 20 / 22 / 26

RETDB 22

TIGPC 22

Ø mm 26

INSIDE END CAPS - PVC / RUBBER pack 2000 Pcs divided into two 1000 Pcs bags Article TIGPC 22

Ø mm 22

DRIP GREY RIGID PVC

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 100 LM Article

20 x 12

GCT 30

30 x 15

GCT 20: 15.000 LM pallets GCT 30: 10.000 LM pallets Prices are referred to whole packs.

20 mm

GCT 30

30 mm

COLOURS LAYING INSTRUCTIONS Must be fixed below the sheathing/armature to create the drip course.

L x H mm

GCT 20

GCT 20

G - Grey (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

255


PROFILE WITH TRIANGULAR CHAMFER GRAY RIGID PVC PST 10

The TRIANGULAR CHAMFER is made in grey rigid PVC in various widths 10-15-20-30 mm and standard length of 2 lm. It is mainly used to chamfer the corners of the concrete pours when making, for example, walls-columns etc. It is strong and easy to lay. GREY RIGID PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 100 LM

PST 15

Article

10 mm 15 mm

PST 20

PST 30

Width mm

PST 10 PST 15

10 15

20.000 LM pallets

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 100 LM

20/22 mm 30/32 mm

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS Put the nails into the central part along the profile before pouring the concrete.

Article

Width mm

PST 20 PST 30

20/22 30/32

PST 20: 15.000 LM pallets PST 30: 10.000 LM pallets

ROUNDED TRIANGULAR

CHAMFER FILLET

GRAY RIGID PVC PSD 32

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 100 LM

PSD 22

Article 20/22 mm 30/32 mm

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS Put the nails into the central part along the profile before pouring the concrete.

PSD 22 PSD 32

L mm 20/22 30/32

PST 22: 15.000 LM pallets PST 32: 10.000 LM pallets

COLOURS

G - Grey

FISHBONE RIBBED JOINT GRAY RIGID PVC COLOURS

GREY RIGID PVC bar length 2 LM - pack. 50 Pcs - 100 LM Article

G - Grey (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

GRP 25 GRP 45

H x L mm 25 x 5 45 x 5

GRP 25: 10.000 LM pallets GRP 45: 5.000 LM pallets

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS Laying is very simple: just insert the ribbed joint into the gap deliberately left in the concrete or the screed.

PROFILE WITH DOUBLE CHAMFER - FOR BALCONIES GRAY RIGID PVC COLOURS

GREY RIGID PVC on request bar length Article R 117

H mm 80

G - Grey (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS Laying is very simple: just fix it with nails or clamps in the relative formwork prior to pouring the concrete.

PROFILE SPECIFICATIONS: • Chamfer angle 45° • Chamfer length 20 mm • Bar length on request • Weight x metre ≈ 2,3 Kg

256 Prices are referred to whole packs.


The WATERSTOPS profiles are made in high-quality polyvinyl chloride (plasticized PVC) and have excellent physical-mechanical properties, strength, flexibility, resistance to ageing and fluid-tightness even under pressure. The “Flat Waterstop” model art. WP is used for adjacent pours of concrete, while the “Waterstop with Bulb” model art. WB is used in concrete casting but as an expansion joint, thanks to the central bulb. They find many applications: floors, underground rooms, trench ducts/underground passages, face walls, cisterns, silos, swimming pools, tanks, canals, dams, aqueducts, etc. The quality of the materials allows the waterstops to be used on concrete structures exposed to temperatures between –30°C and +70°C, also ensuring good resistance to chemicals in alkaline environments, to brackish waters and to acid solutions.

WATERSTOP PLASTICIZED PVC BLUE

A

B

B

B

B

WATERSTOPS WITH BULB

WATERSTOPS with BULB - PLASTICIZED PVC BLUE pack. rolls 25 LM

L mm

Article

L mm

WP 100

100

WB 200

200

WP 150 (50 LM)

150

WB 220

220

WP 200

200

WB 250

250

WP 220

220

WB 300

300

WP 250

250

WP 300

300

ANCHORING CLIPS for WATERSTOPS on REQUEST. C

ANCHORING CLIPS for WATERSTOPS on REQUEST.

D

C

L 200 - 220 - 250 - 300 mm

FLAT WATERSTOPS - PLASTICIZED PVC BLUE pack. rolls 25 LM (WP 150 - pack. rolls 50 LM) Article

A

L 100 - 150 - 200 - 220 - 250 - 300 mm

FLAT WATERSTOPS

WB 200/220/250/300

profiles for adjacent pours of concrete

WP 100/150/200/220/250/300

SEALING OF WATERSTOPS The Waterstops may be welded together to obtain a single piece of the required length. The two parts must be properly cleaned for perfect fluid-tightness of the joints. The waterstops are usually field welded using a normal hot-air heater on the ends of the sections. The bond is accomplished by melting the material and pressing one end over the other.

COLOURS

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

B - Blue

SIZE ART. WP 100 WP 150 WP 200 WP 220 WP 250 WP 300 WB 200 WB 220 WB 250 WB 300

A 40 mm 13,3 mm 22 mm 23 mm 19 mm 20,5 mm 16 mm 16 mm 26 mm 26 mm

B

C

15,5 mm 22 mm 25 mm 21 mm 22,5 mm 18 mm 18,5 mm 20 mm 22 mm

45,5 mm 50 mm 50 mm 71,5 mm 78 mm 85 mm 86 mm 84 mm 88 mm

D

32 mm 33 mm 30 mm 34 mm

ANCHORING CLIPS for Waterstops GREY HD POLYETHYLENE GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 1000 Pcs CLPS

Article

257 Prices are referred to whole packs.


PRODISTANZ

PRODISTANZ is a patented new product that simplifies, improves and speeds up the work of securing and preparing shuttering panels used in the casting of concrete; it avoids the cutting and assembling in situ of the tubular waler-washer (traditional system). PRODISTANZ is recommended for its special, very strong structure, which is resistant to compressive stress and prevents water infiltration thanks to the lateral ribs along the cylindrical part and the horizontal supports and circles. It consists of a single plastic element and is available in a wide range of lengths 15-20-25-30-35-40 cm (in packs of 100 pcs.). They come with watertight plugs in a choice of two types. Watertight caps at 18 Atm. / Bar.

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

spacers

PDZ 15

PDZ 20

L 15

PDZ 25

L 20

cm

cm

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 100 Pcs + 200 end caps Article

PDZ 30

L 25

PDZ 35

L 30

PDZ 40

L 35

L 40

cm

PDZ 15 PDZ 20 PDZ 25 PDZ 30 PDZ 35 PDZ 40

L cm 15 20 25 30 35 40

cm

SIMPLE FAST ECONOMIC - Exclusive patented product - High resistance to compressive stress and to water infiltration - Two types of plugs (to be selected) Hollow plug (for plastered walls) Smooth plug (for walls without plaster) - Fast, assured work, without waste, cutting costs or pipe scraps - Extremely easy to use - Vast range available: 15-20-25-30-35-40 cm - Innovative design – guaranteed - Quality - Constant colour and quality

cm

cm

WASHERS, END CAPS and JOINTS for Prodistanz GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - PVC / RUBBER TIGPC 22

GPDZ 22

END CAPS - GREY HD POLYETHYLENE (PPT 22 pack 2000 Pcs divided into two 1000 Pcs bags) Article PPT 22

Article TIGPC 22

Ø mm 22

JOINT - GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack 1000 Pcs divided into two 500 Pcs bags

PPT 22

HOLLOW PLUG for plaster

Ø mm pack./Pc 22 2000

INSIDE END CAPS - PVC / RUBBER pack 2000 Pcs divided into two 1000 Pcs bags

Article GPDZ 22

Ø mm 22

SMOOTH PLUG for walls without plaster

1. Hollow plug: for better anchorage of the plaster. (new) Standard. 2. Smooth plug: with smooth surface for walls without plaster (traditional) on request Art. PPT 22 - 2.000 PCS.

258 Prices are referred to whole packs.


The linear spacer RAPY 100 is strong and resistant, capable of bearing heavy loads thanks to its shape and size. The lateral and horizontal holes allow perfect penetration of the concrete. Upside down it can be used on insulating panels for floors. Spacers may be joined together longitudinally with a simple slot-in system. Ideal for precasting and civil industry, it ensures stability and invisible finish. On demand available in 50 cm cut.

RAPY 100 FOR HEAVY MESH GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE spacers

1 ML

SLOT-IN

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE length 1 LM - pack. 80 LM Article

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE length 1 LM - pack. 60 LM

H mm

Article

H mm

PLF 20

20

PLF 35

35

PLF 25

25

PLF 40

40

PLF 30

30

PLF 45

45

PLF 50

50

PLF 55

55

PLF 60

60

Maximum weight: 3000 kg a piece (bar lenght: 1 LM) equally distributed.

The RAPY 200 spacer is sturdy, resistant and easy to place. Ideal for reinforced horizontal, vertical and sloped structures. The side and horizontal holes allow it to perfectly penetrate into the concrete. When flipped over, it can be used for insulation panels, floors and precast structures. On demand available at 1 metre.

Article

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

COLOURS

H mm

PLF 20R

20

PLF 25R

25

PLF 30R

30

PLF 40R

40

G - Grey standard

2 ML

spacers

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE length 2 LM - pack. 96 LM

RAPY 200

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

The spacer is made up of two 1 LM pieces joined together.

Maximum weight: 3000 kg a piece (bar lenght: 2 LM) equally distributed.

MULTIPIEDE Spacer for horizontal use for heavy reinforcement and meshes; it withstands heavy incidental weights and loads with great stability. GREY HD POLYETHYLENE bar length 50 cm H mm

DMP 15 (150 pc)

15

DMP 20 (100 Pc)

20

DMP 25 (100 pc)

25

DMP 30 (75 Pc)

30

DMP 35 (75 pc)

35

Maximum weight: 2.500 kg a piece (bar lenght: 50 cm) equally distributed.

*

COLOURS

spacers

Article

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

G - Grey standard

50 cm

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs.

259


TYPE

“PAV”

WHEEL

The circular spacer PAV is a patented and innovative product to resolve problems connected with the laying of spacers for electrically welded mesh, using rods of different diameter Ø 4-6-8-10-12 mm and thereby avoiding the purchase of other types of spacers for iron with larger diameter.

spacers for electrically welded mesh

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 2000 Pcs Article

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 1000 Pcs

Formwork Ø rod spacer mm mm

Article

Formwork Ø rod spacer mm mm

PPV 10

10

4/12

PPV 20

20

4/12

PPV 15

15

4/12

PPV 25

25

4/12

PPV 30

30

4/12

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 500 Pcs Article

Formwork Ø rod spacer mm mm

PPV 40

40

8/16

PPV 50

50

8/16

NEW PATENTED UNIVERSAL MODEL FOR RODS Ø 4/12 mm. The advantages of the new PAV range are as follows: 1st THE ONLY UNIVERSAL SPACER FOR 4 to 12 mm RODS. 2nd EASY TO INSERT. 3rd INNOVATIVE AND TECHNICAL DESIGN.

TYPE

“PAU”

TOWER

spacers for electrically welded mesh

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

The universal spacer PAU can be used either horizontally or vertically. Strong and resistant, it can bear heavy loads and is easy to fit. Recommended for cross application of wires in electro-welded or welded meshes.

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 3000 Pcs Article

Formwork Ø rod spacer mm mm

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - pack. 2000 Pcs Article

Formwork Ø rod spacer mm mm

PPU 10

10

4/12

PPU 20

20

4/12

PPU 15

15

4/12

PPU 25

25

4/12

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 1000 Pcs Article

Formwork Ø rod spacer mm mm

PPU 30

30

4/12

PPU 40

40

4/12

NEW STURDIER AND STRONGER MODEL.

260

The advantages of the new PAU range are as follows: 1st THE ONLY UNIVERSAL SPACER FOR 4 to 12 mm RODS. 2nd EASY TO INSERT. 3rd STURDY AND STRONG, IT WITHSTANDS HIGH LOADS LAYING INSTRUCTIONS.

Prices are referred to whole packs.


The CIRCULAR SPACER is for horizontal use with two removable circles for lightweight mesh. The circular spacer has been made with two large circles to occupy more space.

CIRCULAR

“PAD”

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

Article

COLOURS

spacers

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - with 2 circles pack. 250 Pcs Formwork spacer mm

PAD 15

15

PAD 20

20

G - Grey standard (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - with 2 circles pack. 200 Pcs Article

Formwork spacer mm

PAD 25

25

PAD 30

30

SPACER

FOR VERTICAL/HORIZONTAL MESH GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

SPACER for VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL MESHES. Complete with hooks fixing to mesh. Dimensions 210 x 95 mm.

H mm 10

DVO 15 (pack. 400 Pcs)

15

DVO 20 (pack. 300 Pcs)

20

DVO 25 (pack. 250 Pcs)

25

DVO 30 (pack. 250 Pcs)

30

DVO 35 (pack. 200 Pcs)

35

G - Grey standard (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

210

mm

DVO 10 (pack. 400 Pcs)

mm

95

Article

COLOURS

spacers

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE length 210 mm - width 95 mm

SPACER

FOR GLASS BRICK WHITE HD POLYETHYLENE

Article DSVT

COLOURS

spacers

WHITE HD POLYETHYLENE pack. 600 Pcs Thick mm 10

White (for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

10 mm

56 mm 10 mm

TYPE “DOPPY” WITH DOUBLE SLOT GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

With the DOPPY type SPACER WITH DOUBLE SLOT, two Ø 4 to 8 mm mesh reinforcements may be kept simultaneously at the same distance from the formwork.

Article PPY 15

mesh dist. L mm 100

25 mm

L 25 mm

spacers

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - for mesh up to Ø 8 mm pack. 500 Pcs

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - for mesh up to Ø 8 mm pack. 250 Pcs Article

Prices are referred to whole packs.

mesh dist. L mm

PPY 20

150

PPY 25

200

PPY 30

250

261


PROTECTIVE CAPS

FOR RODS FOR ADJACENT POURS HD POLYETHYLENE

The protective caps have been created to comply with the safety regulations as per Italian law 81/2008. They protect the end of the protruding rods, thereby preventing injury to operators. Two types for different diameters are available.

laying products

HD POLYETHYLENE - colour red pack 200 Pcs divided into two 100 Pcs bags Article

Ă˜ mm

PCPF 620

6/20

PCPF 1630

16/30

6:20 16:30

FLAT SPACER

FOR MOUNTING PREFABRICATED PANELS

laying products

HD POLYETHYLENE

HD POLYETHYLENE- size 170 x 95 mm - pack. 400 Pcs Article

Thick mm.

PPN 02

170 mm

2

HD POLYETHYLENE - size 170 x 95 mm - pack. 200 Pcs Article PPN 05

Thick mm. 5

HD POLYETHYLENE - size 170 x 95 mm - pack. 100 Pcs

95 mm

Article

Thick mm.

PPN 10

10

WEDGE SHIMS

laying products

HIGH STRENGTH PLASTIC

HIGH STRENGTH PLASTIC - standard colour grey pack. 100 Pcs

10 mm

Article 70 mm 29 mm

H mm

SAC 10

10

SAC 15

15

15 mm

100 mm 29 mm

262 Prices are referred to whole packs.


The PAX SPACER is a sturdy spacer used for horizontal mesh; its shape allows the use of Ø 10 / 16 mm mesh.

TYPE

“PAX”

STURDY

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

Article PPX 15

Formwork spacer mm 15

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 10/16 mm - pack. 1000 Pcs Article PPX 20 PPX 25 PPX 30 PPX 40

spacers for

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 10/16 mm - pack. 2000 Pcs

Formwork spacer mm 20 25 30 40

TYPE

Formwork spacer mm 15 20

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 4/6 mm - pack. 1000 Pcs Article PPK 25 PPK 30 PPK 40

Formwork spacer mm 25 30 40

electrically

Article PPK 15 PPK 20

PYRAMID

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

The PAK SPACER is a lightweight spacer used for horizontal and vertical mesh with a minimum supporting surface area. GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 4/6 mm - pack. 2000 Pcs

“PAK”

TYPE “PAT” LIGHTWEIGHT The PAT SPACER is a lightweight spacer used for mesh or rods placed horizontally; it guarantees stability and practicality in use. Article PPTL 15 PPTL 20

Formwork spacer mm 15 20

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 4/8 mm - pack. 2000 Pcs Article PPTL 25 PPTL 30

Formwork spacer mm 25 30

welded mesh

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 4/8 mm - pack. 3000 Pcs

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

TYPE “PAL” FOR FLOOR SLABS The PAL SPACER is a lightweight spacer used to join the iron mesh framework of floor slabs, maintaining the distance from the formwork. GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 6+5 mm - pack. 2000 Pcs Article PPO 15 PPO 20

Formwork spacer mm 15 20

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 6+5 mm - pack. 1000 Pcs Article PPO 25

Formwork spacer mm 25

TYPE “PAS” CHAIR The PAS SPACER is a sturdy spacer used for heavy reinforcement and large diameter rods. GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 0/28 mm - pack. 2000 Pcs divided into two 1000 Pc bags Article PPS 15 PPS 20 PPS 25

Formwork spacer mm 15 20 25

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 0/28 pack - conf. 1000 Pcs divided into two 500 Pc bags Article PPS 30 PPS 40 PPS 50

Formwork spacer mm 30 40 50

TYPE “PAG” CHAIR The PAG SPACER is a sturdy spacer used for heavy reinforcement and large diameter rods and is fitted with a hook for securing the rod. GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 0/28 mm - pack. 1000 Pcs Article PPG 15 PPG 20 PPG 25 PPG 30

Formwork spacer mm 15 20 25 30

GRAY HD POLYETHYLENE

GREY HD POLYETHYLENE - Ø rod 0/28 mm - pack. 500 Pcs Article PPG 40 PPG 50

Formwork spacer mm 40 50

263 Prices are referred to whole packs.


GASKETS FOR PRECAST FORMS gaskets for industrial precast forms

PVC / RUBBER PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 232 20 mm

15 mm

Article M 232

to be agreed

17 mm

*

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 233

6

Article

28 mm

M 233

15 mm

to be agreed

*

30 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 650 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 234 10

Article

29 mm 15 mm

31 mm

M 234 A

M 234

to be agreed

M 234 A

to be agreed

M 234 B

to be agreed

M 234 B

8

6

28 mm

12,5 mm

12,5 mm

* * *

26 mm

27 mm

29 mm

M 235

PVC / RUBBER - weight 980 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

10 14 mm

20 mm

Article M 235

to be agreed

52 mm

*

PVC / RUBBER - weight 270 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 236 17 mm

20 mm

Article

17 mm

M 236 A

M 236

to be agreed

M 236 A

to be agreed

M 236 B

to be agreed

M 236 B

12 mm

11,5 mm

15 mm

* * *

13,5 mm

11,5 mm

12 mm

M 237 18 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 510 g / LM length rolls 50 LM Article M 237

15 mm

to be agreed

*

48 mm

264

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed. Minimum order 50 LM.


GASKETS FOR PRECAST FORMS PVC / RUBBER PVC / RUBBER - weight 695 g / LM length rolls 50 LM Article M 238

to be agreed

*

gaskets for industrial precast forms

M 238

33 mm

8 15 mm

33 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 880 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 239

Article M 239

to be agreed

32 mm

6

*

15 mm

42 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 240

Article M 240

to be agreed

M 240 A

to be agreed

M 240 B

to be agreed

* * *

5

32 mm

15 mm

32 mm

M 240 A

M 240 B

26 mm

4

26 mm

3

13 mm

12,5 mm

30 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 241

Article M 241

to be agreed

6,5 mm

10

*

PVC / RUBBER - weight 695 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

50 mm

17 mm

M 242

12 mm

Article M 242

28,5 mm

to be agreed

*

23,5 mm

14,5 mm

33 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 630 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 243

Article M 243

to be agreed

*

10

32 mm 15 mm

35 mm

Minimum order 50 LM.

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

265


GASKETS FOR PRECAST FORMS gaskets for industrial precast forms

PVC / RUBBER PVC / RUBBER - weight 180-330 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 244 9 mm

Article 30 mm

M 244 A

M 244

to be agreed

M 244 A

to be agreed

7 mm

* *

22 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 245 12 mm

Article M 245

30 mm

to be agreed

*

PVC / RUBBER - weight 330 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 246 5 mm

Article

22 mm

M 246

9 mm

to be agreed

*

18,5 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 335 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 247 5 mm

Article

24 mm

M 247

9 mm

to be agreed

*

24 mm

M 248

PVC / RUBBER - weight 270 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 248 A 25 mm

15,5 mm

M 249

Article

22 mm

M 248

to be agreed

M 248 A

to be agreed

13 mm

4 mm

12 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 220 g / LM length rolls 50 LM Article M 249

25 mm

266

* *

*

to be agreed

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed. Minimum order 50 LM.


GASKETS FOR PRECAST FORMS PVC / RUBBER M 250

Article M 250

21 mm

*

to be agreed

8 mm 30 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 251

Article M 251

to be agreed

6

*

30 mm 15 mm

gaskets for industrial precast forms

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

30 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 252

Article M 252

to be agreed

8

*

30 mm 14 mm

30 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 253

Article M 253

to be agreed

10

*

32 mm 15 mm

30 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 254

Article M 254

to be agreed

6

*

30 mm 13,5 mm

29 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 255

Article M 255

to be agreed

*

16 mm

21 mm 50 mm

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Minimum order 50 LM.

267


GASKETS FOR PRECAST FORMS gaskets for industrial precast forms

PVC / RUBBER PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 256 22 mm

Article

30 mm

M 256

16 mm

to be agreed

*

42 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 257 21 mm

Article

27,5 mm

M 257

11,5 mm

to be agreed

*

36,5 mm

PVC / RUBBER length rolls 50 LM

M 258

10 mm

Article

20 mm

M 258

to be agreed

*

30 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 750 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 259

Article

20 mm

M 259

to be agreed

*

10 mm 48 mm

PVC / RUBBER - weight 350 g / LM length rolls 50 LM

M 260

Article

20 mm

M 260

12 mm

to be agreed

*

20 mm

268

*

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed. Minimum order 50 LM.


GAP-COVERING BALLOON SHEATH COEXTRUDED FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN

C 550 A

STAGE 1

C 550 B 7,5 mm

3,5 mm

C 550 C 7,7 mm

3,8 mm

5,2 mm

STAGE 2

C 550 E

C 550 G

10,1 mm

10,1 mm

6 mm

5,8 mm

C 550 7

C 550 8

13,2 mm

7 mm

Article

sheath W mm

disk thick mm

C 550 A..

3,5

2,4 (diamond)

C 550 B..

3,8

2,8 (diamond)

C 550 C..

5,2

3,2 (diamond)

C 550 E..

5,8

3,6/3,8 (diamond)

C 550 G..

6

4,2 (diam./sanding)

13,6 mm

10 mm

11,1 mm

9 mm

C 550 11

12 mm

pack. roll 250 LM

C 550 9

8 mm

C 550 10

For industrial floors - FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN

9,5 mm

C 550 12

12,6 mm

11 mm

14,5 mm

12 mm

MINIMUM QUANTITY 20 ROLLS = 5000 LM per colour and dimension. Available for every type of diamond and abrasive disk. For larger gaps - FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN

For larger gaps - FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN

pack. roll 200 LM Article

pack. roll 150 LM

sheath W mm

disk thick mm

sheath W mm

disk thick mm

C 550 7..

7

5/6

C 550 9..

Article

9

7/8

C 550 8..

8

6/7

C 550 10..

10

8/9

For larger gaps - FLEXIBLE VINYL RESIN

pack. roll 100 LM Article

sheath W mm

disk thick mm

C 550 11..

11

9/10

C 550 12..

12

10/11

The inserted joints have a wider upper flat part to cover the splintering of the floor created by the disk during cutting.

Available in the colours: G - Y - R - N - B. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: C 550 A... (chosen colour Grey) C 550 AG.

RESOLVES THE FOLLOWING PROBLEMS: - Perfectly covers the gap made with any type of disk and remains for a long time at floor level without sinking. - Thanks to the central semi-rigid shank, the sheath cannot contract in the joint areas. - When the disk is worn, the sheath need not be changed because it adapts to even the narrowest gaps. - Also available for larger gaps from 6 mm to 12 mm. - Very easy to lay.

COLOURS

G - Grey

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

Y - Yellow

Prices are referred to whole packs.

R - Red

N - Black

B - Blue

269


PAVIJOINT

PAVIJOINT is a rigid PVC profile with the upper part in elastic PVC/rubber, which absorbs the stress of the floor movements. Two T-irons are inserted inside the profile to strengthen it and to unite two short rods; through holes are also made for the rods 80 cm apart. The PAVIJOINT totally replaces the conventional aluminium beams used for shuttering the concrete cast, thereby avoiding demoulding of the cast and cutting of the joint with diamond-slitting disks in a delicate point such as construction joints.

construction joints for industrial floors

GRAY RIGID PVC FLOOR TYPE OF LAYING: example of laying for heights between 15 and 20 mm

PVJ 10

100

800

100 mm

POLYSTYRENE

FLANGES FOR SECURING THE CONCRETE

FLOOR SLAB TYPE OF LAYING: example of laying for height of 10 mm

SOFT PVC

RIGID PVC STRUCTURE

50

LEVELLING SURFACE

SUPPLIED WITH IRON REINFORCEMENT

COMPLETE PAVIJOINT - RIGID VINYL RESIN bar length 3,10 LM Article

H mm

PVJ 10

*

100

PHYSICAL-MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF RIGID PVC PROPERTIES Specific weight Tensile yield strength Ultimate tensile stress Ultimate tensile stress Flexural yield strength Flexing resistance Impact strength Softening temperature

U.M. gr/cm3 N/mm2 N/mm2 % N/mm2 N/mm2 J/m a 23°C Vicat°C

RESULTS 1.45 +/- 0.020 49 44 4% 94 3240 44 83 50N

METHOD ASTM=D 792 ASTM=D 638 ASTM=D 638 ASTM=D 638 ASTM=D 790 ASTM=D 790 ASTM=D 256 ASTM=D 1525

RESULTS 1.25 +/- 0.02 67 +/- 2 > 16 > 350

METHOD ISO 1183 ISO 868 ISO 527 ISO 27

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOFT PVC/RUBBER PROPERTIES Specific weight Hardness Ultimate tensile strength Ultimate elongation

U.M. gr/cm3 Sh A 15” N/mm2 %

LAYING ACCESSORIES GREY RIGID PVC PPD 20 / 22

PPT 20 / 22

RIBBED DISTANCE TUBE (to neutralise the short rods) RIGID PVC - bar length 2 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 50 LM Article PPD 20 PPD 22

Ø mm inside 20 22

PLUGS FOR FINNED TUBE - GREY HD POLYETHYLENE pack 2000 Pc divided into two 1000 Pcs bags Article PPT 20 PPT 22

Ø mm 20 22

CORNER JOINTS FOR SECURING PAVIJOINT - pack. 20 Pcs 270

SQBD

Article

* *

= Upon request, price and delivery time to be agreed.

Prices are referred to whole packs.


SHEATH LAYING TROLLEY

FOR INDUSTRIAL FLOORS

The SHEATH LAYING TROLLEY was designed to lay different sizes of bubble sheathing easily and correctly. It is supplied with the accessories indicated in the photo (except for the pliers).

laying products

SHEATH LAYING TROLLEY for INDUSTRIAL FLOORS with accessories (extra weight - slurry dragger)

pack. pallet

Article

SHEATH REEL

CPGC

SHEATH TENSIONING REGULATOR

START OF LAYING

EASY TO USE

GROUT DRAGGER FOR MORE CONTROLLED LAYING

ROLL-LIFTING FEET

EXTRA WEIGHT

LIGHTWEIGHT FOR MOBILITY

PLIERS HOLDING RING

EXTRA WEIGHT 22 KG. TOTAL WEIGHT 88 KG.

SLURRY DRAGGER

ROLL-LIFTING FEET DOUBLE GUIDE FOR ALL SIZES

DIAMOND-SLITTING DISKS FOR CUTTING GREEN CEMENT

DIAMOND-SLITTING DISKS FOR CUTTING GREEN CEMENT Ø inside 25,4 mm thick mm

Ø outside mm

DD 240

Article

2,4

305

DD 280

2,8

305

DD 2835

2,8

350

DD 3235

3,2

350

UPON REQUEST, DELIVERY TIME TO BE AGREED.

271 Prices are referred to whole packs.


â—? marketing and sales stand systems


EXPOSURE DISPLAY / WALL UNIT FOR SHOWROOM

EXPOSURE DISPLAY / WALL UNIT FOR SHOWROOM W 208 cm x H 240 cm Description

Article

Exposure display / wall unit

ESHPAN 250

18 Sample board PESP

PESP 1÷18

1 Display PROLEVELING SYSTEM

PNPLS

1 Bruchure display PROLEVELING SYSTEM

PBPLS

3 Finishes case:

• • •

PROJOLLY finishes case

COFPJ

PROJOLLY SQUARE finishes case

COFPJQ

PROTERMINAL finishes case

COFPT

2 Photo book

BOAM

1 Exposure display PROSHOWER with Design grid

PSHWDL 70 + PSHWD 70

10 Bruchures exposure with 10 brochures

ESPB = News 2015 available

274


SQUARE SHOW CASE WITH CONTAINERS FOR PROFILES FOR SHOW ROOM

SQUARE SHOW CASE width 40 cm x 40 cm - height 100 cm Article ESPQC

Complete with 4 profile containers, chosen among our 8 available samples. (see table below)

34X 2x

2x

4X

FRONT

CONTAINERS

REAR

AVAILABLE SAMPLES FOR 4 PROFILE CONTAINERS (only 4 choices are possible) Article

Description of samples

1

SKIRTING BOARDS - Proskirting Led, Proskirting, Proskirting ISP, Battiscopa Acc and All various heights and finishes.

2

JOINTS - Proflex all, Proflex Ott, Proflex Acc, Proflex Aln, GCAC, GCAL, GAC 40, GAC 20, Proflex Pvc, Proflex 05, Proflex ACC PR, Proflex 05PR, Prodilat.

3

STAIR NOSINGS PROFILES - Prostair, Prostair 50, Prostep, Prostyle 2610, Prostyle, Probrastep, Prostyle or Prostep, Proend Ins, Proend Grip.

4

PROFILES FOR LOW THICKNESS - Projollyquart, Projolly, Projollysquare, Proterminal, Proslider, Prostair KL, Profinlist, Proshell D, Proshell R, Prokerlam square, Proflex, Procover, Prointer.

5

DIVIDING / TRANSITION PROFILES - Proterminal Acc, Ott and All, Proelegant All and Ott, Profinal Acc, Ott Cromato and All, Prolevigal All, Projoint All.

6

TRANSITION PROFILES - Proshell Acc, Prointer Acc and All, Proround, Proseal, Prosguscio, Proslider, Procarpet Acc, Proedge Acc-All-Ott, Probord, Propress, Prolevall.

7

THRESHOLD - JOINT COVER PROFILES - Procover All, Acc and Ott, Proplate, Prosol Acc and All, Proleval 25-35-38, Proplate alz.

8

PROFILES FOR LAMINATE, PARQUET AND CARPETED FLOORS - Sol 40P, Zerocurve, Terminal Pin, Style Stair, Wood shell, Terminal, Proparquet, Sol 30, Zerocurve. 275


ROTATING DISPLAY EXPOSURE STAND

ROTATING DISPLAY EXPOSURE STAND FOR SHOW ROOM (with 18 sample boards) - diameter 81 cm - height 224 cm

for SHOW ROOM

Article ESPGSM18

The rotating display allows to exposed 18 removable boards with images of different settings.

3

1

2

224 cm

81 cm

SMALL EXPOSURE STAND (with 4 sample boards) width 33 cm - depth 50 cm - height 60 cm

TROLLEY (with 18 sample boards) width 50 cm - depth 35 cm - height 63 cm

Article

Article

CURAS

TRAG18

It allows to expose 4 easily removable boards at your choice. (On the order write the number of the 4 chosen boards PESP ..., see on page 277)

276

(On the order write the number of the 12 chosen boards PESP ..., see on page 277)

For more details see page 277


SAMPLE BOARD

SAMPLE BOARD width 30 cm - height 56 cm Article PESP 1/ 2/ 3/ 4/ 5/ 6/ 7/ 8/ 9/ 10/ 11/ 12/ 13/ 14/ 15/ 16/ 17/ 18

For the composition of the display ESPGSM and CURAS, choose the boards you wish with the reference number.

Sample board n° 1 Projolly Square, Profinlist, Prolistel, Procanal

Sample board n° 2 Projolly Square, Prolistel, Profinlist

Sample board n° 3 Projolly, Projolly Quart, Prointer, Proterminal

Sample board n° 4 Probord, Proedge, Proshell, Prosguscio, Proround, Probath, Proseal, Protop, Prokerlam

Sample board n° 5 Proterminal, Profinal , Proelegant, Prolevigal, Procanal, Projoint, Proangle, Proflat

Sample board n° 6 Proslider, Procarpet, Proskid, Proslider, Procover, Propress, Proplate

Sample board n° 7 Prosol, Prolevall, Protrans, Pronivo, Promoquette, Proflor, Prolinoleum, Pronivo

Sample board n° 8 Prostair, Prostyle, Prostep, Protermstep, Probrastep,

Sample board n° 9 Prostyle, Prowalk, Proend, Prostair, Tube and Accessories

Sample board n° 10 Proflex, Prodilat, Adhesiv-laid Joint, Mortar-laid Joint

Sample board n°11 Proexpan, GNS, GDA, Proplate

Sample board n° 12 Profoil, Prodeso, Prodrain 10, Proband, Proband BU, Proband Koll, Proband Fix Prodrip, Proterrace

Sample board n° 13 Proterrace

Sample board n° 114 Skirting 40/ 60/ 80/ 100

Sample board n° 15 Proskirting, Giled, Shell, Led, Flat, INS, ISP, Channel, Line

Sample board n° 16 SOL 40P, Terminal Pin, Zero Curve, Wood Shell, Style Stair, Terminal, SOL 30, Profixer Line, SOL 50, Proscrew

Sample board n° 17 Sample board n° 18 Curve Profiles - Proterminal, Trinagular Chamfer, Projolly, Profinal, Proslider, Rapy 100/200, Ribbed Distance, Procover, Proelegant, Terminal Rouded Trinagular Chamfer, Do it yourself profiles - Tube, Prodistanz, Waterstop, Corner, Canal, Flat, Snape-on Strand, PAU/PAV spacers Curve Profile 277


ESPPLS 80

NEW DISPLAYS

DISPLAY PROLEVELING SYSTEM

Article

PNPLS

ESPPLS 40 ESPPLS 80 ESPBLSH PNPLS (2 Pcs) PBPLS (with 50 Pcs) PNPSR (80 x 57 cm) BPLSE (50 Pcs) PNPLSA3 (29,7 x 42 cm )

EXHIBITION BOARD PBPLS

ESPPLS 40

DISPLAY PROLEVELING SYSTEM

PNPSR

PNPLSA3

PROLISTEL width 30 cm - height 38 cm Article

PESPPLT

SKIRTING/BASEBOARD width 30 cm - height 38 cm Article

PESPBT

PESPPLT15

PESPPK

PESPPLTP

PESPPKCH

COUNTER DISPLAY PROLISTEL + SKIRTINGBOARDS

ESPBLSH

PESPPLT

PESPPLT15

PESPPLTP

278

PESPBT

PESPPK

PESPPKCH


CATALOGUE

GENERAL CATALOGUE / PRICE LIST

CATALOGUE PRODESO HEAT SYSTEM

CATALOGUE PROSHOWER SYSTEM

CATALOGUE PRODESO SYSTEM

Article

Article

Article

Article

CAT2015E

CATDESHE 14

CATDESI 14

CATPSW14E

4

CATALOGUE PROLED SYSTEM

COUNTER DISPLAY FOR BROCHURES with 10 brochures

PHOTO BOOK

Article

Article

CATPLEDE

BOAM

Article ESPB

BROCHURE Article BR2014E

PROJOLLY FINISHES CASE Article COFPJ

PROJOLLY SQUARE FINISHES CASE Article

COFPJ COFPJQ COFPT

COFPJ

COFPT

COFPJQ

COFPJQ

PROTERMINAL FINISHES CASE Article COFPT

PROFILES RANGE / LOW THICKNESS JOINTS RANGE PROJOLLY and/or PROJOLLY ECO RANGE PROJOLLY MARBLE and/or PROJOLLY MARBLE ECO

COLOUR RANGE

Article COLBS COLPJ COLPJM COLPJQ COLPJQT COLPJ COLPJM

COLBS

SPACERS DISPLAY (accessories excluded) Article ESPD

ESPD

● prodotti e accessori per la posa DISTANZIATORI A CROCE E MEZZA CROCE

1

Art.

Conf.

RC 1

250 Pz.

2

Art.

Conf.

RC 2

250 Pz.

3

Art.

Conf.

RC 3

250 Pz.

4

Art.

Conf.

RC 4

250 Pz.

5

Art.

Conf.

RC 5

250 Pz.

7

Art.

Conf.

RC 7

250 Pz.

10

Art.

Conf.

Art.

Conf.

Art.

Conf.

Art.

Conf.

Art.

Conf.

Art.

Conf.

Art.

Conf.

RT 1

250 Pz.

RT 2

250 Pz.

RT 3

250 Pz.

RT 4

250 Pz.

RT 5

250 Pz.

RT 7

250 Pz.

RT 10

250 Pz.

scatole da 20000 Pz.

scatole da 15000 Pz.

scatole da 15000 Pz.

scatole da 15000 Pz.

scatole da 15000 Pz.

scatole da 10000 Pz.

Art.

Conf.

RC 10

250 Pz.

scatole da 5000 Pz.

CUNEI DI LIVELL. 0-7 mm

Art.

Conf.

PCU 5

500 Pz.

scatole da 10000 Pz.

279


EXPOSURE DISPLAY PROTERRACE

Front

EXPOSURE DISPLAY PROSHOWER SYSTEM for SHOWROOM

Back

EXPOSURE DISPLAY PROTERRACE WITH 5 BROCHURE

Front

Article ESPTER BROCHURE PROTERRACE

PROSKIRTING GILED

Back Front

Back

PROSKIRTING GILED PANEL width 70 cm - height 92 cm

EXPOSURE DISPLAY PROSHOWER SYSTEM FOR SHOWROOM (WITH PROSHOWER BASE L + SET OF AVAILABLE GRIDS) - width 100 cm x 36 cm - height 73 cm

Article

Article

ESPGLED

ESPSHW 70 +(COLGPSHW 70)

PROSKIRTING LED

SET OF AVAILABLE GRIDS

Switched off

Switched on

Back of proskirting led board

COLOUR RANGE WOOD FINISHES

PROSKIRTING LED PANEL (accessories excluded) - width 70 cm - height 92 cm Article ESPLED

Article TUBLAM CCOLL

280

Profiles for laminate, parquet and carpeted floors


PROPOSAL 01 - placement of marketing materials and sales support materials in a showroom

PROPOSAL 02 - placement of marketing materials and sales support materials in a showroom

281


PROPOSAL 03 - placement of marketing materials and sales support materials in a showroom

PROPOSAL 04 - placement of marketing materials and sales support materials in a showroom

282


PEP

EXPOSURE DISPLAY “PEP” (accessories excluded) width 100 cm - depth 50 cm - height 230 cm Article PEP

230 cm

12-18 divider

50 cm 100 cm

PEPINS

PEPINSP

EXPOSURE DISPLAY “PEPINS” (accessories excluded) width 100 cm - depth 50 cm - height 230 cm

EXPOSURE DISPLAY “PEPINSP” (accessories excluded) width 100 cm - depth 50 cm - height 230 cm

Article PEPINS

Article PEPINSP

230 cm

12-18 divider

230 cm

12-18 divider

50 cm 100 cm 50 cm 100 cm

283


ESPSP

EXPOSURE DISPLAY “ESPSP” (accessories excluded) width 100 cm - depth 75 cm - height 240 cm Article ESPSP

240 cm

75 cm 100 cm

ESPF

ESPF 2

EXPOSURE DISPLAY “ESPF” (accessories excluded) width 100 cm - depth 28 cm - height 81 cm

EXPOSURE DISPLAY “ESPF 2” (accessories excluded) width 100 cm - depth 56 cm - height 81 cm

Article

Article

ESPF

ESPF 2

ESPF

81 cm

100 cm

56 cm

284


PROGRESS PROFILES IN THE WORLD

285


TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE 1) The prices in the list do not include VAT. 2) Minimum order

The minimum order value required for orders to be accepted is Euro ........... All orders lower than .......... Euro will incur in an additional charge of .......... Euro for incidental costs.

3) Transportation and shipping terms

Orders higher than Euro 100,00 will be shipped DDP (delivered duty paid) except for orders where the Buyer has explicitly requested the express service; in that case an extra charge will be applied (regardless of the value of the order) and calculated according to the weight and the volume of the ordered goods and the distance of the place of shipment. This charge will appear on the proforma invoice. For orders lower than Euro ............ a flat-rate charge will be applied on the invoice depending on the region in which the buyer is located. All orders lower than Euro ........... will incur in an additional charge of Euro ............. for administrative costs. Delivery times indicated in the proforma invoice will not be considered binding but only an estimate. Seller cannot be considered liable for delayed shipments relating to causes not under its responsibility and/or caused by exceptional events like strikes, traffic blocks, traffic accidents or extreme weather conditions which don’t allow the delivery of the goods within the estimated terms.

4) Complaints and return of goods

The Buyer assumes all risk for loss or damage of the goods during transportation, even if the goods have been sold DDP. Any complaints concerning the condition of the packaging, the quantity, the number or the exterior characteristics of the products must, on pain of expiry, be notified immediately to the transporter on the delivery note and within 7 days also to Progress Profiles by registered letter with advice of delivery. Any complaints relating to defects in material and/or workmanship, not detectable after a careful examination at the time of delivery, must be notified to Progress Profiles by letter with advice of delivery, on pain of expiry, within seven days from the discovery of the defect and in any case not over 3 months from the delivery date. Complaints which do not follow the above procedure will not be taken into consideration. Complaints or disputes do not give Buyer any right to suspend or delay due payments to Progress Profiles. If a complaint is considered valid and justified, the Buyer will have the right only to the substitution of the product judged faulty by Progress Profiles, and the faulty product will be accepted in return by Progress Profiles only in original, complete and undamaged packages. Progress Profiles reserves to itself the right to examine the quantity and quality of the returned goods and to acknowledge only the quantity detected by Progress Profiles’s personnel in charge of inspecting the returned goods, regardless of what is quoted on the delivery note. Every other request for returns not depending on complaints will be assessed and accepted exclusively at discretion of Progress Profiles, which in those cases reserves to itself the right to charge goods return costs including shipping and administration costs.

5) First order

Unless otherwise expressly agreed, payments will be requested in advance.

6) Payments

Payments must be made in compliance with the terms and conditions stated on the proforma invoice and/or the invoice. Delayed payments In case of overdue invoices, Progress Profiles will have the right to suspend deliveries until those same invoices have been paid and also to cancel at its own discretion any contractual agreement entered in with the buyer.

7) Outstanding bills

In case of outstanding bills, arrears’ interests will be charged at the current bank rate, starting from the expiry date of the outstanding payment. Any payment made without inclusion of the above mentioned additional charges caused by outstanding amounts will result in the revision of agreed discount and sale terms.

8) Terms of property (Art.1523 C.C.)

Shipped goods are property of Progress Profiles until these have been fully paid for. Failure to comply, even if only partially, with the terms of payment agreed upon, allows Progress Profiles, all other possibilities for compensation remaining open to it, to recover shipped goods, even if already passed on to a third party. The buyer will be considered liable for any damage to the material caused by improper storage or negligence. The buyer has in this case all obligations of a deposit. In no event shall Progress Profiles be held responsible for material damages caused by or following the installation of the shipped goods.

9) Warranty and material/workmanship defects

Progress Profiles commits itself to amending any kind of defect, lack of quality or conformity of the products attributable to it, occurred within 3 months from the products’ shipment, as long as that was promptly notified to Progress Profiles in accordance with paragraph nr. 4 “complaints and returns”. In case of defects recognized as such by Progress Profiles, the buyer has only the right to the replacement of the product. The foregoing warranty is exclusive of all other warranties provided for by the law and shall be the buyer’s sole remedy and seller’s sole liability on contract or warranty or otherwise for the product. The products may not be returned to Seller without first obtaining Seller’s consent. The Seller does not guarantee the correspondence of the products to specific particularities or technical features, or their suitability for particular uses if not inasmuch as those characteristics haven been explicitly agreed upon in the contract. The Seller will not be considered responsible for damages that the buyer, or third parties in connection with him, affirm to have suffered through the use of the products if it will be ascertained that those damages do not depend on the quality or intrinsic features of the products but on the purchase choice and use of the buyer.

10) Express delivery

On customer’s request we can send the goods by express courier. The extra charge for this service will be clearly written on the purchase order confirmation.

PROGRESS PROFILES

286


Progress Profiles SpA Via Le Marze 7 31011 ASOLO (TV) Italy

Tel. +39 0423 950398 Fax +39 0423 950979

Azienda certificata UN EN ISO 9001:2008

P.I. IT 03481880262 - R.E.A. TV 27531 C.F. e Iscr. Reg.Impr. TV 03481880262 Cap. soc. € 120.000,00 i.v. N. Meccanografico TV 44685

ORDER No. on,

20

Sale with retention of ownership made according to the conditions established in the terms of sale herebelow CUSTOMER CODE

AGENT CODE

AREA MANAGER

Company

Agent

Street

Payment Zip Code

District

ABI

Bank

Province

Agency

e@mail

Delivery

VAT No.

Notes

Tel.

COMM.

CAB

Fax CODE

DESCRIPTION

U.M.

QUANTITY

UNIT PRICE

DISC. %

Terms of sale: 1) Dispatch at cost price - 2) Orders are always “SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE MANUFACTURER”. - 3) In the event of refusal of the goods after 7 days have elapsed from the date of order, the customer is obliged to pay 30% of the total amount. Retention of ownership: 1) Sale is made with retention of ownership by Progress Profiles until full payment of the price, in accordance with sections 1523 ut seq. of the Italian Civil Code - 2) Failure to pay even one instalment shall entitle Progress Profiles, among other things, to take back the goods and to withhold the paid instalments by way of compensation for damage, all and any objection being forthwith excluded. Should collection of the goods and withholding of the paid instalments not compensate for the damage caused to Progress Profiles, the latter shall have the right to take action in respect of the difference. - 3) The sole place of jurisdiction for any dispute, in accordance with section 28 of the Italian Code of Civil Procedure, will be that of Progress Profiles. A charge is made for late payment, whatever the reason, at the bank interest rate of 2.50% a month, which the customer undertakes to accept with the signing hereof. With our signature we declare that we have perused the foregoing terms of sale and in particular specifically approve the clauses: 1) Terms of sale. - 2) Retention of ownership. - 3) Termination of the agreement and the consequences thereof. - 4) Chosen place of jurisdiction Law Court of Treviso.

Stamp and signature in acceptance

info@progressprofiles.com • www.progressprofiles.com 287


WATCH OUT FOR DAMAGE OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT IN PRESENCE OF THE CARRIER

1

1. Verify whether the number of packages corresponds to the number indicated in the transport documents

2

2. Verify the state of the outer packaging and on the carrier bulletin write: “accepted with reserve” specifying the type of anomaly

3

3. Open the packaging and verify the goods

4

4. Fill in the “n.c. resolution form” (see next page)

5

5. Send the “n.c. resolution form” and a copy of the reserve made to the carrier to fax number +39 0423 950979 or by e-mail to: info@progressprofiles.com

In the event of damage or any other anomaly, if no reserve has been specified on the transport document, you will not be entitled to any compensation. The reserve is a right enshrined in the Civil Code (art. 1688). 288


Progress Profiles SpA Via Le Marze 7 31011 ASOLO (TV) Italy

Tel. +39 0423 950398 Fax +39 0423 950979

P.I. IT 03481880262 - R.E.A. TV 27531 C.F. e Iscr. Reg.Impr. TV 03481880262 Cap. soc. € 120.000,00 i.v. N. Meccanografico TV 44685

Azienda certificata UN EN ISO 9001:2008

IN THE CASE OF COMPLAINT, SEND A FAX TO No. +39 0423 950 979 or E-MAIL: info@progressprofiles.com

FORM FOR NON-CONFORMING MATERIAL - PART A Please fully complete this form

Business name:

Bank details:

Customer Name

Bank

Street District

Zip Code

ABI

Agency Account No°

Province

CAB

e@mail VAT No. Tel.

Fax

Reason for complaint:

Dispatch references: Preform Invoice

damaged material

Material non-conforming in:

ORD. N°

Date

missing material quality

Name of carrier

quantity

Description of material Cod. / Article

Description

U.M.

Quantity

Return of goods (at same time as next delivery) Sending of material (at same time as next delivery)

Date and place

Signature of agent in confirmation

Signature of customer in acceptance

289


Guide to consultation application example

description

finish

SOL 40P Self-adhesive is a joint/threshold cover profile in aluminium covered with film in 30 wood-effect finishes, which is highly resistant to pedestrian traffic, wear, UV rays and commonly used floor cleaning products. Easy to lay and to match with any wood finish; the surface has an open pore embossed finish. Recommended for covering joints between floors in laminate, wood, ceramic tiles, etc.

name

type of profile

SOL 40P SELF-ADHESIVE ALUMINIUM 30 WOOD FINISHES

L mm

E/LM

E/Pc

40

12,75

34,43

PNSP... 40 PA scale 1:1

L 40 mm

H 2,8 mm

TWO-SIDED ADHESIVE

ALUMINIUM COVERED (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE SELF thermo packed - bar length 0,90 LM - 20 Pcs PACK

examples and instructions for laying methods

Available in the finisH 004W - 05W - 06W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 13W - 18W - 21W - 25W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PNSP... 40 PA (chosen finish Dark beech) PNSP04W 40 PA.

Article

L mm

PNSP.. 409 PAS

40

E/LM

E/Pc 13,01

ALUMINIUM COVERED (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE SELF thermo packed - bar length 1 LM - 20 Pcs PACK Article

L mm

PNSP.. 4010 PAS

40

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

E/LM

E/Pc 14,26

PROCOVER WOOD is a joint-cover profile in aluminium covered with a very strong film available in 10 wood finishes. It is applied at the end of laying two adjoining floors with the same height, having left a 6 - 24 mm gap between the two floors set in a thin bed of adhesive. It protects the outside edges of the floor/covering. It is easy to lay and attractive. The design of the profile with lower vertical arrowhead part allows excellent anchorage with the silicone/adhesive.

1. Choose the adhesive SOL 40 in the required finish. 2. Cut the profile to the required length and clean, degrease and dry the surface, checking that the temperature for application is at least 15°. 3. Remove the protective paper from the adhesive and lay the profile correctly applying a uniform vertical pressure by hand without moving the profile and without using iron/steel hammers.

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES

H 9 mm

26 mm

H 9 mm

EXAMPLES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR LAYING METHODS

Article

available finishes

L x H mm

E/LM

E/Pc

14 x 9

6,06

16,36

PCRA... 269

26 x 9

10,89

29,40

COLOURS

Available in the wood finishes: 04W - 05W - 07W - 08W - 09W - 10W - 11W - 28W - 29W - 30W. The code of the selected colour must be added to the article code. E.g.: PCRA... 149 (chosen finish Dark beech) PCRA04W 149. 1. Choose the “PROCOVER’’ with the width suitable for the gap between the two floors to be joined, taking into consideration 2/3 mm side lap. 2. Fill the gap with single-pack silicone or with the adhesive used for laying the floor. 3. Bury the profile into the adhesive, making sure that both side laps of the profile rest on the coverings to be joined.

(for a precise assessment of colours and finishes, see the relative enclosed sheet)

04W - Dark beech

05W - Light oak (strip)

07W - Light cherry (strip)

08W - Dark cherry (board)

09W - Red walnut (merbau-apple-walnut)

10W - Wengè (panga-panga - wengè)

11W - Decapè bleached

28W - Aspen oak

29W - White oak

30W - Grey oak

threshold - joint-cover profiles

14 mm

PCRA... 269 scale 1:1

PCRA... 149

technical information, codes, dimensions and prices

PROCOVER WOOD PCRA... 149 scale 1:1

ALUMINIUM 10 WOOD FINISHES thermo packed - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

technical drawings

profiles for laminate, parquet and carpeted floors

Article PNSP.. 40 PA

threshold - joint-cover profiles

ALUMINIUM COVERED (30 wood finishes) with ADHESIVE thermo packed - width 40 mm - bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 40 Pcs - 108 LM

= News 2015

PROCOVER INSERT

VINYL RESIN / BLACK RUBBER

Vinyl resin/rubber profile “U-form” for inserting PROCOVER with PINBFT 45 or PINBFT 40 Proinsert System base. VINYL RESIN / RUBBER length 2,7 LM and/or in rolls Article PCPCR

PROINSERT BASE 45 and BASE 40 - ALU. PUNCHED/PERFORED bar length 2,7 LM - pack. 20 Pcs - 54 LM E/LM

E/roll

3,07

8,29

width mm

E/LM

E/Pc

PINBFT 45

45

4,88

13,18

PINBFT 40

Article

40

4,82

13,01

PCRA... 149/1499/209/269 + INS +BASE 45/40 scale 1:1 PINBFT 45

PROCOVER FOR H. MIN. 9 mm MAX. 12 mm

45 mm

PINBFT 40

PCPCR BASE PINBFT 40/ PINBFT 45

40 mm

221 Prices are referred to whole packs. 10% increase for minimum orders of 10 pcs. 20% increase for orders of less than 10 pcs.

accessories

technical information, codes, dimensions and prices

technical drawings

page

Code composition example regarding metal profile:

example regarding plastic profile:

P L S O L 308F S base code

chosen finish

height or width

self pack perforated

290

P E G 25 - 01A base code

height or width

adhesive chosen colour

example regarding painted aluminium profile:

P E G A 25 - 01A base code

height or width aluminium

adhesive chosen colour


SELF PACK and ECO BLISTER LAYING INSTRUCTIONS The SELF PACK range consists of blister profiles with adhesive labels with all the explanations for the interpretation of technical information regarding our profiles (code, length, finish, etc.). In the perforated version, screws and plugs are included. The ECO BLISTER range consists of blister profiles without explanation label but provided only with an EAN barcode. In the perforated version, screws and plugs are not included. Both have 4 colours to identify the 4 types of profiles (blue for window sill covers, red for fitting terminals, yellow for step covers, and beige for the proinsert system).

SE

LF

PA C

K SE

LF

PA C

THRESHOLDCOVER PROFILES

K

Prosol Proplate Prolevall

EC

OB

LIS

TE

R

TRANSITION PROFILES

Prolevall 29/33/305 Proskid Propress 712 Profloor Promoquette Promoquette Fix

STEP NOSING

PROINSERT SYSTEM

Proend Grip Sol 30 self-adhesive Proend Ins Zero Curve self-adhesive Proend Profixer Line System Prowalk Sol 40P Tube for runners Terminal Pin Progrip Zero Curve Terminal

Photos

Article Size Code Fixing system Profile length Material Finishes

EAN Code

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS: SELF-ADHESIVE

1) Clean the adhesion area. The surface must be dry, dust free, grease free, and nonfriable. 2) Remove the protective paper. 3) Lay the profile and press evenly on the entire length.

LAYING INSTRUCTIONS: WITH SCREWS/PLUGS

1) Drill holes in the floor taking care that they match the holes on the profile. 2) Insert the plugs in the holes. 3) Tighten the profile.

291


292


Finished product and raw materials features STAINLESS STEEL:

The steel profiles are realised through cold shaping of constant thickness sheets, therefore, differentiating from the corresponding version in aluminium and brass realised by hot extrusion, despite maintaining the applicative and dimensional features. The stainless steel is efficiently resistant to mechanical stresses, particularly suitable in the chemical, food, hospital sector for responding to hygienic, duration and resistance to chemical agents requisites. Normally produced with Polished finish, it is possible to realise a brushed finish that is implemented with the partial removal of material using nylon fibre and quartz rotary brushes that confer a brushed/satin matt look to the surface, without altering its features. The ultra-glossy finish happens by means of special brushes to create mirror polished finishes. Produced in different chemical compositions, below are the main features: AISI 430 304 316L

DIN 1,4016 1,4301 1,4404

*C 0,10 0,06 0,03

Cr 16,0÷18,0 18,0÷20,0 16,0÷18,0

Ni 8,0÷10,5 11,0÷13,0

*Si 1,0 1,0 1,0

*Mn 1,0 2,0 2,0

Mo 2,0÷2,5

* Maximum admitted values

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 430 – EN X 8 CR 17 – DIN 1.4016:

Chromium stainless steel forming part of the FERRITE category, despite being considered stainless it can easily be stained in presence of particularly aggressive products, and be contaminated by oxidising generated by other materials.

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 – EN X 5 CRNI 18 10 – DIN 1.4301:

Nickel/chromium stainless steel forming part of the AUSTENITIC category is the most diffused and used alloy in the manufacturing of products with highly technical and performing features. Highly resistant to most chemical products it can superficially stain or darken; a normal polishing (e.g. sidol/smac) product is sufficient to give it back its original state. In presence of oxidising stains in the Brushed/satin version due to the brushes, simply use a wirewool.

STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316 – EN X 2 CRNIMO 17 12 – DIN 1.4404:

Stainless steel AISI 316 is part of the AUSTENITIC category that is characterised by the internal presence of Molybdenum besides Nickel-Chromium. this features confers an excellent resistance of the material in limit conditions, which the presence of Chlorine and Salt.

BRASS:

The brass profiles are characterised by a high resistance to mechanical stresses making it particularly suitable in heavy traffic applications like, for example, industrial applications with frequent pedestrian crossings. The brass is resistant to the main chemical agents intervening in ceramic coating applications. The surface of the profile, in presence of humidity or particularly aggressive agents, can show superficial oxidising phenomenon that can be removed by using a normal polishing product (e.g. Sidol and Smac). The profiles can be realised by means of hot extrusion and cold shaping of constant thickness sheets. EXTRUSION ALLOY Cu Zn 43 Pb2 Al **Cu% 55-57

*Pb% 1,6-3

** Indicative values

*Sn% 0,30

*Fe% 0,30

EN 12167 *Ni% 0,30

CW 624N **Al% 0,05-0,5

LAMINATING ALLOY Cu Zn 37 Other% 0,2

Zn% Remainder

* Maximum admitted values

**Cu% 67

*Pb% 0,1

** Indicative values

*Fe% 0,1

EN 1652 Zn% Remainder

CW 508L Impurity% 0,30

* Maximum admitted values

POLISHED BRASS:

The polished finish is realised with special machines with springs/brushes that mechanically polish the surface without altering the intrinsic features of the material. A partial darkening of the surface in presence of oxidising materials is a phenomenon that can be contrasted using normal polishing products (e.g. Sidol and Smac).

CHROMIUM BRASS:

The finish is obtained by beams of galvanic process that confers a brilliant look similar to the ultra-glossy stainless steel. The treatment confers an excellent aesthetical look, excellent resistance to chemical aggressions but limited resistance to mechanical superficial impacts and persistent abrasion.

293


ALUMINIUM:

Primary alloy suitable for complex extrusions, it is highly resistant and has excellent superficial finish at natural state making it ideal for successive finishing processes: Anodising, Polishing, Painting. Hot hardened and tempered it reaches a Brinnel Hp hardness degree around 70 kg/mm2. Aluminium ALLOY Mg 0,7 Si 0,4 *Cu% 0,10

*Mn% 0,10

*Zn% 0,15

*Ti% 0,10

Conventional Designation: P-Al Mg Si *Cr% 0,10

Si% 0,3-0,6

Mg% 0,35-0,6

*Fe% 0,1-0,3

UNI 3569-66

UNI 6060

Al% Remainder

* Maximum admitted values

TILTEX & ANODISED ALUMINIUM:

Anodic oxidation process against corrosion from atmospheric agents not combined with galvanic processes. The profiles are treated with preventive processes making them evenly matt. They are subsequently coloured by means of electro-chemical oxidation in the standard Silver, Gold, Bronze, Sand, Champagne colours with a thickness of about 15-20 micron. The Anodised Copper and Titanium finishes are firstly superficially polished and, subsequently, subjected to the above process. All TILTEX finishes are firstly subjected to a special superficial brushing and, subsequently, to the above process.

BRUSHED & POLISHED ALUMINIUM:

It is made of a special preventive mechanical-chemical polishing treatment and subsequent anodic bath in Chrome and Gold colours. The obtained profiles maintain the same resistance to corrosion features of the anodised profiles, but with a brilliant aesthetical aspect, making them similar to the polished surfaces. The Polished Copper and Titanium finishes are firstly subjected to superficial polish and, subsequently, to the above process. All BRUSHED finishes are subjected to a special superficial brushing and, subsequently, to the above process.

THERMOPLASTIC VINYL RESIN:

PAINTED ALUMINIUM:

The painting process is made of a chromium phosphate-based pre-treatment, of an electrostatic polyester-powder based paint with highly resistant features to U.V. rays and to atmospheric agents. The coating thickness covers the entire profile surface having an average thickness of approx. 50-70 micron. A hot mesh polymerisation process is also carried out for maximum guarantee of the chemical-mechanical resistance.

RVC: Co-extruded thermoplastic Vinyl Resin for co-extrusion:

Primary resin with chemical composition similar to RVA is characterised by a high resistance and optimised compatibility with regard to long-lasting adherence with plasticised resins used in the co-extrusion process, meaning the permanent joining of two materials with different degrees of Shore hardness. FEATURES Specific weight Hardness Breaking load Elongation at Break Stiffening temperature

RVA: Rigid thermoplastic shockproof non toxic Vinyl Resin:

Purposely studied material for optimising the performing features of rigid profiles for permanent application, both indoor and outdoor, with aesthetical and longlasting requirements. Realised starting from primary pigments and resin, their PVC composition makes it suitable for a high range of applications up to a temperature of +50/60°C. The raw material used guarantees excellent resistance to U.V. rays, to limited chemical impacts and stagnation of fungus and bacteria. FEATURES Specific weight Rockwell Hardness VICAT Point Tensile strength at break Elongation at Break IZOD Resistance with Cut Yielding strength point Flammability Reaction to UV Rays

TEST ASTM D 792 ASTM D 785 ISO 306 ASTM D 638 ASTM D 638 ASTM D 256 ASTM D 638 UL 94 -

UNIT OF MEASURE gr/cm3 °C Mpa % J/m Mpa CLASS -

INDICATIVE VALUE 1,43 +-0,02 108 83,7 50 100 60 48 VO EXCELLENT RESISTANCE

RVF: Flexible Non-toxic Vinyl Resin (plasticised thermoplastic):

Same chemical features of RVC with which it is perfectly compatible in the COEXTRUSION process used by ourselves in most of the dilatation, fitting joints. Thanks to the nature of the used plasticisers, the material maintains its own essential flexible features in time. FEATURES Specific weight Hardness Breaking load Elongation at Break Thermal stability at 200°C Apparent Rigidity Module Cold Flex temperature

294

TEST CEI 20-34 ISO 868 ISO 527 ISO 527 ISO 182 ISO R 458 ISO R 458

UNIT OF MEASURE gr/cm3 Sh-A N/mm2 % min. Mpa C°

INDICATIVE VALUE 1,24 +-02 70 +-2 >_ 13 300 25 310 -30

TEST ISO 1183 ISO 868 ISO 527 ISO 527 ISO 1183

UNIT OF MEASURE gr/cm3 Sh-A Mpa % °C

INDICATIVE VALUE 1,40 +-0.5 75+/-2 > 18 > 350 -40 +/- 2

EPDM and NEOPRENE vulcanised rubber:

The vulcanised rubber is a modified mix of EPDM and NEOPRENE of Grey or Black colour: below are the particular features: Excellent mechanical properties in a working temperature interval from –35°C t + 100°C; Resistance to aqueous, oily and hydrocarbon fluids. Low permanent deformation with compression and pulling. Excellent resistance to ageing. Excellent resistance to dynamic fatigue and laceration. The intrinsic features of the material make it particularly suitable in the realisation of profiles where high stresses in time are requested, both indoor and outdoor. FEATURES Specific weight

TEST DIN 53420

UNIT OF MEASURE gr/cm3

INDICATIVE VALUE 1,21

Hardness

DIN 53505

Shore A

60 +-3

RESISTANCE TO CORROSIVE AGENTS:

Below is the indicative resistance towards the main diluted chemical agents and elements. Normally, the PVC products must never come into contact with Aromatic hydrocarbons, Ketones and Esters. For further information on the materials write to our technical department. CORROSIVE AGENT Weak acids reaction Weak acids reaction Reaction to alcohol, aliphatic hydrocarbons, oils Reaction to Ketones, esters, aromatic hydrocarbons Flammability Reaction to UV Rays

RIGID VINYL RESIN CONCENTRATION (RVA) Null Null Null DISSOLUTION CLASS VO UL94 excellent resistance

Progress profiles catalog fara preturi 2015-2016  

Catalogul general Progress Profiles in limba engleza. Nu sunt afisate preturile.

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you